PB-276 919
Multimedia Environmental Goals for Environmental Assessment.
Volume I
Research Triangle Inst, Research Triangle Park, NC
Prepared for
Industrial Environmental Research Lab, Research Triangle Park, NC
November 1977
U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Technical Information Service
-------
TECHNICAL REPORT DATA
(Please read /aitmctions on the reverse before comr'cting) . - _
1. REPORT NO.
EPA-600/7-77-136a
2. 3.
PB 278 9ia
4. TITLE AND SUBTITLE . . 5. REPORT DATE ' "._._. "'-_,
Multimedia Environmental Goals for Environmental November 1977 - — -•-•
Assessment, Volume I
6. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION CODE
7. AUTHOR(S) B.
J.G. Cleland and G. L. Kingsbury
9. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION NAME Ah
Research Triangle Institute
P.O. Box 12194
Research Triangle Park, N
12. SPONSORING AGENCY NAME AND ADC
EPA, Office of Research a
Industrial Environmental B
Research Triangle Park, I
PERFORMING ORGANIZATION REPORT NO.
ID ADDRESS 1O. PROGRAM ELEMENT NO.
EHE623A
11. C5NT RACT/GRANT NO.
orth Carolina 27709 68-02-2612, W. A. 10
IRESS 13. TYPE OF REPORT AND PERIOD COVERED
nd Development T^ Final: 3-10/77
.esearch Laboratory
JC 27711
I. SPONSORING AGENCY CODE
EPA/600/13
^.SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES T£RL-RTP task officer for this report is T. Kelly Janes, Mail
Drop 61, 919/541-2851.
i6. ABSTRACT The report giv.eg results of a study of the deriv
mental Goals (MEG's). MEG's are levels of significant c
(in ambient air, water, or land, or in emissions or efflue
media) that are judged to be: appropriate for preventing c
the surrounding populations or ecosystems; or representa
achievable through technology. In the context of deriving 1
perspective on the broad range of contaminants whose con
and the public; further develops and defines indicators de£
must be given priority consideration for immediate contrc
rch; brings existing and emerging data together for use in
and explores some basic methodologies which provide the
also suggest directions for refined methodologies. MEG's
650 pollutants: of these, 216 receive full attention in Volui
17.
a. DESCRIPTORS
Pollution
Environmental Engineering
Assessments
18. DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT
Unlimited
KEY WORDS AND DOCUMENT ANALYSIS
ation of Multimedia Environ-
ontaminants or degradents
nts conveyed to the ambient
ertain negative effects in
iive of the control, limits
WEG's, Volume I: offers
itrol is vital to both industry
signaling contaminants which
si and for subsequent resea-
L environmental assessment;
present MEG's , and which
are projected for more than
•ne U.
b.lD6NTIFIERS/OP6N ENDED TERMS C. COSATI Field/Croup
Pollution Control 13B
Multimedia Environ- 05E
mental Goals 14B
Environmental Assess-
ment
'19. SECURITY CLASS
Unclassified
20. SECURITY CLASS
Unclassified
\
(This Report) > I
iThispafcei 122. PRICE /"
EPA Form J220-1 (»-73)
-------
NOTICE
THIS DOCUMENT EAS BEEN REPRODUCED
FROM. THE BEST COPT FURNISHED US BY
TEE SPONSORING AGENCY. ALTHOUGH IT
IS RECOGNIZED THAT CERTAIN PORTIONS
A.R'E ILLEGIBLE, IT IS BEING RELEASED
IN TEE INTEREST OF MAKING AVAILABLE
AS MUCH INFORMATION AS POSSIBLE.
-------
^RESEARCH REPORTING SERIES
Research reports of the Office of Research and Development, U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, have been grouped into seven series.
These seven broad categories were established to facilitate further
development and application:of environmental technology. Elimination
of traditional'grouping was consciously planned to foster technology
transfer and a maximum interface in related fields. The seven series
are: .
1., Environmental-Health Effects Research -
: 2. Environmental Protection Technology
3. Ecological Research - . , .
4. Environmental Monitoring -
5. Socioeconomic Environmental Studies
6. Scientific and Technical Assessment Reports (STAR)
7. Interagericy Energy-Environment Research and Development
• . • r- ''• .-'-'-•••. ': -A- -..• ' • •• . - '
This report has been assigned to the INTERAGENCY ENERGY-ENVIRONMENT
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT series. Reports in this series result f,rora-
the effort funded: under- the 17-agehcy Federal Energy/Environment
Research and Development Program. These studies relate to EPA's
mission to protect the public health and welfare from.adverse effects
of pollutants-associated with'energy systems. The goal of the Program
is to assure'the rapid development of domestic energy supplies in an ...
environmentally—compatible manner by providing the necessary ' -;
environmental data -and control technology. Investigations include
analyses of the transport of energy-related pollutants and their health
and ecological effects;: assessments of, and development of, control
technologies for energy systems; and integrated assessments of a wide
range of energy-related environmental issues.
REVIEW NOTICE
i
This report has been reviewed by the participating Federal
Agencies, and approved for publication. Approval does not
signify that the contents necessarily reflect the views and
policies of the Government, nor does mention of trade names
or commercial products constitute endorsement or recommen-
dation for use.
This document is available to the public through the National Technical
Information Service, Springfield,, Virginia 22161.
-------
EPA-600/7-77-136a
November 1977
MULTIMEDIA ENVIRONMENTAL GOALS
FOR ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT
Volume I
by
J.G. Cleland and G.L Kingsbury
Research Triangle Institute
P.O. Box 12194
Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27709
Contract No. 68-02-2612
W.A. 10
Program Element No. EHE623A
= EPA Task Officer: T. Kelly Janes
Industrial Environmental Research Laboratory
Office of Energy, Minerals, and Industry
Research Triangle Park, N.C. 27711
Prepared for
U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
Office of Research and Development
Washington, D.C. 20460 = \ '
-------
ABSTRACT
Multimedia Environmental Goals (MEG's) are levels of significant
contaminants or degradents (in ambient air, water, or land or in emissions
or effluents conveyed to the ambient media) that are judged to be (1)
appropriate for preventing certain negative effects in the surrounding
populations or ecosystems, or (2) representative of the control limits
achievable through technology. MEG's are projected for more than 650
pollutants. Of the projected 650 candidates, 216 receive full attention
in Volume II of this report.
In the context of deriving MEG's, this volume attempts (1) to offer
perspective on the broad range of contaminants whose control is of vital
interest to both industry and the public; (2) to further develop and define
indicators designating which contaminants must be given priority consideration
for immediate control and for subsequent research; (3) to bring existing and
emerging data together in a format efficient for use in environmental
assessment; and (4) to explore some basic methodologies which provide the
present goals, and which also suggest directions for refined methodologies.
11
-------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
ABSTRACT 11
LIST OF FIGURES V111
LIST OF TABLES ix
ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS xi
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS , .. xvii
1.0 INTRODUCTION 1
1.1 MEG's Methodology.;.' '. 2
1.2 Organization.. 5
1.3 Objectives '. 7
2.0 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS......... 9
3.0 DEVELOPMENT OF MULTIMEDIA ENVIRONMENTAL GOALS (MEG's). 15
-3J Objectives .... 15
3.2 Compilation of the Master List of Chemical Substances
and Physical Agents 17
3.2.1 Primary Selection Factors 18
3.2.2 Secondary Selection Factors 18
3.2.3 Tertiary Selection Factors 19
3.3 Organization of the Master List 19
3.3.1 Organization of the Organics List 22
3.3.2 Organization of the Inorganics List 23
3.3.3 Organization of the Physical Agents List 25
3.4 Development of MEG's Charts 27
3.4.1 Emission Level Goals 27
3.4.2 Ambient Level Goals 31
3.5 Design of Format for Background Information Summaries. 34
3.6 Development of Methodology 34
3.7 Development of Hazard Indicators 35
3.8 Presentation of MEG's for Master List Entries 35
ill
-------
TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont.)
Page
4.0 BACKGROUND INFORMATION SUMMARIES FOR CHEMICAL
SUBSTANCES . 37
4.1 Identifying Information 37
4.2 Properties 40
4.3 Natural Occurrence, Characteristics, Associated
Compounds 42
4.4 Toxic Properties, Health Effects 44
4.5 Regulatory Actions, Standards, Criteria, Candidate
Status for Specific Regulation.. i 49
4.6 Minimum Acute Toxicity Effluents; Estimated Permissible
Concentrations 51
4.7 Conclusion *. 4... 51
5.0 AMBIENT LEVEL GOALS 53
.5.1 . Estimated Permissible Concentrations Based.on Current ,
or Proposed Ambient Standards or Criteria.... .'..'"' 55
5.1.1 EPC's for Air Based on Current Ambient Standards or
Cri teri a k... 55
5.1.2 EPC's for Water Based on Ambient Regulations or
Criteria 56
5.1.3 EPC's for Land Based On Federal Recommendations...*... 57
5.2 Toxicity Based Estimated Permissible Concentrations... 58
5.2.1 Toxicity Based EPC's for Air : 59
5.2.2 Toxicity Based EPC's for Water. 67
5.2.3 Toxicity Based EPC's for Land 74
5.3 Estimated Permissible Concentrations for Zero Threshold
Pol 1 utants .79
5.3.1 Zero Threshold Pollutants: EPC's for Air.... 83
5.3.2 Zero Threshold Pollutants: EPC's for Water...... 96
5.3.3 Zero Threshold Pollutants: EPC's for Land..... 97
5.4 Conclusions 98
-------
TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont.)
Page
6.0 EMISSION LEVEL GOALS.. 99
6.1 Minimum Acute Toxicity Effluents (MATE's) 101
6.1.1 MATE'S for Air Based on Health Effects. 105
6.1.2 MATE'S for Air Based On Ecological Effects 109
6.1.3 MATE'S for Water Based On Health Effects, 109
6.1.4 MATE'S for Water Based on Ecological Effects 110
6.1.5 MATE'S for Solid Waste Based, on Health Effects Ill
6.1.6 MATE'S for Solid Waste Based on Ecological Effects.... 112
6.1.7 Limitations to the Methodology 112
6.1.8 MATE'S for Totals... ... 115
6.2 Emission Level Goals Based on Ambient Level Goals 116
6.3 Elimination of Discharge (EOD) Emission Level Goals... 122
7.0 HAZARD INDICATORS. 125
7.1 Hazard Potential Values 125
7.2 Indicators from Hazard Potential Values. 128
7.3 Indicator Distribution for Substances Addressed by
MEG's........ , 129
8.0 APPLICATION AND EXTENSION FOR THE MEG's REPORT........ 133
REFERENCES 145
APPENDICES
A CATEGORIES OF ORGANIC AND INORGANIC SUBSTANCES—A MEANS
OF ORGANIZING CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES FOR MEG's MASTER
LIST A-l
Introduction , A-3
Organics A-5
Inorganics... A-21
Supplemental Categorization of Inorganic Compounds.. A-26
-------
TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont.)
Page
B MASTER LIST OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES AND PHYSICAL AGENTS
TO BE ADDRESSED BY MULTIMEDIA ENVIORNMENTAL GOALS B-l
Organi c Compounds B-l5
''Elements and Inorganic Compounds B-25
Physical Agents ... B-41
TABULATIONS OF MINIMUM ACUTE TOXICITY EFFLUENT (MATE)
VALUES FOR CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES APPEARING ON THE MASTER
LIST ... C-l
HAZARD INDICATORS FOR SUBSTANCES ADDRESSED BY
MEG CHARTS ... D-l
MEG CHARTS AND .BACKGROUND INFORMATION SUMMARIES FOR 216 ~
CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES. . E-l
Introduction................ E-3
Summaries and Charts E-4
References.... , ... E-436
ALPHABETICAL CROSS-REFERENCE OF PREFERRED NAMES AND
SYNONYMS FOR APPENDIX E F-l
CARCINOGENESIS G-l
Introduction. , G-3
Mechanisms for the Introduction of Cancer and
Theories Relating Carcinogenesis to Physico-Chemical
Properties of Chemical Carcinogens...... G-4
Carcinogenesis and DNA G-5
Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons (PAH)—The
Relationship of Carcinogenicity and Physico-
chemical Properties G-14
Metals and Carcinogenesis G-l8
vi
-------
TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont.)
Page-
Short Term Bioassays 6-20
Tests Using Bacteria—Ames Test G-20
Modified Bacteria—Host Mediated Assay 6-21
Tests Using Yeasts 6-21
Tests Using Drosophila 6-21
Use of Mammalia Cells 6-22
References. 6-23
H. 6LOSSARY. H-l
vii
-------
FIGURES
Numbers Page
1 Current Version of the MEG's chart 28
2 Example of Substance Identification Data on Background
Information Summaries 39
3 Dose/Response Curves. ...... 80
4 Methodology for Deriving MATE'S from Empirical Data 104
5 Environmental Assessment/Control technology Development
Diagram 134
6 Decision Chart for Level II Analysis. 135
7 One of Series of Worksheets for Source Analysis Model TA
(SAM/TA) • • 137
G-l The Structural Units of the Nucleic Acid of DNA G-7
G-2 Hydrogen Bonding Between Base Pairs of the Nucleic Acid
of DNA G-8
G-3 Intercalation of PAH in DNA G-10
G-4 Mechanism for Mutation Caused by a "Pairing Mi stake".:...'G-n
G-5 Mechanism Whereby AAF Affects Conformation Changes in
DNA. G-l 2
G-6 Crosslinking of DNA.. ..... G-13
vlii
-------
TABLES
Number Page
1 Emission Level Goals Foundations 32
2 Basic Data and Derivations for Ambient Level Goals 33
3 Physical and Chemical Properties Included in
Background Information Summaries 40
4 Information Supplied in Background Information Summaries
Relating to Natural Occurrences, Characteristics, and
Associated Compounds 43
5 Toxic Property and Health Effects Information Included in
Background Information Summaries 46
6 Regulatory Actions, Standards, Criteria, Recognition and
Candidate Status for Specific Regulations Cited in
Background Information Summaries 49
7 Human Respiratory Tidal Volumes 60
8 Comparative Absorption Factors for Selected Chemical
Substances.... 69
9 Entry from the NIOSH Registry (dibenz(a.h)anthracene) 87
10 Maximum Effective Doses Allowed for Chemical Susbtances
to be Considered Occupational Carcinogens by ACGIH 91
11 Comparison of EPCAC1 and EPCAC2 93
12 Tabulation of Adjusted Ordering Numbers and EPC.r? Values
for Substances Addressed by MEG's 94
13 Parameters Affecting Dilution Factors 121
14 Assignment of Values to A and B for Deriving Hazard
Potential Values 126
15 Matrix of Hazard Potential (N) Values 127
16 Assignment of Hazard Indicators Based on Hazard
Potential Values 128
17 Substances Receiving Hazard Indicators 130
A-l Organic Categories A-6
A-2 Inorganic Categories A-22
A-3 Periodic Table of the Elements A-23
A-4 Alphabetical Index of Elements A-24
-------
TABLES (continued)
Number Page
D-l Hazard Potential Values for Compounds Presently
Addressed by MEG charts D-5
D-2 Hazard Ranking of Compounds Presently Addressed by
MEG Charts D-ll
G-l Summary of Phsico-Chemical Properties of Polycyclic
Aromatic Hydrocarbons and Their Relevance to
Carcinogenesis G-l 5
G-2 Summary of Theories or Models Advanced to Explain
Carcinogenicity of Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrbcarbons (PAH).6-16
-------
ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS
o
A Angstrom unit
AC6IH American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists
AEC Atomic Energy Commission
Ag Silver
Al Aluminum
As Arsenic
Au Gold
B Boron
Ba Barium
BAP Benzo(a)pyrene
B(a)P Benzo(a)pyrene
BAT Best Available Technology
Be . Beryllium
B(e)P Benzo(e)pyrene
Bi Bismuth
BOD Biological Oxygen Demand
bp boiling point
BPT Best Practicable Technology
Br Bromine
C Carbon
°C Degrees Centigrade
Ca Calcium
cal calorie
cc cubic centimeter
Cd Cadmium
Ce Cerium
CFR Code of Federal Regulations
CUT Chemical Industry Institute of Toxicology
Cl Chlorine
xi
-------
ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS (cont..)
cm centimeter
cm cubic centimeter
Co Cobalt
COD Chemical Oxygen Demand
Cr Chromium
Cs Cesium
Cu Copper
d density
DMA Deoxyribonucleic Acid
dscf dry standard cubic foot
dscm dry standard cubic meter
-Dy .—•- Dysprosium
EPA Environmental Protection Agency
EPC Estimated Permissible Concentration
F Fluorine
Fe Iron
Fr Federal Register
g gram
Ga Gallium
Ge Germanium
H Hydrogen
ha hectare
HC Hydrocarbons
Hf Hafnium
Hg .Mercury
hr hour
xii
-------
ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS (cont.)
I Iodine
In Indium
K Potassium
kg Kilogram
i liter
La Lanthanum
LC Lethal Concentration
LD Lethal Dose
Li Lithium
m cubic meter
MATE Minimum Acute Toxicity Effluent
MEG Multimedia Environmental Goal .
Mg Magnesium
mg milligram •
ma milliliter . • -
mm millimeter
Mn ' Maganese
Mo Molybdenum
mp melting point
mppcf millions of particles per cubic foot (of air)
mrem millirem
N Ni trogen
Na Sodium
NAAQS National Ambient Air Quality Standards
NAE National Academy of Engineering
NAS National Academy of Sciences
Nb Niobium
xiii
-------
ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS (cont.)
NCI National Cancer Institute
Nd Neodymium
Ni Nickel
NIOSH National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health
NOX Nitrogen Oxides
NSPS New Source Performance Standards
0, Ozone
OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration
p Phosphorus
PAH Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons
Pb Lead
PCB Polychlorinated biphenyl
PPAH Particulate Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons
ppb parts per billion
ppbc parts per billion per carbon atom
ppm parts per million
ppt parts per trillion
Pr Praseodymium
press pressure
Pt Platinum
R & D Research and Development
Rb Rubidium
ref. references
Rh Rhodium
RNA Ribonucleic Acid
Ru Ruthenium
xiv
-------
ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS (cont.)
S Sulfur
Sa Samarium
SA Simple Asphyxiant
Sb Antimony
Sc Scandium
Se •• Selenium
SI Silicon
Sn Tin
Sr Strontium
Ta Tantalum
Te Tellurium
Th Thorium
Ti Titanium
Tl Thallium
TLm Median Tolerance Limit
TLV Threshold Limit Value
TSS Total Suspended Solids
U Uranium
UV * Ultraviolet light
V Vanadium
vap. d. vapor density
vap. press. vapor pressure
vol. volume
W , Tungsten
WLN Wiswesser Line-Formula Notation
wt weight
xv
-------
ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS (cont.)
Y Yttrium
yr. year
Zn Zinc
Zr Zirconium
v micron
vg microgram
v*. microliter
microcuries
xvi
-------
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
We gratefully acknowledge contributions made to this report by the
following individuals: John Sauerbler; Ron Sims; Henry Turlington; Bill
Thompson, Jr.; Tracy Thomas; T1na Webb. In particular we thank Ron Hill
.who assisted in researching and assembling material for the Background
Information Summaries and Dr. Leila Liepins who coordinated the material
on polycyclics and carcinogenesis.
A special thanks is extended to T. K. Janes and R. P. Hangebrauck
for their contributions in developing the methodology.
xv ii
-------
SECTION 1
INTRODUCTION
Multimedia Environmental Goals (MEG's) are levels of significant
contaminants or degradents (in ambient air, water, or land or in emissions
or effluents conveyed to the ambient media) that are judged to be (1)
appropriate for preventing certain negative effects in the surrounding
populations or ecosystems, or (2) representative of the control limits
achievable through technology. MEG's are projected for more than 650
pollutants. This list, to be expanded and revised as emergent data
warrant, was compiled on the basis of descriptions in the literature of
fossil fuels processes and of hazardous substances. More than 200 of
the projected 650 candidates receive full attention here; the remaining
substances will be considered in a supplement to this report.
In the context of deriving MEG's, the report attempts: (1) to
offer some perspective on the broad range of possible contaminants whose
control is of vital interest to both industry and the public; (2) to
further develop and define indicators designating which contaminants
must be given priority consideration both for immediate control and for
subsequent research; (3) to bring existing and emerging data together in
a format that is efficient for use in environmental assessment; and (4)
to explore some basic methodologies which provide the present goals, and
which also suggest directions for more refined methodologies or studies
in specific areas.
-------
1.1 MEG'S METHODOLOGY
To meet the need for a workable system of evaluating and ranking
pollutants for the purpose of environmental assessment, the Research
Triangle Institute has initiated the development of a technical approach
which can be used to delineate MEG's for a large number of compounds.
The system allows extrapolation of certain required data (which are
generally available in one form or another for most compounds) through
simple models. Several of the models incorporated in the MEG's method-
ology were developed or suggested by previous researchers; other models
were designed or modified specifically for application in this report.
While the rapid increase in the volume of data accessible in recent
months has increased the reliability Of assessment schemes based on
modeling techniques, data gaps remain a problem. These gaps make it
impossible to provide, for every substance addressed, goals for each of
the three media on the basis of all models. However, when provision is
made for utilizing data in a variety of forms from a variety of sources,
it becomes possible to describe MEG's which are reasonable for many
chemical substances based on at least some of the selected criteria. As
a result of this adaptability, the methodology provides a practical,
workable system for determining meaningful goals in an ever increasing
(.
percentage of cases^
Both ambient level goals and emission level goals based on ambient
factors are addressed in this report. Existing or proposed Federal
/
standards, criteria, or recommendations are acknowledged as previously
established goals and have been utilized wherever applicable. For those
substances not addressed by current guidelines, empirical data indicating
2
-------
(1) toxic potential (both acute and chronic) as well as (2) the re-
actions and associations of the substance within the various media,
(3) natural background levels, and (4) the conditions under which the
substance may be emitted and dispersed have been utilized for the
purpose of describing MEG's. In every case care has been taken to
arrive at conservative but reasonable figures based upon reliable and
available, data while considering an array of possible options.
Consideration in arriving at ambient level goals was given to (1)
existing Federal standards or criteria, (2) established or estimated
human threshold levels, (3) acceptable risk levels for lifetime human
exposure to suspected carcinogens or teratogens. (4) degrees of contami-
nation considered reasonable for protection of existing ecosystems, and
(5) cumulative potential in aquatic organisms, livestock, and vegetation.
Tt is recognized that there are several other criteria pertinent to
ambient level goals that have not been incorporated into the methodology
developed here (for example, synergisms, antagonisms, and other secondary
pollutant associations); new research is needed before more refined
models of estimation can be developed to allow inclusion of these criteria.
In estimating goals for emission levels, the methodology developed
in this report was designed to make use of (1) the concentrations
described as ambient level goals based on hazards posed to public health
and welfare as a result of long term or continuous exposure to emissions;
(2) natural background levels which provide goals for elimination of
discharge; (3) and hazards to human health or to ecology induced by
short term exposure to emissions. Values for the last criterion were
estimated as Minimum Acute Toxicity Effluents (MATE's) which are
3
-------
intended to- serve'both as relative hazard indicators and as estimated
levels of effluent contaminants considered to be safe for short term
exposures. The MATE values provide an increasingly useful tool for
comparisons in environmental assessment. Again, the need is clear for
further research and development of simple but effective models in-
corporating data pertinent to (1) quality of the receiving media before
introduction of the substance, (2) characteristics of transport and
dispersion of emissions, (3) considerations of location and abundance of
sources emitting a given pollutant, (4) numbers of populations affected,
and (5) secondary pollutant formations.
A proposed follow-up report on technology-based emission level
goals will focus on estimated levels of control achievable through
"''.•' • - • v '
application of best available or best practicable ^technology. Antici-
pated and developing technology and technology transfer will also be
considered.
It is understandable that some readers may question the reliance on
/B\
Threshold Limit Values (TLV's)'*'in the methodology developed for de-
scribing MEG's. The TLV's, established by the American Conference of
Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH) as guidelines for prevention
of adverse occupational exposures, are based on both animal studies and
epidemiological findings and inferences, and they represent the opinions
of experienced physicians, toxicologists, and industrial hygienists. We
acknowledge the fact that the ACGIH has made clear its intention that
the TLV's are to be used solely in the practice of industrial hygiene;
it does not recommend their use as a relative hazard index or .in
-------
continuous exposure applications. However, (because the TLV's (1)
comprise the most comprehensive body of recommendations currently
available regarding levels of human exposure to chemical contaminants;
and (2) are widely accepted as valid indicators of permissible levels
for occupational exposure) in the continuing absence of data more
reliable than the TLV's, their use in the MEG's methodology, balanced as
it is by consideration of such a wide array of other factors, seems well
justified.
1.2 ORGANIZATION .. " .=
The sections which follow this introduction relate the current
state of progress in the development of the MEG's approach as a tool for
environmental assessment. Conclusions and recommendations that are
drawn from this study appear in the next section. Section 3 offers some
background on the present scope of the project, the criteria by which
substances were chosen for the master 11st, the purpose of the current
list arrangement, and the development of the MEG's chart. The rationale
behind the format chosen for the "Background Information Summaries" is
discussed in Section 4, along with tabulations describing the types of
data assembled on those pages and their significance with respect to
MEG's.
Sections 5 and 6 provide explanations of the values which con-
stitute entries in the MEG's charts. Section 5 on Ambient Level Goals
explains the methodology developed for estimating permissible concen-
trations for chemical substances. Estimated Permissible Concentrations
-------
(EPC's) serve as a basis for comparison of diverse pollutants and pro-
vide an important foundation for MEG's. The rationale behind Minimum
Acute Toxicity Effluent levels (MATE's) and the models developed for
describing MATE'S are presented in Section 6. Emission Level Goals for
"Totals" (including particulates and hydrocarbons for air, and bio-
logical oxygen demand [BOD], chemical oxygen demand [COD], total
dissolved solids, total suspended solids, and total organic carbon for
water) are also discussed. Emission levels goals based on acute toxicity
along with other factors are suggested as celling levels for hydro-
carbons and particulates. (Recommendations for the water Totals are
still in development stages.)
Section 7 discusses a system developed.to assign through a numerical
system hazard indicators for chemical substances on the basis of the
estimated permissible concentrations for those substances in air. These
indicators, designate the pollutants most dangerous to human health with
the figures "X," "XX," and "XXX" in order of increasing hazard potential.
The system was developed to distinguish quickly those substances deserving
high priority attention. Finally, Section 8 offers some other possible
applications for the MEG's methodology and the derived values and suggests
extensions of MEG's for future work.
The appendices present the bulk of the data itself. Appendix A
provides a brief explanation of the categories designated for classi-
fying pollutants. These categories have been assigned on the basis of
structural similarities and/or functional relationships and serve to
logically organize the Master List. An organization scheme such as
-------
this allows comparisons of the relative hazard of related substances
within categories as well as between compounds of different categories.
The Master List of Chemical Substances and Physical Agents is
presented as Appendix B. Appendix C tabulates MATE'S for all the master
list entries for which the necessary data is readily available. Appendix
D presents results of application of the system described in Section 7
for calculating hazard indicators. Hazard potential values for 216
chemical substances are included.
Appendix E presents Background Information Summaries and MEG charts
for 216 chemical substances, addressed in the order of their category
listing. Appendix F supplements this arrangement by providing an alpha-
betical cross-reference of the substances including" all the synonyms by
which a potential user of the compilations might be familiar with a
particular compound. This system should allow easy access for those
seeking information on a single specific susbstance, while retaining the
benefits of category organization for comparisons between substances.
Appendjx G offers a brief overview of research into chemical
carcinogenisis, an area which in recent years has assumed an important
role in determining degrees of concern over potential pollutants. As
evidence mounts that chemical contamination induces the majority of
human cancers, recognition of the areas of general agreement in theories
regarding carcinogenisis becomes exceedingly relevant to any evaluation
of toxic substances.
1.3 OBJECTIVES
Responsibility for definition of desirable levels of contaminant
control within the United States lies primarily with the Environmental
Protection Agency (EPA), which provided funding for this project.
7
-------
The original intent of this work was to describe MEG's for chemical
pollutants associated with fossil fuel processes (primarily coal
conversion processes. However, recognition of the value of an
expanded list of contaminants and the potential for extended appli-
cation of the methodology for establishing MEG's has called for the
development of a broad, systematic, and adaptable approach for
addressing still a larger number of chemical and non-chemical pollutants.
It is expected that this initial report addressing multimedia
environmental goals will provide a springboard for further research in
developing MEG's. The goals suggested here and their organization
should supply immediate benefits for those involved in environmental
evaluation and assessment programs. The methodology developed is
designed to allow incorporation of substantial new data as it becomes
available; it should also stimulate exploration Into more sophisticated
approaches which make use of empirical data evolving from research
efforts currently in progress.
It must be emphasized that this volume is by ho means Intended to
be a final product of research into multimedia environmental goals;
indeed, we wish rather to underscore the need for extensive future
research not only to provide more exact and advanced data, but to refine
this type of methodology and to examine new and different systems related
to it. In making available this first attempt at developing and utilizing
a methodology for the purpose of describing selected multimedia environ-
mental goals, we hope, at the very least to generate discussion of
procedures for improving upon the accuracy and viability of the approach
and the models used in this report.
8
-------
SECTION 2
CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
The methodology developed herein, although based on numerous
assumptions, is effective for describing meaningful MEG's for most of
the compounds addressed. The significance of the methodology lies not in
any specific model, but in the array of models which allows MEG's to be
defined on the basis of a variety of data items.
While a rapid increase in volume of data accessible in recent months has
increased the reliability of assessment schemes based on modeling techniques,
data gaps remain a problem. These gaps make it impossible to provide, for
every substance addressed, goals for each medium on the basis of all the
applicable models. However, when provision is made for utilizing data in
a variety of forms, it becomes possible to describe MEG's which are
reasonable based on at least some of the selected criteria. As a result
4
of this adaptability, the methodology provides a practical, workable
system for determining goals in many cases. Of the 216 substances
addressed, only 6 emerge with no numerical MEG values, providing a good
indication that the methodology is sufficiently broad in its bases to pro-
vide the comparison criteria needed for environmental assessment.
Goals derived from the methodology appear to be viable ones for air
and water although the values for land are probably overly conservative.
-------
In general, the values presented as ambient level goals are higher (with
a few exceptions) than the values reported as natural background con-
centrations. .
The MEG's should not conflict with efforts currently underway to
fully characterize the toxicological and environmental significance of
specific substances. Instead, the two areas should compliment one another.
The MEG's offered in this report are not intended to supercede individual
EPC or MATE values established by subjective investigation. Contradictions
»
between MEG's derived through the methodology and-those based on novel but
valid data should be eliminated so that only the most specific relevant
data serve as the basis for MEG's. For example, epidemiological data where
available should outweigh animal toxicity data as a basis for establishing
MEG's. There do not appear to be serious contradictions:of this type for
the MEG's reported here. However, as the methodology is applied to more
and more substances, the potential for contradiction increases. In view of
this possibility and considering the large number of assumptions inherent
in the derivation of MEG's, it would be wise to subject the entire array
of values obtained to review by a panel of toxicologists and epidemiologists.
Although sufficient information for properly evaluating chemical hazards is
available for only a small percentage of the Master List Compounds, a
subjective review is still warranted, especially since the emphasis in
this report has been placed on developing the methodology rather than on
exhaustively studying selected compounds or elements.
10
-------
The juxtaposition of information, gleaned from diverse sources, on
MEG's charts effectively facilitates analysis and decision making con-
cerning the potential impact of a pollutant on health and on the environ-
ment. The medium of greatest importance for a particular substance may
become evident, as in the case of the phenolic compounds. The type of
effect or impact likely to result first from effluents containing
excessive quantities of a particular pollutant also may be discerned
from the MEG chart for that pollutant. For example, it may be indicated
that aquatic life will be affected by water containing the pollutant
before human health hazards arise. Dangers of oncogenic or teratogenic
effects, as opposed to more readily evident kinds of effects that might
be associated with a compound, are also pointed out by the MEG's.
The categorization system for organizing the Master List entries has
proven to be highly effective for resolving the list into a useful
network relating chemical substances. Each category is characterized by
toxicologically and chemically similar substances. Extrapolations and
generalizations among substances within a category are practical and
valid, often allowing data gaps to be filled.
The format developed for presenting summarized information is
conducive to computer programming and such programming should proceed as
the next step in MEG's development. Data manipulation and update will
be greatly facilitated by computerization of the background Information
summaries for MEG's. Also the MEG's Master List should be updated on a
regular basis to reflect the latest data arising from current analytical
research, particularly in the area of coal conversion.
11
-------
The' system for assigning hazard indicators on the basis of human
health effects from air exposure has provided a reasonable distribution
and some interesting insights. Similar schemes for describing toxicity
indicators on other bases could be developed.
The use of models for translating animal toxicity data into EPC's
or MATE'S requires that certain assumptions be made. A worst case
approach has been taken to keep the MEG values conservative. Generally,
MEG's derived from models which use LD5Q or other acute toxicity animal
data are more conservative than MEG's based on TLV's or NIOSH re-
commendations. Use of oral LDc0 values in certain of the models introduces
new variables into the system since:
1) Oral absorption factors are almost always less than one.
2) Oral absorption factors are generally lower than inhalation
absorption factors (inhalation will be the primary route of
absorption for human exposure).
3) Detoxification often occurs to some extent for ingested
toxicants.
Because of these unknowns, liberal safety factors are Incorporated in
the models using the animal LDg0 data.
In addition to the assumptions required for translating animal data
to human health effects, arbitrary constants are employed in several
cases as safety factors.
In future refinement of the MEG's methodology, a model which utilizes
animal toxicity data expressed as concentrations (LCgQ or LC^Q) should
be developed. Since LC5Q and LCLo are not widely available, a correlation
might be established between concentration values and LD's to provide
12
-------
a derived LC5Q as a basis for widely applicable model. An array of land
models for deriving EPC's and MATE'S needs to be developed to take into
consideration:
1) direct ingestion by animals;
2) contact with other media (air, water);
3) ingestion of vegetation grown on contaminated soil by humans
and animals; and
4) contact and/or ingestion by soil microorganisms.
Several problems have been encountered in compiling the data for
the background information summaries. Surprisingly little has been done
in the past to correlate natural air, water, and land concentrations for
the various contaminants. This 1s an area 1n vital need of attention.
Efforts to compile and collate existing, measurement data should continue.
Information from chronic effects studies 1s also difficult to locate as are
biological half-lives and Inhalation or ingestion absorption factors.
One of the primary problems encountered in organizing information
pertinent to polycyclics is nomenclature. These compounds have been
named inconsistently in the literature for many years. Several systems.
for naming ,theicompounds lhave :been<,used, and coordinating the names and
structures is a persistent problem. Errors and inconsistencies occur
in several references, so 1t 1s obvious that we are not the first to
encounter such problems.
Some difficulties arise 1n assigning adjusted ordering numbers to
indicate carcinogenic or teratogenic potential. For situations in which
contaminant levels in workrooms have resulted in Increased cancer incidences
in workers, it is often impossible to determine the effective dosage.
13
-------
Thus an adjusted ordering number could not be calculated. A mechanism
for including such data into the MEG's needs to be developed. Another
problem also arises with respect to the tests performed to determine
carcinogenicity. In a number of cases, tests were carried out with a
mixture of substances and thus cannot be interpreted as evidence of
carcinogenic potential for a single compound. Where such data are
available for mixtures, it might be well to incorporate that mixture
into the MEG's Master List.
There are, within the MEG's for chemical substances presented here,
numerous gaps. These gaps result from either (1) the nonexistence of
the required data; or (2) its existence in other than the readily
available literature. It was the purpose of this study to make
the most use of readily available data, hence in-depth searches into the
"*~ - . '
journals of chemistry and toxicology were not'.performed. This remains
to be done and will very likely yield data to allow numerous gaps in the
charts to be filled. In-depth literature research relative to synefgisms,
antagonisms, specific compound associations, epidemic!ogical studies, and
results of bioassay studies of complex effluents should be conducted
simultaneously. Also nonchemical degradants such as heat, noise, land
usage, water usage, subsidence, and visual effects should be investigated,
Models should then be developed to Incorporate this data into the MEG's
methodology to further improve the reliability of the system.
14
-------
SECTION 3
DEVELOPMENT OF MULTIMEDIA ENVIRONMENTAL GOALS (MEG'S)
The establishment of Multimedia Environmental Goals (MEG's) as
estimates of desirable ambient and emission levels of control is an
integral part of EPA's environmental assessment approach. Recent
emphasis upon assessing impact throughout the entire biosphere has
evolved from the EPA policy of having a single laboratory address all
media receiving effluents from a particular industry. This policy has
been adopted to provide a coordinated and efficient approach for the
control of industrial emissions.
The MEG's work represents an important step in EPA's efforts to
address systematically many chemical substances for the purpose of
establishing priorities for environmental assessment programs. By
establishing MEG's, the need 1s met for a ranking system to provide
decision criteria in source assessment. The MEG's may also be used for
establishing priorities among the pollutants to be ultimately addressed
by regulations, and thus, may Influence control technology development
in the future.
3.1 OBJECTIVES
Originally, efforts to establish MEG's were aimed at pollutants
associated with synthetic fuels processes, the main objective being the
collation of the existing Federal standards, criteria, or recommendations
15
-------
for those pollutants. The scope of the project was expanded, however,
to encompass a broad range of objectives. The objectives, established
during the course of the MEG's work include the following:
1) Compile a Master List of all chemical contaminants, complex
effluents/mixtures, and nonchemical degradants (such as visual
effects, subsidence, heat, and noise) to be addressed by
MEG's. The list is to include but should not be limited
exclusively to those contaminants and degradants from fossil
fuels processes.
2) Arrange the chemical substances appearing on the Master List
into a practical catalog to provide a useful tool for environ-
mental assessment.
3) Design a format conducive to the concurrent presentation of
both Emission Level Goals and Ambient Level Goals for a myriad
of chemical substances. The format should allow ready com-
parison of MEG's for different substances.
4) Design a format for presentation of background information
pertinent to MEG's for each chemical substance.
5 ) Devel op a methodol ogy to establ i sh meani ngf ul val ues to serve
as MEG's for each chemical substance on the Master List in the
absence of existing .or .proposed Federal guidelines. The
methodology should incorporate as MEG's those Federal standards,
criteria, and recommendations pertinent to chemical substances.
The following steps were envisioned:
M&embte. and co££ate aJUL e.)UAt/Lng on ptopoaed fzdejiat gatde&cne*
pertinent to e&ch cAenvcca£ &ub&tanc.e. on the. Ua&teJi LLi>t. .
Pe^/ute model* to tsuumZate. emp-c*i/tca£ data. junto e&timate.d no-
contcnuoa* expoiu/te tevetb (Jo/t chejnic&JL ioxicanii Jin
and tand.
modz£& to tMuutate. empfu.cii£ data -into value*
Minimum Acaie Tox^c^tf/ E^Zu&ntt (MATE1*) fan cAemtcafc
in ail, wateJi, and land. -.,
Suggest valuer to deicAtfae c.eAtcu.n "Totatb" AJI Mou/num Acate
Toxic^ty
ttcttutton <5actoAA appJU.cja.bte. to vatuouA
bJUbuutiaw* h a lange.
expected
16
-------
6) Develop hazard indicators to designate "high priority"
chemical contaminants on the basis of the assigned MEG's.
7) Present an array of MEG's for each chemical substance
appearing on the Master List on the basis of existing Federal
guidelines or empirical data.
These objectives have all been addressed and have, for the most
part, been satisfied within this MEG's report (although not all the
chemical substances are herein addressed, the mechanism for providing
MEG's for additional substances is established, and a MEG's supplement
addressing the remaining compounds and elements will be forthcoming).
We wish to acknowledge that these objectives have been established
and accomplished as a result of close coordination and cooperation with
EPA personnel, particularly during the development stages of the program.
3.2 COMPILATION OF THE MASTER LIST OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES AND PHYSICAL
AGENTS
A Master List of chemical substances and physical agents has been
compiled using selection factors prescribed by EPA. Primary emphasis in
selecting Master List entries has been placed on contaminants from
fossil fuels processes since the funding for the MEG's work has been
provided by the Fuels Process branch of IERL/EPA. Fossil fuels
.processes encompass synfuels processes (including gasification and
liquefaction of coal and coal cleaning) oil refining, and fossil fuels
utilization processes. The Master List has been compiled on the basis
of the literature pertinent to these processes. Process streams were
characterized both qualitatively and quantitatively wherever possible to
provide insight for selecting substances likely to be present but not
mentioned specifically in the process literature.
17
-------
All chemical substances in the Master List are addressed by MATE'S
in this report, and MEG's for 216 selected substances are addressed.
MEG's for the remainder of the substances on the Master List will be the
subject of a future supplement.
Three levels of priority were assigned to the selection factors to
determine what substances, of all possible chemical substances and
physical agents which might be described as environmental contaminants,
would be entered on the Master List for MEG's. The selection factors
are described below.
3.2,1 Primary Selection factors
AIT those individual substances or classes of substances that are
known or suspected to be present in the emissions or effluents from
fossil fuels processes are to be included on the Master/List. Since, in
addition to specific individual compounds,1 several general classes of
chemical substances (for example, cresols) are identified in that
literature, secondary selection factors are applied to select repre-
sentative or characteristic compounds from identified chemical classes
in a systematic manner. :
3.2.2 Secondary Selection Factors
Chemicals satisfying one or more of the secondary selection
factors are to be included on the Master List if they are members of
general chemical classes associated with fossil fuels processes. In
other words, compounds that meet any one of the four secondary selection
factors and are representative of a class of compounds associated with
fossil fuels processes must appear on the Master List.
18
-------
Secondary selection factors are:
1) Federal standards or criteria exist or have been proposed
(ambient, emission, or occupational).
2) A TLV has been established or an LD5Q has been reported.
3) The substance has been listed as a suspected carcinogen.
4) The substance appears on the EPA consent Decree List.
In some cases isomeric or closely related compounds that are likely
to occur together in emissions and to behave similarly have been included
as one entry on the list (for example, the ortho, meta, para cresols).
3.2.3 Tertiary Selection Factors
Consideration for inclusion in the Master List is also to be
given to certain additional pollutants, not necessarily associated with
fossil fuels processes, provided they satisfy either of the tertiary
selection factors: (1) the substance is present as a pollutant in the
environment or (2) the substance has been identified as being highly
toxic.
Discretion has been exercised in adding substances to the list on
the basis of tertiary selection factors, and, in fact, only a few con-
taminants that are not related to fossil fuels processes (for example,
RGB's) have been /included on the current Master List. Drugs and
pesticides have been purposely omitted.
3.3 ORGANIZATION OF THE MASTER LIST
More than 600 chemical substances meeting the prescribed selection
criteria have been entered on the Master List; to organize such a long
list, a system for arranging the substances had to be developed. The
system ultimately determined to meet the need for organization most
19
-------
»ffectively involves clustering substances into categories corresponding
bo chemical functional groups for organic compounds and by principle
slement for inorganics. The categories are then arranged to provide a
coordinated framework for the list. This categorization scheme, besides
organizing the list of chemical contaminants into manageable chunks,
emphasizes logical relationships between groups of .substances so that
each category is characterized by toxicologically and chemically similar
substances.
Generalizations and extrapolations are often valid among the* com-
pounds Included within a category allowing data gaps to be filled in
some instances. Substances likely to occur together or to behave
similarly in an organism often become apparent through the categori-
*
zation scheme. Methods of detection for compounds within a specific
category are likely to be similar. Furthermore, analysis of a category
as a whole is, in some cases, practical and may be a valuable technique
for broad screening applications.
The categorization scheme allows one seeking information on a
particular substance to find material of value from a related compound
or element, should the particular item of interest be missing from the
compilations. The usefulness of isolating related compounds by categori-
zation has become very evident during the course of data collection for
the current MEG's work. For example, phenolic compounds are addressed
collectively by water quality recommendations. The categorization
approach for organizing the Master List is compatible with two different
philosophies within the context of environmental assessment. It has
20
-------
been reasonably argued that in light of the complex mixtures and
possible synergistics of pollutants issuing from industrial sources, and
the complicated associated epidemiology, it becomes more viable to
control pollutants as broad groups rather than single compounds. On the
other hand, the properties and activities of single compounds must be
understood to make the task of categorization a manageable one, to allow
specificity when it is significantly more efficient, and finally, to
understand the anomalies to group similarity which inevitably crop up.
Certainly categorization can be useful to (1) environmental monitors who
must take grab samples; (2) engineers who are aware of the association
of groups of distinct chemical substances with specific plant operations;
and (3) chemical analysts whose instrumentation may be set up for
analysis of specific groups.
The arrangement of the MEG's Master List is very important since
the order in which compounds or elements appear on the Master List
determines the order of their presentation in the MEG's compilations
(i.e., MEG's charts with corresponding Background Information Summaries).
The current Master List including Organic Compounds, Inorganics, and
Physical Agents is contained in Appendix B.
An alphabetical arrangement of Master List entries, although in
some ways the simplest approach to organizing the list has been avoided
since it would provide no means of associating related compounds (unless
of course their names begin with the same letter).
21
-------
3.3.1 Organization of the Organics List
The organic compounds appearing on the MEG's Master List have
been organized into categories on the basis of chemical functional
groups. Categorizing organic compounds by functional group means
assembling together those compounds possessing a particular atom or
group of atoms likely to comprise the site for a chemical reaction.
Arranging organic compounds by functional groups is quite a logical
solution to organizing the list since, due to common structural features,
compounds within a category will display marked similarities in their
solubilities, chemical reactivities and biological manifestations. (Of
course, there are some compounds on the list that, because of multiple
functional groups, do not fit precisely into a single category. Such
compounds were assigned to specific categories on the basis of their
predominant [most reactive] sites. Judgement in assigning some of these
compounds to categories had to be exercised, since the predominant
function could vary with temperature, nature of solvent medium,.other
chemicals present, etc.)
Upon assigning all the organic compounds to their respective functional
group categories it became apparent that 26 organic categories would be
required to organize the entire organic list. To further organize the
compounds, some of these 26 categories were divided Into two or more
subcategories, based on more detailed structural features or toxic
similarities. The 26 designated organic categories are tabulated in
Appendix A and discussions of each category and the significance of its
functional group are presented.
22
-------
The organic categories have been arranged to mimic the system used
by various textbooks introducing organic chemistry thus setting up an
orderly procession of organic compounds proceeding from the simplest
alkanes to highly complex organometallics.
Certain groups of compounds such as the amino acids and sugars do
not appear in the list of organic categories. Such compounds are not of
primary importance from the environmental assessment standpoint and have
thus been omitted. If specific compounds from groups such as these
should prove to be important, they may be entered in the list according .
to their primary functional group (for example, sugars may be designated
aldehydes or alcohols and amino acids, as either amines or acids).
3.3.2 Organization of the Inorganics List
Organizing inorganic substances into a logical, meaningful index
for environmental assessment programs poses a different problem from
that encountered in arranging organic compounds. Classification of
inorganics by element is one obvious solution which would allow for
inclusion of every Master List entry, but simply categorizing all the
entries by element would not reveal similarities among salts or compounds
of different elements. Since 1t 1s desirable to order the substances to
indicate such similarities and to establish patterns among compound
formation as often as possible, the most effective arrangement for the
Master List inorganics was determined to be the following:
23
-------
1) Categorize all" entries by the predominant or parent element.
2) Arrange the element categories in groups corresponding to
their periodic groups.
It is difficult to improve upon the fundamental periodicity of the atoms
as a logical arrangement of elements.
To implement this organization scheme', all inorganic substances
appearing on the Master List have been classified according to the pre-
dominant parent element, I.e., the element that most characterizes or
influences the properties of the substance. Each element, or element
series (in the case of the lanthanides and actinides) occurring in one
of the inorganic Master List entries, then, constitutes a separate
category. Altogether, 51 categories are required to organize the entire
list of inorganics. Although thi.s large number of inorganic categories
makes the list somewhat .cumbersome, it insures that objective consideration
will be given to every element significant enough to be included in the
list compilation. ."..:•
The 51 categories so obtained are arranged into groups which reflect
the columns or groups defined by the periodic law of the atoms. This
law is best exemplified by a periodic chart of the atoms in which atoms
are presented in rows from left to right in the order of their atomic
numbers (i.e., the number of protons in the nucleus). A new row in the
chart is begun wherever sharp transitions of atomic structure begin.
Altogether, seven horizontal rows or periods are established and aligned
under one another forming vertical columns of atoms. These columns
called groups are highly significant in that atoms within a column
24
-------
Within a given category, Master List entries are listed as elemental
species, (zero valence state), ionic species formed, and significant
compounds or salts. It should be noted that the term "ion" has been
used loosely in this regard to designate truly ionic species and also
oxidation states in complex ionic species.
The list of inorganic categories presented in the order in which.
they appear on the current MEG's Master List is contained in Appendix A.
An alphabetical index to the inorganic categories is also included in
Appendix A for convenience. In addition, a periodic chart is provided
to further clarify the relation of the various atoms to one another.
This plan for organizing the inorganic substances was finally
settled on after careful consideration was given to a variety of other
approaches. Among the other organization schemes developed was a process
approach (addressing synfuels processes) which offers an interesting and
useful alternative inorganics list arrangment. This method for organizing
ttie inorganics is presented briefly at the end of Appendix A as a supple-
mentary categorization scheme.
3.3.3 Organization of the Physical Agents List
The term physical agents as used here includes nonchemical agents,
such as heat and noise, which induce biological manifestations, as well
as certain complex and chemically nonspecific substances which may be
described as pollutants. Entries in the physical.agents list of the
MEG's Master List are categorized on the basis of their chemical or
nonchemical nature. The entries in each category are then simply alpha-
betized.
25
-------
generally have the same number of outer shell electrons. Because of
:his, the atoms contained in a given column will resemble one another
nth respect to valence state(s), crystal form, and chemical and physical
jehavior. Nine primary groups of atoms are designated by the periodic
law with a and b subgroups delineated for groups one through seven. All
atoms in "a" subgroups have outer shell electrons corresponding to
the number assigned the group. For example, atoms of group la have one
outer shell electron. The inert gases comprise group zero; they have no
unfilled outer orbitals (which is why they are inert). The a and b sub-
groups serve to further distinguish similar elements; the b subgroups begin
in the fourth row for it is here that two sets of atoms occur within a
period. The periodic law places two atoms in row 1, eight atoms each in
rows 2 and 3, 18 in rows 4 and 5 and 32 in row 6. Period 7 remains in-
complete. Fourteen atoms (numbers 58-71) of row 6 are set aside in a
special series called lanthanides. Similarly atomic numbers 90-103 of
row 7 are designated actinides and are also isolated from the main body
of the chart. (Refer to Periodic Chart included in Appendix A.)
For atoms aligned within a column, specific chemical tendencies, such
as the ease of formation of hydride, will systematically increase (or
decrease depending on the property and column) from top to bottom. Atoms
adjacent in a column are likely to be very similar in their compound
formations. There are also certain similarities between atoms occurring
adjacent to one another in periods, however, the overall pattern of atoms
within a period is more complex than for the atoms of a column or group.
It is for these reasons that elements categories are arranged by groups
in the final organization of the inorganics Master List.
26
-------
In future MEG's development, high priority should be given to
expansion of the list of physical agents and to the development of a
utilitarian arrangement for physical agents.
3.4 DEVELOPMENT OF MEG'S CHARTS
A MEG's chart has been designed to display concurrently Emission Level
Goals and Ambient Level Goals for specific chemical contaminants in a
consistent, easy to use format. The current version of the chart (shown
in Figure 1 and used for the compilations in this report) has evolved
during the course of the project and represents the current state of the
MEG's development.
The MEG's chart consists of two interrelated tables, one addressing
Emisson Level Goals and one addressing Ambient Level Goals. These tables
are divided into columns, each column established to describe a specific
basis for a set of MEG's, for example, Toxicity Based Ambient Level Goals
(Based on Health Effects). Within each column, space is provided for con-
centration levels to be specified for air, water, and land in units con-
sistent with those specified in the index column at the left. Only numbers
will appear in the columns.
3.4.1 Emission Level Goals
Emission Level Goals presented in the top half of the MEG's chart
actually pertain to gaseous emissions to the air, aqueous effluents to
water and solid waste to be disposed to land. Emission Level Goals may
have as their basis technological factors or ambient factors although
Emission Level Goals based on technology are not treated in depth in this
27
-------
MULTIMEDIA
ENVIRONMENTAL
GOALS
EMISSION LEVEL GOALS
Cangery
Air, «9/m3
(ppmVol)
Water. |J ft/I
(ppm Wt)
L*nd,pa/g
(pomWtl
1. Bnad on B«t Technology
A. bxttltnq Stondvflh
NBPS.Bn.BAT .
B. DintoplntTiehnalam
Eh^nMring EttlmctM
(BSD Ooatl)
.. ... II. BaMd on Ambient flcton
A. MtmmumAcutt
Tokierty Efflwm
Bwdan
HMIh EHoen
BMdiHl
E colored
EH««
B. AihtatoM Unl Oo«C
BiMdoa
Hullh E«KH
B«Hdon
Eooio«lc«l
Eftm
•
C. Elimhutkxio)
DiMhvgt
Nitural B«kgroun4*
•To tat multiplied by dilution ttctar
Air.jjg/m3
(ppntVol)
(ppm'wt)
Und.dB/g
(ppmWt)
AMBIENT LEVEL GOALS
1. Currant or Propowd Ambient .
Sttnderds of Criteria
A.Bn«lon
HullhEffccu
B. Burton
Eaototful Eff.cn
II. Toxicity Bated Eitimatad
Permiuible Concentration
A. Brad on
. HMrith • Ef f KXI
B. Brad on
Eeologinl EftKtt
-
III. Zero ThmhoM Pollutants
iftlmated Permbnibl* Concentration
Bod on HwKh EffMU •
•
•
Figure 1. Current Version of the MEG's Chart.
28
-------
report. Technological factors refer to the limitations placed on
pollutant control levels by either existing or developing technology
(i.e., equipment capabilities or process parameters). Examples of
Emission Level Goals based on Best Practicable Technology are the
Standards of Performance for New Stationary Sources. Control levels
achievable through developing technology can be estimated on the basis
of research and development goals.
Since there is obviously a relationship between emission concen-
trations and the resulting ambient pollution levels, it is reasonable to .
consider ambient factors when establishing Emission Level Goals. Ambient
factors that might serve as the basis for Emission Level Goals include
consideration of
1) Minimum Acute Toxicity Effluents (MATE'S) -- concentrations
of pollutants in undiluted emission streams that will not
adversely affect those persons or ecological systems exposed
for short-per.iods_of time.
2) Ambient Level Goals, i.e., Estimated Permissible Concentr-
ations (EPC's) — concentrations of pollutants in emission
streams which, after dispersion, will not cause the level of
contamination in the ambient media to exceed a safe continuous
exposure concentration.
3) Elimination of Discharge (EOD) — concentrations of pollutants
in emission streams which, after dilution, will not cause the
level of contamination to exceed levels measured as "natural
background."
Columns are provided on the MEG chart under Emission Level Goals for
each of these ambient basis.
MATE values that serve as Emission Level Goals are derived through
models which translate empirical data for each specific chemical substance
into concentrations describing minimum acute toxicity concentrations.
29
-------
MATE'S related to human health effects and those related to ecological
effects are presented separately in the MEG chart allowing a maximum of
six MATE values to be specified for each substance addressed. To
conserve space on the charts and also to facilitate comparison, the
values are presented in scientific notation with E used to indicate 10
exponential. The methodology developed for calculating MATE values is
presented in detail in Section 6.1.
Emission Level Goals based on EPC's referred to human health and to
ecology are also presented separately in the MEG's charts. Again, six
values may be specified from a given contaminant. These values are
simply the most stringent values from the Ambient Level Goals presented
in the lower half of the MEG chart and are to be multiplied by dilution
factors. Since dilution factors are highly source specific and may
range over several orders of magnitude no effort has been made to
convert the Ambient Level Goals into actual effluent concentration
limits.
The ultimate Emission Level Goal is to limit contaminant levels in
waste streams to the extent that natural background concentrations in
ambient media will not be increased. This would mean that the emission
concentration for a particular contaminant (with appropriate dilution
factors applied) should not exceed the level of that contaminant in
ambient air, water, or land measured in areas containing only natural
background concentrations, i.e., no anthropogenic contamination.
Concentrations appearing in the column designated EOD under Emission
Level Goals are reported levels of chemical species in rural atmosphere,
.30
-------
surface waters, or typical soils. Where these concentrations are not
reported, levels measured in urban or industrial atmosphere and in
drinking water, groundwater, or seawater may be listed since they given
at least some indication of background concentrations.
Table 1 shows the Emission Level Goal Section of the chart indi-
cating foundations for the MEG values to be inserted.
3.4.2 Ambient Level Goals'
The lower half of the MEG chart is designed to present three
classifications of Ambient Level Goals. All of these goals describe
estimated permissible concentrations for continuous exposure. The
Ambient Level Goals presented in the chart are based on: (1) current or
proposed Federal ambient standards or criteria; (2) toxicity (acute and
chronic effects considered); and (3) carcinogenic or teratogenic potential
(the term zero threshold pollutants is used for distinguishing the
contaminants demonstrated to be potentially carcinogenic or teratogenic).
The goals are referred to health effects or to ecological effects for
the first two classifications. For those substances addressed by
ambient standards or criteria, no effort is made to describe additional
EPC's based on toxicity. Goals based on toxicity and on carcinogenic or
teratogenic potential'are derived from models which translate certain
empirical data into EPC's for the various chemical species.
Table 2 shows the Ambient Level Goals section of the chart and
indicates the sources of the values to be inserted. The methodology
developed for deriving the Ambient Level Goals is presented in detail in
Section 5.
31
-------
TABLE 1. EMISSION LEVEL GOALS FOUNDATIONS
CO
r\>
Air
Hater
Land
EMISSION LEVEL GOALS
1 . BASED ON BEST TECHNOLOGY
A. Existing Standards
NSPS. BPT, BAT
Methodology not yet
developed
B. Developing Technology
Engineering Estimates
(RIO Goals)
Methodology not yet
developed
II. BASED ON AMBIENT FACTORS
A. Minimum Acute
Toxlclty Effluent
Health
Effects
Foundation:
°WTEAH2
oMArr
""""AIIS
'WTEAC1
°HATEAC2
Foundation:
„
°MATEWH1
•«*TEHC :
. • ,_'
Foundation:
"MATE, ui - :
Ecological
Effects
roundatton:
AE
roundatlon:
•MATEyrc
"WTEyj,
Foundation:
"MATE* r|
B. Ambient Level
Goal*
Meal th
Effects
'oundatlon:
^tPCAHS
°EPCAH3
°EPCAC1
°EPCAC2
'EPCAT
'oundatlon:
"{PC...,
°EPCW1I2
°Ef>CWC
'EPeUT
oundatlon:
°EPC| u
°EPCLC
Ecological
Effects
! oundatlon:
°EPCAE
"oundatlon:
0[pC_
°EPC«E2
Foundation:
CEPC. r
r.. Elimination of
Discharge
Natural Background*
Foundation:
"RurTT background con-
centrations
Foundation:
'Natural concentrations
In surface waters
"Concentrations
•easured In drinking
water ^
'Natural seawater con-
centrations
Foundation:
"Typical soil con-
centrations
-------
TABLE 2. BASIC DATA AND DERIVATIONS FOR AMBIENT LEVEL GOALS
AMBIENT LEVEL GOALS
Air
Water
Land
I. Current or Proposed Ambient
Standard or Criteria
A. Health Effects
Basic Data:
"Primary Ambient Air
Quality Standard
(existing or proposed)
"Criteria for Hazardous
A1r Pollutant Emission
Standards
Derivation:
•"bask bata (tpcflHS)
Basic Data:
"Drinking Water Re-
gulation or Criteria
Derivation :
"Lowest" value from
BasU Data (!KM(|i)
Basic Data:
"None available (in
appropriate units)
Derivation:
"Rone
B. Ecological Effects
Basic Data:
"Secondary Ambient Air
Quality Standard
(existing or proposed)
Derivation:
"Bask bat*
Basic Data:
*Water Quality Criteria
Established for Pro-
tection of Aquatic
Life
Derivation:
''lowest value from
Basic Data (EPC^)
Batic Data:
•None avafiabl e
Derivation:
"None
I III. Zero Threshold
II. Toxicity Based Estimated {Pollutants Estimated Pe
Permissible Concentrations |m1ssible Concentrations
A. Health Effects
Basic Data:
bTLV
"NIOSH Recommendation
°LD50 (or substitute)
Derivation:
°EPCAHl(a)
°EPCAH3
Basic Data:
"TLY
°LD50 (or substitute)
Derivation:
°EPCVH2
Basic Data:
°EPCWH(S.2)
Derivation:
°EPCLH
B. Ecological Effects
Basic Data:
"Lowest concentration
affecting sensitive
vegetation (24 hrs)
Derivation:
'EPCAE
.
Basic Data:
"Lowest Aquatic LC-0
and Application
Factor
"Tainting Level
"Application Factor
or Hazard Level
from Water Quality
Criteria
"Accumulation Factor
and Allowable Flesh
Concentration
Derivation:
*ETC^
•WTO
'EPCWE3
'EPC«4
Basic Data:
°EPCWE(S,1,2,3,4)
Derivation:
*E7c^
Health Effects
Basic Data:
"TLV (oncogenidty)
"NIOSH Recommendation
(oncogenlcity)
'Adjusted Ordering
Number (species.
route of adminis-
tration, lowest
effective dosage
as carcinogen or
as teratogen)
Derivation:
°EPCAC1 '
*EPCAC2
°EPCAT
Basic Data:
°EPtAC(l,2)
°EPCAT
Derivation:
°EPCVC
-------
The most stringent air, water, and land concentrations presented in
the Ambient Level Goals portion of the :ME6 chart are repeated in the
Emission Level Goals Section where they serve to describe (after
application of the appropriate dilution factor) discharge concentrations.
3.5 DESIGN OF FORMAT FOR BACKGROUND INFORMATION SUMMARIES
A Background Information Summary is to accompany each MEG's chart
supplying the data to substantiate the values appearing in the companion
MEG's chart. The format for displaying^the summarized data has been
designed to present the data in a consistent logical fashion. The various
classes of information to be specified 1n the summaries include:
Identifying Information
Natural Occurrence, Characteristics, Associated Compounds
Regulatory Actions, Standards, Criteria, Recognition,
Candidate Status for Specific Regulation
Toxic Properties, Health Effects
Minimum Acute Toxicity Concentrations
Estimated Permissible Concentrations
A complete discussion of the Background Information Summaries is
presented in Section 4.
3.6 DEVELOPMENT OF METHODOLOGY
The methodology developed for deriving MEG's incorporates existing and
proposed Federal guidelines as well as models for translating empirical
data into MEG's. The methodology addressing Ambient Level Goals as EPC's
is discussed in detail in Section 5. The methodology for Emission Level
Goals is presented in Section 6.
34
-------
3.7 DEVELOPMENT OF HAZARD INDICATORS
A system has. been developed for designating high priority air con-
taminants on the basis of human health effects. Section 7 explains this
system which might serve as a model for additional indicators based on
other criteria.
3.8 PRESENTATION OF MEG'S FOR MASTER LIST ENTRIES
Appendix E of this report contains the MEG's charts and Background
Information Summaries for 216 Master List contaminants. Of these 216,
only 6 emerge without numerical MEG values based on at least some of the
criteria addressed by the methodology.
35
-------
SECTION 4
BACKGROUND INFORMATION SUMMARIES FOR CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES
An obvious need in the field of environmental assessment has been
for a useable instrument bringing together data related to environmental
aspects of various chemical substances. The format developed for sup-
plying summarized background information to accompany and substantiate
MEG's charts has been designed to address this need, providing a large
volume of information in a consolidated, consistent, workable arrange-
ment. The format serves to organize existing and available data in a
logical framework,, yet at the same time it remains flexible enough to
allow the future incorporation of emerging data. Arrangement of specific
items of information in a consistent pattern and presentation of such
data in conjunction with the corresponding MEG's chart allows the user
to survey the data quickly and to relate Multimedia Environmental Goals
to physical and chemical properties, associations, interactions, and
toxicological characteristics of the element, compound, or group of
compounds of interest. The data collected as background information for
each substance is presented on a sheet designed to face the corres-
ponding MEG's chart.
4.1 IDENTIFYING INFORMATION
Each summary is headed (on the left) by the category number as-
signed the substance on the basis of its characteristic functional
group. (See discussion of categories in Section 3 and the synopsis of
categories in Appendix A.)
37
i Preceding page blank >
-------
This category number serves to locate a specific compound within the
total set of chemical substance compilations and to promote grouping of
chemically and toxicologically similar substances. The preferred name
for each substance, assigned according to the rules established by the
International Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry (IUPAC), is displayed
in capital letters immediately below the specified category number. The
names issued by lUPAC's Commission of Nomenclature of Organic Chemistry
are recognized internationally by the Union's members, who include all
the major scientific researching nations. The empirical chemical
formula follows the preferred name for each substance. Major known
synonyms are included in parentheses after the formula notation (All
synonyms appearing on the background information summaries are included
in the alphabetically indexed cross-reference comprising Appendix F).
A compact description of the substance in relative physical terms
is provided beneath its name, furnishing information required by the
casual observer to recognize the substance generally in its pure state.
To the right of the sections just mentioned, two specific structur-
al identifications are supplied. The Wiswesser Line-Formula Notation,
abbreviated WLN, gives a unique, unambiguous topological description of
the structure of each substance. First published in 1954 and presently
undergoing continuous reevaluation under the direction of the Chemical
2
Notation Association, this system is based on rules which allow for a
complete linear notation revealing the components of the molecule and
its architecture, as well as Its configuration.
38
-------
The constituents of this notation include the letter formulas normally
used in chemical texts (with a few changes), numbers to describe the
length of chains and rings, and certain additional symbols to represent
key structural groups or bonding patterns. Because it efficiently
translates unique three-dimensional structures into specific literal
figures, the system is easily adapted for computer programming.
Beneath the WIN, a visual structural diagram is depicted in ac-
cordance with the orientation and numbering prescribed by IUPAC. Among
other benefits, these visual representations allow comparison of iso-
meric compounds and illustrate functional similarites among compounds
within a category. Various ionic species or possible valence states are
indicated with the most commonly occuring structure underlined.
The arrangement of the identifying information just discussed, which
appears at the top of each background information summary, is illustrated
in Figure 2.
CATEGORY: 7A WLN; VH1U1
ACROLEIN: C3H40 (acrylic aldehyde, propenal) STRUCTURE:
A colorless, yellowish liquid; disagreeable u
choking odor. : H - C - C -= CH2
H
Figure 2. Example of Substance Identification Data on
Background Information Summaries
39
-------
4.2 PROPERTIES
A more definitive compilation of physical and chemical properties
appears just below the qualitative discription. Data supplied in this
section, entitled "Properties" on the summaries, has been compiled
(unless otherwise noted) from the following sources: the CRC Handbook
of Chemistry and Physics; the Merck Index; Patty's Industrial
Hygiene and Toxicology; Sax's Dangerous Properties of Industrial
Materials; Polycydic Hydrocarbons by Clar; and the International
Agency for Research on Cancer Monographs on the Evaluation of
o
Carcinogenic Risk of Chemicals to Man. The specific items of infor-
mation reported under "Properties" on the summary sheets are listed in
Table 3 along with clarifying remarks.
TABLE 3. PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES INCLUDED
.IN BACKGROUND INFORMATION SUMMARIES
Property* Remarks
Molecular or atomic weight Weights are computed according to the
(Molecular wt., atomic wt.) International Atomic Values of 1961.
Atomic number Atomic number is included for elements.
(Atomic no.) It indicates the number of protons in .
the nucleus, and it determines the position
of the atom on a periodic chart of the atoms.
The atomic number also corresponds to the
number of electrons in an atom of a particular
element.
Periodic group The periodic group is the number assigned to
(group) • the vertical column in which the element
appears in a periodic chart of the atoms. The
group numbers corresponds to the number of
electrons in the outer shell of the atom. The
fundamental periodicity of the atoms is univer-
sally accepted, and nine groups of atoms are
specified.
*Abbreviations used in the summaries appear in parenthesis.
40
-------
TABLE 3. (continued)
Property*
Remarks
Boiling point
(b.p.)
Melting point
(m.p.)
Dens i ty
(d.)
Vapor density
(vap. d.)
Vapor pressure
(vap. press.)
Dissociation constant
(pKa or pKb)
Clarifying remarks such as "sublimes" are
included where pertinent. Superscripts
following the m.p. or b.p. indicate the
pressure (if different from one atmosphere)
corresponding to the reported value. All
m.p. and b.p. are in °C unless otherwise
noted.
Normally expressed relative to the density
of water. Specific gravity is indicated
when the density is followed by superscript
20 (meaning the temperature of the substance
is 20°C) and subscript 4 (indicating comparison
to water density at temperature 4°C). For some
substances reported in units specified such
as g/1 or g/ml.
The density of a gas or vapor relative to the
density of air (air assumed to consist of
80% N2 and 20% 02).
Measures volatility of given substance at a
?iven temperature. Expressed in millimeters
mm) of mercury (Hg) or in atmospheres.
Temperature is indicated as subscript in °C or
included in clarifying remarks.
Ka is the dissociation constant of an acid
compound indicating its potential to give up
H+ ion. Kb is the dissociation constant of a
basic compound indicating its potential to give
up an OH" group. The "p" indicates that the
constant is expressed as the negative logarithm
of K. Subscript numbers after the a or b
indicate the specific acidic or basic radical
(in molecules with more than one possible
ionization .group) the constant pertains to.
^Abbreviations used in the summaries appear in parenthesis.
41
-------
TABLE 3. (continued)
Property
Remarks
Valence states
Water solubility
Lipid solubility
Certain elements are capable of assuming two
or more valence states, and these are specified.
Reactivity, and thus, toxicity are often de-
pendent upon the valence state of a given
element.
Solubility is most often expressed in qualita-
tive terms which carry no distinct numerical
implications (for example, "slightly soluble
in water"). The extent of the solubi1 i ty is
expressed in numerical terms (with temperature
specified) in cases where the data are available.
Because lipids are important constituents of
cell membranes, lipid solubility is a signif- :
icant variable affecting transport of molecules
within living systems. The property may be
related to potential carcinogenicity by virtue
of its influence on the ability of a substance
to permeate a cell membrane.
4.3 NATURAL OCCURRENCE, CHARACTERISTICS, ASSOCIATED COMPOUNDS
Natural occurrence, characteristics, and associated compounds are cataloged
on the background information summaries in the section after properties.
Information in this section aids in relating potentially hazardous substances
to sources of both emission and reception and suggests some of the important
interactions, associations, and activities pertinent to each substance addressed.
9
Data were culled from sources which include the NAS/NAE Water Quality Criteria.
EPA's Preliminary Assessment of Suspected Carcinogens in Drinking Water,10 and an
unpublished draft report to EPA offering a Compilation of Ambient Trace
Substances in air, among others. A listing of the types of data assembled
in this area is presented in Table 4.
42
-------
TABLE 4. INFORMATION SUPPLIED IN BACKGROUND INFORMATION
SUMMARIES RELATING TO NATURAL OCCURRENCES,
CHARACTERISTICS, AND ASSOCIATED COMPOUNDS
Types of Information
Remarks
Background levels in air
Background levels in water
Background levels in soil
Odor levels'
Concentrations of the various chemical
species measured in air are included.
Rural concentrations are reported most often
and, in most cases, are indicative of natural
background levels. Levels measured for
urban or industrial locations are reported
if available in the absence of data for rural
sites. Units appearing in the reference
source are entered; all values are converted
to yg/m3 for comparison, as well.
Concentrations of various chemical species
measured in surface waters of the U.S. at
hydrologic bench-marks or other stations are
Included. Also, levels of chemical species
identified in drinking water are included.
Levels considered typical for seawater are
reported as well.
Natural occurrence of various elements in
the Earth's crust are reported as well as
typical soil concentrations, if available.
Values are in units of kg/Ha or in ug/g, or
they are expressed as percentages.
Expressed as odor threshold, odor recognition
level, or odor detection level. The precise
definition of the three terms is elusive
since the details of panel evaluations are
involved. One study has defined odor recog-
nition level as the level producing 100 per-
cent recognition by the panel.
43
-------
TABLE 4. (continued)
Types of Information Remarks
Photochemical activity Only minor qualitative remarks are included
since the photochemistry for most compounds
is highly complex and requires in-depth
consideration to be of value.
Occurrence associations Mineral associations or associations with
coal or oil are specified. Also, related
compounds and secondary pollutant formations
are designated in some cases.
Dietary intake Levels of consumption believed to be typical
are reported for certain elements.
Characteristic chemical reactions "Solubility in water, decomposition products
and metabolic fate and other reactions are mentioned. Although
no effort is made to characterize fully the
' chemical or biochemical behavior of any
. substance, information regarded as essential
to delineation of MEG1s is included.
4.4 TOXIC PROPERTIES, HEALTH EFFECTS
Reported toxic properties and health effects influencing the goals
and priorities derived in this report are compiled in the next section
of the summary sheets. Sources which have gathered the experimental
results reported in this-section include the NIOSH Registry of Toxic
12 13
Effects of Chemical Substances; TLV documentation from ACGIH;
Patty's Industrial Hygiene and Toxicology; Sax's Dangerous Properties
of Industrial Materials;6 specific NIOSH criteria documents, the NAS/NAE
Water Quality Criteria (in relating toxic effects on aquatic life); and
the monographs published by the International Agency for Research on
44
-------
o
Cancer entitled the Evaluation of Carcinogenic Risk of Chemicals to Man.
The specific data related to toxic properties reported consistently in
the background information summaries is outlined in Table 43. Each of
these types of data has been compiled previously by others and is
largely available in tabulated form within secondary sources of infor-
mation. Data related to synergisms and antagonisms has been included in
the background information summaries in a few cases. However, such in-
formation is sparse, and until it is systematically compiled from a
thorough survey of the literature, it will not be available in a form
useable for consideration in establishing MEG's.
45
-------
TABLE .5. TOXIC PROPERTY AND HEALTH EFFECTS INFORMATION
INCLUDED IN BACKGROUND INFORMATION SUMMARIES
Types of data appearing
on background Information
summaries
Specific items reported
in background information
summaries
Remarks
Animal toxicity infomation
01
Human health effects data
LDcn - lethal dose
w (50% kill)
LD. - lowest published
L0 lethal dose
LCKn - lethal eoncentra-
5U tion (50* kill)
LC, - lowest published
lethal concentra-
tion
acute effects
chronic effects
Generally expressed in mg of toxicant per kg of
animal body weight. Reported whenever avail-
able for rat, dosage administered orally; LDc0
for other route/species combinations are sub-
stituted depending on the availability. Only
one LDcQ is included for each chemical substance.
Generally expressed in mg of toxicant per kg
of animal body weight. Reported when LDso is
not available. Preferred item is for rat,
dosage administered orally. .
Generally expressed in mg of toxicant per m of
air, or in ppm. LCsg for at least one species
(rat or mouse preferred) is reported if avail-
able.
Generally expressed in mg of toxicant per m
air, or in ppm. Reported when LG™ is not
available.
of
Qualitative descriptions of effects including
organ specificity and dosages, if available.
Acute effects range from short-term intoxication
to death and result from exposure(s) of short
duration.
Qualitative descriptions of effects including
organ specificity and dosages, if available.
Chronic effects are characterized by pathological
tissue changes and result from prolonged or
repeated exposures.
-------
TABLE 5. (continued)
Types of data appearing
on background information
summaries
Specific items reported
in background information
summaries
Remarks
Human health effects data
(continued)
Data pertinent to carcinogenicity
or teratogenidty
Aquatic toxicity information
biological half-life
EPA/NIOSH ordering
number
affected animal species
recorded human effects
lowest effective dosages
adjusted ordering number
Reported where available. An indication of the
cumulative potential of a toxicant.
The four-digit ordering number indicates the
relative degree of concern that might be
warranted for a particular substance regarding
its possible carcinogenic potential.
The adjusted ordering number is an indication
of the carcinogenic potential which considers
the lowest effective dosage.
LCKn - lethal concentra- Expressed in mg per liter or in ppm of water.
'50
tion (50% kill)
or
Species may be indicated, or value may be pre-
sented as a range for various sensitive species
in various conditions.
TLm - tolerance limit
median
-------
TABLE 5. (continued)
Types of data appearing
on background information
summaries
Specific items reported
in background information
summaries
Remarks
Aquatic toxicity information
(continued)
CO
Phytotoxidty (plant toxicity)
data
bioaccumulation, or
blomagnification
(potential)
reported tainting
levels
effective medium con-
centrations (air, water*
or soil)
Expressed as the ratio of the possible concen-
tration of a chemical contaminant within an
organism to the concentration in the surrounding
medium. :
Expressed in mg per liter or in ppm of water.
-------
4.5 REGULATORY ACTIONS, STANDARDS, CRITERIA, CANDIDATE STATUS FOR SPECIFIC
REGULATION
The last section of summarized information lists the existing legal
standards and proposed or recommended control levels for specific substances.
Federal publications promulgate these regulations, ranging from congressionally
mandated standards to the EPA Consent Decree List. Although major emphasis has
been placed on the actions or recommendations of Federal agencies, recognition
status by other agencies have been cited. The complete list of referred sources
for this section of the Background Information Summaries appears in Table 6.
The table has been organized to differentiate those actions which are enforce-
able for those that constitute recommendations or are specific designations
related to toxic potential.
TABLE 6. REGULATORY ACTIONS, STANDARDS, CRITERIA, RECOGNITION,
and CANDIDATE STATUS FOR SPECIFIC REGULATIONS
CITED IN BACKGROUND INFORMATION SUMMARIES
Status of Citation
Specific Agency Publications Associated
With Substance Recognition
Enforceable or proposed enforceable
regulations
National Primary and Secondary Ambient
Air Quality Standards (40 CFR, Part 50)
National Emissions Standards for Hazardous
Air Pollutants (40 CFR, Part 61)
OSHA Standards for Hazardous Substances
(29 CFR, Part 1910)
49
-------
TABLE 6. (Continued)
Status of Citation
Specific Agency Publications Associated
With Substance Recognition
Enforceable or proposed enforceable
enforceable regulations
(continued)
Significant Designations (recommen-
dations not involved)
National Interim Primary Drinking Water
Regulations (40 CFR, Part 141)
Public Health Service Drinking Water
Standards (42 CFR, Part 72)
EPA Toxic Pollutant Effluent Standards
(40 CFR, Part 405-460)) '
Regulations for Protection Against
Radiation (10 CFR, Part 20)
FDA Declaration
EPA National Emissions Standards For
Hazardous Air Pollutants, Candidate List.
EPA Toxic Pollutant Effluent Standards,
Candidate List. .
Recognized water quality criteria.
ACGIH recommendation.
NIOSH recommendation.
EPA Consent Decree List.
NIC List of Carcinogens to Man.
ACGIH designation as carcinogen, simple
asphyxiant, or nuisance particulate.
EPA Star Document Series subject.
NIOSH Criteria Document subject.
Chemical Industry Institute of Toxicology
Priority Chemical Lists.
50
-------
4.6 MINIMUM ACUTE TOXICITY EFFLUENTS; ESTIMATED PERMISSIBLE CONCENTRATIONS
At the bottom of each summary sheet, the actual calculations for
both the Minimum Acute Toxicity Effluent (MATE) values and Estimated
Permissible Concentrations (EPC's) of the substances are given to
indicate the derivation of figures entered in the MEG charts. Only the
equations defining the lowest MATE values in each medium are presented;
(see Section 6-for a full discussion of the various models for deriving
MATE'S from different data sources.) For each substance addressed, all
the pertinent EPC calculations as described in Section 5 are listed. By
displaying these calculations, the Background Information Summary offers
the reader the opportunity to relate the values listed on the charts to
the data from which they are derived. The equations are presented in a
consistent order so that their usage may be enhanced.
4.7 CONCLUSION
These summaries seek to provide as much pertinent information as is
reasonable in as useable a format as possible. The aim is to meet the
needs of the anticipated audience, which is expected to differ widely in
background and experience with these substances and their associations.
It is certain that the report will be applied in a number of different
ways. The needs of those engaged in environmental assessment have been
given first priority, and thus much of the summarized background infor-
mation is arranged with its application in environmental analysis in
mind.
Attempts will be made in future revisions of the background infor-
mation summaries to update and to expand the data to incorporate emerg-
ing relevant items. Plans call for expansion of the section on physical
and chemical properties to include specific data pertinent to methods of
51
-------
analysis or control techniques. Such properties as viscosity, ionization
potential, magnetic and electrical properties, refractive index, and
characteristic absorption bands should be added. Distinctive detection
methods and their limits should be included in later versions in the
section on natural occurrence, characteristics, and associations.
Certain data (whose availablilty was limited for this version of the
report but which should be included consistently in later revisions) can
be appreciably expanded when the appropriate literature is surveyed.
Mobility and residence times are two examples of such data to bemadded
to the section on natural occurrences.and characteristics; data on
synergisms, antagonisms, sublethal toxic effects in aquatic life, and
production of metabolites should also appear with more consistency in
the section on toxic properties in the future. It is important also
that results of epidemiological studies and inferences be added con-
tinuously to update the Background Information Summaries.
The format developed for presenting the summarized information is
conducive to computer programming, which should proceed as the next step
in MEG's development. Data manipulation and update will be greatly
facilitated by computerization.
52
-------
SECTION 5
AMBIENT LEVEL GOALS
To delineate Multimedia Environmental Goals for a variety of chemical
substances, there is a need to establish a defined frame of reference
for each substance to serve as a common basis allowing comparison of
various characteristics among similar and diverse substances. Translation
of various forms of data into Ambient Level Goals expressed as Estimated
Permissible Concentrations (EPC's) reported in common units meets this
need by facilitating comparison of relative hazard potential of possible
toxic substances regardless of media, thus providing the opportunity to
establish meaningful priorities for those substances.
An immediate application of these Ambient Level Goals arises in the
logical relation of permissible concentrations of substances in ambient
media to desirable levels of those same substances in emissions into
the media. Since levels of most contaminants in emissions have an
obvious causal relationship to the presence of those contaminants in
4
ambient media, it is expedient to establish Emission Level Goals and
Ambient Level Goals concurrently. Multimedia Environmental Goals (MEG's)
charts have been designed to present in a concise tabular format levels
of pollutants considered safe for continuous exposure within each medium;
simultaneously, the charts present emission level goals based on both
ambient and technological factors.. Further discussion of Emission Level
Goals and their relationship to ambient levels goals is found in Section
6.
53
-------
A methodology for deriving Ambient Level Goals in .the form of EPC's
is presented in this section. EPC's are derived from three distinct data
sources: the most stringent current or proposed ambient standards or
criteria constitute one set of EPC's; empirical data concerning the effects
of chemical substances on human health and the ecology are translated by
models into toxi city-based EPC's; a third set of EPC's is derived from a
system relating the carcinogenic or teratogenic potential of specific
chemical substances to media concentrations considered to pose an acceptable
»
risk upon continuous exposure. The systems used to derive MEG's from each
of these data sources are discussed in detail in the following subsections.
The Background Information Summaries which accompany MEG charts present
the equations used to define the EPC's and indicate by appropriate subscripts
the precise medium, basis, and model for any EPC defined.
1) The first subscript letter denotes the medium addressed
(A = air, W = water, L = land).
2) The second subscript Tetter indicates the application
(H - human health effects, E = ecological effects,
C = care inogeni city, T s teratogenicity).
3) The third subscript may be the letter S indicating that the
EPC reflects current of proposed Federal standard, criteria,
or recommendation, or it may be a number indicating the
particular model being applied. Model numbers are only
assigned when more than one model has been described to
translate a particular data base.
4) A fourth subscript, "a" indicates the EPC is expressed in ppm.
Examples of EPC subscript designation:
the. EPC JU> ({01 caJfau£at.ed bg the. equation tLe.pieA anting modeJt 1
CUA. ba&e.d on hejuJLth e^ecii otheA than cMCsinogejti&Lty on.
54
-------
-indicate* the. EPC -ci fan uxvteA and JU> baaed on eco£og-tca£
a. Fede/to£ &tandaJuL on
EPC a/™ -indicates -tne EPC -ca (JoA. a6t and -c& baaed on casic£nogejru.city;
•it /u uaJLcjuJLaAtd by -the equation mpnu eating modeJL 2 fan CUA, fa
-------
anticipated adverse effects on public welfare (secondary standards) ranging
from ecological damage, to destruction of property or loss of economic
value. Primary standards appear in column A as EPC's based on health
effects; secondary standards are specified in column B as EPC's based on
ecological effects.
Additional regulations against emissions of certain very hazardous
air pollutants are delineated in the National Emissions Standards for
Hazardous Air Pollutants [Ref. 40 CFR, Part 51]. Present standards guard
against undesirable emissions of asbestos, beryllium, mercury, and vinyl
chloride which "have been shown to cause or contribute to an increase in
mortality or to an increase in serious Irreversible or incapacitating
reversible illness." The language of the law makes it clear that these
restrictions on emissions are based on the danger .to public health posed
by the presence of these substances in ambient air; hence, the levels
specified as maximum ambient concentrations upon which the emission levels
have been based appear as ambient level EPC's in column A based on health
effects. The emissions standards themselves appear as Emission Level Goals
based on ambient factors 1n the MEG charts for these substances.
To define the frame of reference for comparing these values, all the
EPC's entered for air on the MEG charts are given in yg/m , and in some
cases presented in ppm by volume at 25°C, 760 mm Hg and listed in paren-
theses immediately following the first number.
5.1.2 EPC's for Water Based on Ambient Regulations or Criteria
Standards or criteria applicable to drinking water indicate estimated
permissible concentrations of contaminants based on human health effects.
56
-------
Such regulations or recomnendations are taken from the following:
National Interim Primary Drinking Water Regulations [Ref. 40 CFR, Part
141]; U. S. Public Health Service Regulations on Drinking Water [Ref. 42
CFR,' Part 72]; National Academy of Science/National Academy of Engi-
neering (NAS/NAE) 197Z Water Quality Criteria 9 (for Public Water Supplies);
and EPA Water Quality Criteria 1976 (Proposed) (for Domestic Supplies).
Three sources of water quality criteria recommend levels of con-
taminants in water which might threaten aquatic life, and these recommen-
dations furnish the EPC's for water based on ecological effects. The
recommendations are those of the EPA (Water Quality Criteria [1976]);
the NAS/NAE (1972 criteria);9 and the National Technical Advisory Committee
(1968 Water Quality Criteria). These criteria are based on the harmful
effects to aquatic life resulting from exposure to contaminants in
ambient water. These federally established criteria do not impose
direct enforceable standards for specific substances; however, each
State must establish regulations to restrict contaminant levels in
navigable waters to comply with the Federal criteria.
Again, all entries are given in common units to allow comparison
between substances. EPC's for water are expressed in pg/i on the MEG
charts.
5.1.3 EPC's for Land Based on Federal Recommendations
No Federal regulations have been established to limit concentrations
of pollutants in soil, although the U. S. Department of Agriculture and
Land Grant Institutions have recommended soil levels in kg per hectare for
zinc, copper, lead, cadmium, and nickel. These recommendations are
not reflected on the corresponding MEG charts because they apply to
57
-------
specific soil types (as indicated by cation exchange capacity) and are
not readily translatable to units consistent with those specified for
soil in the MEG charts.
5.2 TOXICITY BASED ESTIMATED PERMISSIBLE CONCENTRATIONS
Levels of pollutants for continuous exposure in the various media
which will not result in toxic effects to human health are dependent on
the chemical, physical, and toxicological characteristics specific to
each individual substance. The best procedure for determining such
levels remains a thorough epidemiological investigation into the pro-
perties of substances of concern and evaluation of such data by experi-
enced health effects researchers. Provided (1) that adequate data could
be made available, and (2) that a judgment could be made representing a
consensus of opinion among those knowledgeable in the field, the resulting
estimated permissible concentration would supply :the value sought as an
ambient level goal. However, exhaustive research into all substances of
environmental importance is impractical in light of the time and level
of funding that would be required. Therefore* a less desirable, but
more expedient method for establishing EPC's has been devised to provide,
at least, a preliminary indication of permissible concentrations.
A system has been designed to provide these preliminary EPC's on
the basis of empirical data which are available for a large number of
chemical substances and which can be translated by application of
appropriate models into concentrations expected to be acceptable for
continuous exposure.
Some of the models used in the derivation of EPC's have been developed
specifically for application in this report while others were developed
previously by other researchers.
bo
-------
EPC's based on human health effects (other than carcinogenesis or
teratogenesis) are entered on the MEG chart in column A under the general
heading "Toxicity Based Estimated Permissible Concentrations;" EPC's
based on ecological effects are entered in column B.
5.2.1 Toxicity Based EPC's for Air
EPC's for air have been specified on the bases of human health
effects and on ecological effects.
5.2.1.1 EPC's for Air Based on Health Effects
Three models have been described to relate available empirical
data to EPC's for air based on human health effects (other than carcino-
genesis or teratogenesis). EPCAH1 (and, in some cases, EPCAHla) is
calculated on the basis of TLV's or NIOSH recommendations and appears on
the MEG chart provided the required workroom recommendations have been
established or proposed. In the absence of a workroom air recommendation,
both EPCAH2 and EPCAH3 are calculated provided a lethal dose to some
animal species is available. In this case the EPCAH3 is listed on the
MEG chart since it is a consistently lower value than EPCAH2-
5.2.1.1.1 * Model deriving EPCAH1 from TLV's or NIOSH recommendations —
Threshold Limit Values (TLV's),17 established by the American Conference
•5
of Governmental Hygienists (ACGIH) and expressed as mg/m or in ppm, are
levels of contaminants which are considered by the conference to be safe
for workroom atmosphere. More than 570 chemical substances have been
addressed to date. The TLV's represent time-weighted exposure based on 8-
hour/day or 40-hour/week exposure for working adults; they do not consider
exposure to children (important because the ratio of tidal [breathing] volume
59
-------
to body weight for infants is approximately twice the ratio for adults
[see Table 7] or exposure to persons with respiratory problems). To relate
TLV's to continuous exposure concentrations, an exposure correction factor
as well as a safety factor must be considered.
TABLE 7. HUMAN RESPIRATORY TIDAL VOLUMES
1
1
1
1
Newborn i
Adult, male |
1
Adult, female ,
1
Body weight,
kg
3.4 (2.5-4.3)
68.5
54.0
1 Experimental ,
* conditions 1
i t
I 1
1 . 1
, light work
' heavy work
i i
1 1
1 light work
. | heavy work
Minute volume,
liters/min
0.584 (0.471-0
7.43 (5.8-10.3
28.6 (27.3-30.9
42.0 (39.3-45.2
4.5 (4.0-5.1)
16.3 (15.9-16.8
.24.5 (17.3-31.8
697)
'
Adapted from Handbook of Environmental Control, Vol. I, Table 2.T-I5
entitled Respiratory Frequency, Tidal Volume, and Minute Volume: Vertebrates
T9
A Monsanto Corporation report originally suggested a simple model
for relating TLV's to permissible ambient concentrations. Their model is
described by Equation 1; it incorporates an exposure correlation (relating
8-hour workroom exposure to 24-hour continuous exposure) and an arbitrary
safety factor of 100.
EPC (mg/m3) = 0.01 x 8/24 x TLV (mg/m3) = TLV/300 (1)
20
Handy and Schindler noted that TLV's consider weekend recovery time for
workers (exposure is for 5 of 7 days) and by modifying the exposure
60
-------
correction suggested by Monsanto, arrived at the model described by
Equation 2 appropriate for continuous ambient exposure. This model is
utilized in the MEG's methodology to establish EPCAH1 (equations 3 and 4).
EPC (mg/m3) = 0.01 x 40/168 x TLV (mg/m3) = TLV/420 (2)
Therefore:
EPCAH1 (ug/m3) = 103 x TLV (mg/m3)/420 (3)
and,
EPCAHTa (ppm) = TLV (ppm)/420 (4)
Example: TLV for ammonia = 18 mg/m (25 ppm)
EPCAH1 = 103 x 18/420 = 43 yg/m3
EPCAHla = 25/420 =0.06 ppm
NIOSH criteria documents detailing the NIOSH occupational exposure re-
commendations are currently available for approximately 70 chemical substances,
Specific numerical recommendations by NIOSH are substituted for TLV's in
the model for deriving EPCAH1 if (1) TLV is not established, or (2) if
the NIOSH recommendation is lower than the established TLV.
As a corollary to the Monsanto/Handy and Schindler TLV model, a model
to define EPC's for simple asphyxiants may also be described. Simple
asphyxiants are inert gases or vapors which do not produce physiologic
effects except when they are present to the extent of limiting available
oxygen or when present in quantities sufficient to result in an explosion
61
-------
hazard. The, only compound classified as a simple asphyxiant for which
ACGIH has specified a TLV is carbon dioxide, C02; this TLV is based on the
concentration of COo which lowers the available oxygen level below accept-
able levels. In order to describe EPC's for other simple asphyxiants,
the assumption is made that a similar concentration of any other simple
asphyxiant will likewise lower oxygen levels below acceptable levels since
the phenomenon involved is a physical rather than a chemical effect. Based
on this assumption, TLVSA is defined as 5,000 ppm, analogous to the TLV
established for C02> Substituting TLV$A for TLV in the Equation 4 allows
calculation of EPC's in ppm for all asphyxiants. Concentrations expressed
in ppm are readily converted to pg/m by Equation 5.
Q ^
pg/m - 10 x molecular wt. x ppm/24.5 (5)
Example:
Ethane, C«Hg, is a gas classified as a simple asphyxiant.
TLV for ethane has not been established by the ACGIH.
TLVSA =5,000 ppm.
EPCAHU = 5,000/420 = 11.9 ppm.
Molecular wt. for C0HC = 30.
Therefore,
EPCAm = 103 x 30 x n.9/24.5 = 14,600 pg/m3
62
-------
5.2.1.1.2 Model deriving EPO^o from LD5Q (oral, rat) — In the absence
of TLV's a reasonable source of empirical data relevant to estimating
permissible concentrations of substances is animal toxicity data. Such
data is available for many more chemical substances than are currently
addressed by TLV's. The most extensive readily available source of
animal toxicity data is the Registry of Toxic Effects of Chemical Substances
published by the National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health
12
(NIOSH). The 1976 Registry contains information on 21,729 different
chemical substances. Routes of administration, species of animals
tested, dosages, and toxic effects are Included.
While the relationship between animal toxicity and human health has
not been clearly defined, toxicological assessments depend largely on
animal experimentation as an indication of relative toxicitles of chemical
substances. Any evaluation concerning permissible exposure levels must
consider animal toxicity. Both NIOSH and AC6IH base their recommendations
for contaminant levels in workroom atmosphere on experimental animal
studies, as well as on industrial experience and data derived from
experiments on humans.
LDcQ (defined as the calculated dose of a chemical substance which
is expected to cause the death of 50 percent of an entire population of
an experimental animal species as determined from exposure to the substance)
is the most consistently reported animal toxicity datum. LD50's are
normally expressed 1n mg of toxicant per kg of animal body weight.
63
-------
Because LD50 values are most often determined for rats, dosage
administered orally, these values provide the experimental data base for
application in alternate models for describing toxicity based EPC's when
TLV's are not available.
20
Handy and Schindler iihave plotted TLV's for 241 substances against
the corresponding LD5Q (oral, rat) values in an effort to describe a
relationship between the animal data and contaminant levels permissible
for human exposure in workroom environments. Using a regression technique,
a correlation between TLV and LD5Q (oral, rat) is discernable, although
the data scatter is sufficient to .limit confidence. To produce an accept-
ably reliable and conservative number, Handy and Schindler have defined a
term which they call TLVLOW that they relate to the lower 95 percent con-
fidence limit .associated with the regression correlation. This term is
defined by Equation 6::
TLVLQW (mg/m3) = 4.5 x TO"4LD50 (mg/kg) (6)
Adjusting the TLVLOW for continuous exposure using the factor 40/168,
Handy and Schindler describe a maximum permissible concentration defined
by Equation 7:
Xp (mg/m3) = 1.07 x lo"4 LD5Q (mg/kg) (7)
64
-------
This equation is incorporated into the MEG's methodology to provide
a model for translating LD5Q (oral, rat) into EPC's for air based on
health effects:
EPCAH2 (ug/m3) =0.107 LD50 (mg/kg)
Example: 2,4-Oichlorophenol
No TLV established; LD5Q (oral, rat): 580 mg/kg
EPCAH2 = 0.107 x 580 - 62 ug/m3
5.2.1.1.3 Model deriving EPC from LD5Q (oral, rat) — On the basis
21
of assumptions derived from data provided by Piotrowski, a second
model for relating LDgn's to maximum permissible air concentrations is
20
also described by Handy and Schindler. This model considers (1)
accumulation of a specific pollutant within the body, and (2) the body
burden which does not affect health. They assume a 30-day biological
half-life and a safe limit for maximum body concentration of 0.05 per-
cent of the LD5Q for a chemical substance. Equation 9 results from this
20 '
Handy and 'Schindler model.
Xp (mg/m3) = 8.1 x lo"5 LD5Q (mg/kg) (9)
where Xp is the maximum permissible concentration in mg/m .
This model expressed in ug/m is incorporated into the MEG's methodology
as shown in Equation 10,
EPCAH3 (ug/m3) = 0.081 LD5Q (mg/kg) (10)
Example:
2,4-Dichlorophenol
No TLV established; LD5Q (oral, rat): 580 mg/kg
EPC =0.081 x 580 = 47 u9/m3
AH3 65
-------
If LQ50 (oral, rat) is not available, other animal toxicity data
reported, such as LD5Q (oral, mouse) or LDLo (intraperitoneal, mouse),
are substituted in Equations 8 and 10. LD5Q (oral, mouse) is the first
preferred substitute; in other cases judgments as exercised in selecting
the datum to be substituted for L.DCQ (oral, rat). For example, if LDcg
(oral, rat) were not reported, but LD, (oral, rat), ID™ (oral, mouse),
and LDgQ (intraperitoneal, rat) were available, the value judged to be
most indicative of LDgQ (oral, rat) is used.
EPC's calculated using Equations 8 and 10 should be expected to be
lower than respective EPC's derived from Equation 3 because of the con-
servative nature of the models translating LDgn's.
An attempt was made to correlate LC5Q (Lethal Concentration to 50
percent of population) With TLV's. However, due to the scarcity of IC™
information, only LDcg's have been included as basic data for model
development. -Occasionally, only an LCg0 is reported for highly volatile
substances. In these cases, an LDcg based on the LC50 is derived,
taking into consideration breathing rate and duration of exposure. Such
derivations are presented in the Background Information Summaries.
5.2.1.2 EPC's for Air Based on Ecological Effects
Toxicity based estimated permissible concentrations based on
ecological effects are derived from the lowest reported concentration
having an effect on a common plant indigenous to the U.S. The species
indicated to be most sensitive to a given pollutant and the nature of
the effect are indicated 1n the Background Information Summaries.
66
-------
It is assumed that a plant's response to an air contaminant is dose-
related. Because data are reported for various exposure durations, an
exposure time correction to 24 hours is required. All exposures are
normalized to reflect a 24-hour exposure duration. For example, to
correct a 3-hour exposure to a 24-hour exposure, multiply the reported
concentration by 3/24. A safety factor of 0.1 is applied to the corrected
dosage to describe
EPCAE (ug/m3) = 0.1 x lowest reported effective dose (ug/m ) (11)
Example: Ethyl ene
Molecular wt: 28; 0.001 ppm is reported to cause leaf
epinasty 1>R • African marigold (1-day
exposure).
EPCA£ = (0.001) (0.1) = 0.0001 ppm
(0.0001 ppm)(28) , QJ14 yg/m3
5.2.2 Toxicity Based EPC's for Water
EPC's for water have been specified on the bases of human health
effects and on ecological effects.
5.2.2.1 EPC's for Water Based on Health Effects
Two models for describing EPC's for water based on health effects
are included in the MEG's methodology.
5.2.2.1.1 Model deriving EPC^ from EPCAH — EPCWH1 is based on the EPC
for air reported in the MEG chart under the general heading "Toxicity Based
Estimated Permissible Concentration" (column A). The model is a simplified
67
-------
.... .•.,. ... .• • ' ••• • •
version of one first proposed by Stokinger and Woodward. Assumptions
made in deriving EPCWH1 for a given compound from its EPCftu are:
1) The average respiratory tidal volume for adults is 30 m
air per 24 hours. (Refer to Table 7 for representative
tidal volumes for humans).
2) Drinking water consumption averages 2 liters daily/person.
3) The entire contaminant loading in the 24-hour tidal
volume is absorbed through the lungs into the body. This is
a conservative assumption representing the worst case situation.
In fact, absorption of compounds through the lungs varies with
chemical species, and estimated factors range from 0.1 to 1.
Table 8 lists estimated absorption factors for Inhalatipn
and ingestion for several previously studied chemical sub-
stances.
4) Daily absorption (through inhalation or through Ingestion) of
the entire contaminant loading in 30 m3 of air containing
the estimated permissible concentration of a contaminant
does not result in a dosage exceeding a safe level. This
assumes that a contaminant is metabolized or excreted at a
rate which precludes accumulation beyond a safe body burden.
The permissible daily contaminant loading in yg is calculated as follows:
permissible contaminant yg/day = (30 m3/day)(EPC ug/m3) (12)
An estimated permissible water concentration EPCWH1 can then be described
by equation 13.
- Permissible contaminant .(yg/day) 30 (tn )EPCAH (v9/m V .(13)
- drinking water consumed U/day) TU] :
=-15EPCAH
Example: n-Butanol
EPCAH1 = 357 yg/m3
EPCWH1 = 15 x 357 =5,355
68
-------
TABLE 8. COMPARATIVE ABSORPTION FACTORS FOR SELECTED CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES
flynanT r* ffminAiinH
Acetone
Acrylonitrile
Ally! alcohol
Aniline
Benzene
Carbon tetrachloride
Ethylenediamine
Formaldehyde
Methyl bromide
Methyl chloroform
Phenol
Pyridine
Absorption
Inhalation
0.5
0.75
0.75
0.5
0.35
0.3
0.75
0.8
0.3
0.1
1.0
0.1
Factor
Ingestion
1.0
0.85
0.8
1.0
0.4
0.5
. 0.8
0.8
0.5
0.5
1.0
0.5
*A11 figures approximate.
Adapted from Stokinger and Woodward, Toxicological Methods for Establishing
Drinking Water Standards; from Journal of the American Water Works"Association,
V. 515, 1958. . •
5.2.2.1.2 Model deriving EPC^o from TLV or LD5Q " A second model for
translating LD^'s and TLV's into maximum permissible water concentrations
20
is attributed to Handy and Schindler and takes into consideration (1)
safe maximum body concentration; and (2) biological half-life of a
chemical contaminant. For this model a half-life of 30 days was assumed
and a safe maximum body concentration equal to 0.05 percent of the LD^g
was used. Equations 14 and 15 below describe the Handy and Schindler
models which incorporate these assumptions:
XE = 1.38 x 10"2 TLV; TLV known and estimated; T <. 30d (14)
XE = 4.0 x 10 LD5Q; LDgo known and estimated; T <. 30d (15)
where: XE is maximum permissible concentration in mg/s, and -c is the biological
half-life.
69
-------
These equations with units changed are incorporated into the
methodology to calculate
EPGWH2(lJ9/£) = 13'8 x TLV
or,
EPCWH2 (yg/Ji) = 0.4 LD5Q (used if TLV not established) (17)
NIOSH recommendations if more stringent than the TLV's are sub-
stituted in Equation 16.
Examples: Biphenyl: TLV = 1 mg/m
EPCWH2 = 13.8 x 1= 13.8 yg/Jl
Benzaldehyde: TLV not established;
LD50 (°ra1» rat) s 130°
EPCWH2 = 0.4 x 1,300 = 520
5.2.2.2 EPC's for Water Based on Ecological Effects
The MEG's methodology incorporates four models for establishing
EPC's for water based on ecological effects (ecological effects in this
application may be lethal, sublethal, or cumulative effects in aquatic
species or aquatic ecosystems).
It is recognized that certain substances are nutrients required by
aquatic species. However, no attempt is made in this report to define
minimum permissible levels.
5.2.2.2.1 Model deriving EPCy^, based on LCgQ — EPCWE1 is derived from a
model which requires an application factor and the lowest reported LC^Q or
TLm for a given substance. LC50orTLm designate the calculated con-
centration of a contaminant expected to cause death 1n 50 percent of an
70
-------
experimental aquatic population. TLm is most commonly reported for a 96-
hour test duration and is expressed as TLm-96-hr. An application factor
describes the ratio between the safe and the lethal concentration of a
given contaminant under specified conditions. Application factors generally
vary from approximately 0.01 to 0.1. However, the number of application
factors determined experimentally is limited because of the problems in-
volved in establishing a safe concentration level; such determinations
f • •
involve growth and reproduction studies of long duration and excessive
cost.
Since application factors have not been established for most of the
chemical substances for which TLm's are reported, a model incorporating an
assumed application factor is used into the MEG's methodology.
The following system described 1n the NAS/NAE Water Quality Criteria
9
1972 provides a reasonable basis for estimating permissible water con-
centrations for aquatic life.
1) For nonpersistent toxicants, (half-life <4 days) an application
factor of 0.05 will be applied to the 96-hour LC5Q.
2) 'For persistent or cumulative toxicants (half-life >. 4 days) an
application factor of 0.01 should be applied to the 96-hour
LC50-
Equation 18 below is used to calculate EPCWE1. The application factor assumes
a nonpersistent toxicant. :
EPCWE1 ivg/i) - 50 x lowest reported TLm (mg/a) (18)
Example: Acetic acid: TLm 96: 100 -10 ppm
EPCWE1 = 50 x 10 = 500 wg/4
71
-------
5.2.2.2.2 Model for deriving EPC^ro based on fish tainting levels —
describes a contaminant level in water which will not result in tainting of
fish flesh. Tainting is evident as objectionable taste, odor, or color i
occurring in exposed aquatic species. The lowest reported contaminant
level to produce such an effect is reflected 1n EPCWE2:
EPCWE2 ^P9^^ = 1owest concentration reported to cause tainting (vg/£) (19)
Example: Naphthalene: Concentrations of 1 mg/fc are reported to cause
tainting of fish flesh.
= 1,000
5.2.2.2.3 Model for deriving EPC..^ based on Information provided in
Water Quality Criteria — £PCWE3 is the lower value derived from either of
two models requiring data which are provided in the various recogpized Water
Quality Criteria documents. This EPC is calculated only when the appro-
priate criteria do not define a safe or minimal risk concentration for
aquatic life. EPCWE3 is determined from Equations 20 or 21 which follow:
EPCWE3 (pg/)l) = Application Factor x lowest Tim (yg/x.) (20)
where: application factor is specified in recognized Criteria
or,
EPCW£3 (wg/*) * Hazard Level (yg/£) x 0.2 (21)
where: hazard level is specified in recognized Criteria.
72
-------
The factor 0.2 in Equation 21 is derived from the ratio of minimal
risk level to hazard level which results most frequently in the Criteria
when both levels are specified for a given contaminant.
Example: Antimony: 96-hr. LCgQ is equivalent to 67 ppm, as Sb;
NAS/NAE Water Quality Criteria, 1972: For marine life-
hazard level: 0.2 mg/i; application factor: 0.02 (to be
applied to the 96-hour LC5Q).
EPCWE3 0.02 x 67,000 = 1,340 wg/A
or,
EPCWE3 = 200 x 0.2 = 40 vg/z.
The lower value, 40 wg/fc, appears on the MEG chart.
5.2.2.2.4 Model for deriving EPC..^ based on cumulative factors — E
is derived from a model which incorporates (1) the reported concentration
factor for a given chemical substance, and (2) maximum allowable concen-
tration of that contaminant in fish flesh. Concentration factors are de-
fined as the ratio of the ultimate concentration of a contaminant which
may be accumulated in an organism to the concentration of the contaminant
in the water supporting the organism. Equation 22 below is used to
calculate EPCWE4:
cpr - maximum allowable concentration (yg/kg)
truWE4 " concentration factor
Example: Alkyl Mercury (as Hg) -- Bioaccumulatlon of mercury (in fish)
from water may be as high as 10,000 times: The Food and Drug
Administration sets a limit for maximum allowable concentration
of mercury in edible portions of fish at 0.5 ug/g (500 ug/kg).
EPCWE4 = 500/10,000 = 0.05 pg/4
73
-------
5.2.3 Toxicity Based EPC's for Land
Two types of models have been considered in establishing a primary
MEG's methodology for relating empirical data to EPC's for soil con-
taminants, although only one of these has been applied to the toxicants
addressed in this report. The second concept remains to be developed
further before substantial numbers of calculations can be made.
5.2.3.1 EPC's for Land Based on Health Effects
Human health effects are very difficult to relate to toxicant
levels in land since human absorption of such toxicants directly from
soils is unlikely to be significant. (An exception to this generalization
1s one incident of lead poisoning in a child due to soil ingestion ,
although data from a study of lead burdens in children living in high
soil lead areas suggest that ingested soil lead 1s "a relatively unimportant
• • 03 • •'""" • •' •• •" •-•'-•'-••,-
source of lead for children.") It is reasonable to assume, however,
that excessive levels of contaminants in soils may influence contaminant
levels in other media from which humans are more apt to absorb the
contaminant. Such media include:
1) ambient air,
2) drinking or recreation water contaminated via leachate processes,
3) crops for human.consumption grown 1n contaminated soil and
affected by uptake of specific contaminants, and
4) meat from livestock affected either by high contaminant levels
in soils where they are raised or by excessive contaminant
levels in feed resulting from soil uptake of toxicants.
74
-------
Of these media likely to be influenced by soil contaminants, water
affected by leachate is the medium most easily addressed by a broadly
applicable model concept, such a model is included in the MEG's methodology.
A model to couple crop uptake of a contaminant with its maximum acceptable
concentration in food might also be of value in relating human health
effects to EPC's for soil if the assumptions required for such a model
could be properly justified.
5.2.3.1.1 Model for deriving EPC.u based on worst case leaching — A model
relating acceptable contaminant levels in water to acceptable contaminant
levels in soil is predicated on a worst-case assumption that two liters
(2 kg) of water is sufficient to leach 100 percent of a given toxicant
from one kilogram of soil. By equating the resulting contaminant con-
centration in the two liters of water with the EPCWH for the specific con-
taminant of interest, EPC,,. may be derived. Equation 23 below is used to
describe the EPC.,, in appropriate units:
EPCLH. (ug/g) = 0.002 x EPCWH
- (23)
where:
Example:
is the concentration for water appearing in the
the MEG chart in column A under the general heading
"Toxicity Based Estimated Permissible Concentrations."
Toluene: EPCWH1 a 13,400
EPCWH2 -. 5,200
(EPCWH2 value appears on MEG's chart)
EPC
LH
0.002 x 5,200 = 10.4 ug/g
75
-------
5.2.3.1.2 Concept for model deriving EPCL|[ based on crop uptake —
Crop uptake describes the process whereby contaminants in soil are
transmitted to crops grown in that soil. Several researchers have
studied the extent of contaminant uptake for certain heavy metals
(particularly cadmium) under varying soil conditions and for several
plant species. However, because of the many variables which apparently
influence the transfer process (soil type, pH, species, etc.), general
conclusions have not been reached relating contaminant levels in soils
to the resulting concentrations in crops.
A model for deriving soil EPC's based on crop uptake can be set
forth provided (1) the assumption 1s made that 100 percent of a con-
taminant is absorbed from a given volume of soil by the total crop yield
produced by that amount of soil, .and (2) that it is possible to establish
a maximum safe concentration of a contaminant in food crops. (The U. S.
Food and Drug Administration, as well as the Food and Agriculture
Organization of the United Nations in conjunction with the World Health
Organization, have recommended maximum acceptable concentration levels
of certain heavy metals in food. FDA continues to monitor food sources
for these contaminants and others, Including PCB's and certain pesticides,
in a continuous effort to evaluate safe contaminant levels.)
In the absence of FDA or WHO recommendations, a maximum safe con-
centration of a given contaminant in food crops may be described by
Equation 24. (The logic used in developing the equation is similar to
that required for deriving EPCWH1 in Section 5.2.2.1.1):
76
-------
(yg/g)
— <•
30 (m /person-day) x EPCAH (yg/m )
(24)
quantity of food (g/person-day)
(Maximum Safe Contaminant Concentration (MSC) in Food-Crop)
If y grams of food, crop are produced from z grams of soil, and if the
allowable contaminant concentration in the crop is MSC, assuming 100 percent
contaminant uptake by the crop allows an EPC for land to be derived as
follows:
Total mass of contaminants (yg/g) in soil required
cor / nin\ - to produce y grams of food crop (25)
EPCsoiT U9/g' '• z (g of soil)
and,
' •"" .
Total mass of contaminant a MSC (wg/g) x y (g) (yg/g) in z grams of soil (26)
Substituting (26) into (25) yields:
EPCSQ11 (yg/g) = MSC ("98 * y ^ (27)
Substituting (24) into (27):
( 3(
EPC (ua/al - VquantUy of food (g/person-day)jx(y grams of food) (28)
EPCsoil U9/g) ~ (z grams of soilV
30 x £PCAH
The model just described does not consider the slow rate of contaminant
uptake. It describes crop uptake in a worst-case batch situation rather
than as a perpetual (or certainly long-lived) phenomenon. [It might be
added that if a rapid uptake crop could be developed, it might serve as a
valuable means for reclaiming certain heavy metal contaminants from solid waste].
77
-------
Alternatively, a model may be adapted to assume that crops take up
all initially present soil contaminants over a period of time, say,
twenty years. The initial mass of contaminant would then be distributed
(although not evenly) during this time through a mass of food-crop
substantially greater than the mass of the soil that supported it. Since
MSC is constant (as described in Equation 24), the resulting EPCSQil would
be much higher than is implied in Equation 27 since the ratio y/z would be
large. • >' > .
Resulting contaminant levels in crops for most situations are low
compared to contaminant concentrations in the supporting soil; it is
possible, however, for a plant to take up contaminants selectively, there-
by concentrating a particular contaminant within its mass. At the other
extreme, uptake may be nil, indicating the crop's selective rejection of
the contaminant.
In view of the problems associated with generalizing about crop uptake
(specifically, the unpredictable behavior of most chemical species in
addition to oversimplification of the uptake phenomenon- in the model),
calculations of EPC's for land on the basis of crop uptake have been
omitted in this MEG's report. Discussion of the model is included merely
as "food for thought" in an effort to provide incentive for more in-depth
research in the area of crop uptake as a basis for EPC's for land.
5.2.3.2 EPC's for Land Based on Ecological Effects
A model for calculating EPC's for land based on indirect effects
to the ecology parallels the leachate model described in Section 5.2.3.1.1
for deriving EPCLH- The model is expressed 1n Equation 29 below:
78
-------
EPCLE (yg/g) = 0.002 x EPCWE (pg/i) (29)
Where: EPCWE ls t*ie concentrat^on f°r water appearing on the MEG chart
in column B under the general heading "Toxicity Based Estimated
Permissible Concentrations".)
Example: Acetic acid: EP£yE, = 500
EPCLE = 0.002 x 500 = 1 ug/g
Unlike toxic human health effects, ecological effects are likely to
result directly, as well as indirectly, from contaminants in soil. Examples
of direct effects to the ecology include phytotoxic effects, poisoning of .
foraging animals due to frequent ingestion of large quantities of soil, and
effects in soil microorganisms. Empirical data referable to soil concen-
trations, although sparce, have been included in the background information
summaries for MEG's for some contaminants. However, models for trans-
lating such data into EPC's for soil have not been incorporated into the
MEG's methodology thus far because of the scarcity of readily available
data and because primary emphasis was placed on other aspects- of the MEG's.
5.3 ESTIMATED PERMISSIBLE CONCENTRATIONS FOR ZERO THRESHOLD POLLUTANTS
"Zero threshold pollutant" is a term used commonly in the industrial
hygiene and toxicology fields to denote known or suspected genotoxins*.
Genotoxln, as used in this report, refers to chemical substances that
affect genes including carcinogens, mutagens, and some teratogens.
*The term genotoxin has been used by Dr. Eugene Sawicki of EPA/HERL in
an IARC publication. It was probably coined by H. Druckery, a German
oncologist.
79
-------
Substances which have produced carcinogenic or neoplastic responses in
experimental animals or in humans are .termed oncogenic. Carcinogenic
refers to compounds which produce or tend to produce cancer. The term
neoplastic is related to the growth or development of tumors which are
benign, potentially malignant, or malignant. A teratogenic compound
induces structural and/or functional deviation in the process of embryo-
genesis. The effects of teratogens are observed in the offspring of the
individual animal exposed. Mutagenesis results 1n a permanent change in
hereditary material involving a physical change in chromosome relations or
a fundamental change in genes.
The concept of "thresholds" is based on the premise that there exists
some defineable concentration, below which a chemical will not produce a
toxic response in an exposed subject. Thresholds, as explained by
Stokinger25 and by Birvgham,26 signify a nonlinear relationship between dose
and response at the initiation of the response. The solid line in Figure 3
illustrates the dose response relationship implied by threshold dosage;
the dotted line represents the zero threshold concept. The existence of
thresholds for genotoxins has been a widely debated question that is still
unanswered, although, highly convincing arguments have been made for
0) I
IB
O
0 ^ " Dose/Response for
most chemical toxicants
Threshold
•Dose/Response for "zero
threshold" toxicants
Response
Figure 3. Dose/Response Curves.
80
-------
the "occurrence of biologically significant intracellular molecular inter-
27
activity." It is primarily the lower end of the dose/response curve
that is elusive since dose/response patterns for high dosages of active
genotoxins can often be established experimentally (for example, by com-
paring dosage levels with numbers of tumors produced).
The term "zero threshold pollutants" is used within the MEG's •
methodology to signify those types of compounds, specifically genotoxins,
for which thresholds may or may not exist. In using this term we do not
wish to imply that we have chosen sides 1n the threshold concept debate.
Estimated permissible concentrations for genotoxins are intended here to
indicate estimated acceptable risk levels rather than established safe
concentrations. Acceptable levels for genotoxins, although not directly
relatable to safe concentrations, need to be defined (or at least estimated)
so that such compounds may be viewed within the same frame of reference as
other toxicants. Meaningful priorities among hazardous environmental con-
taminants can only be established if the entire array of pollutants (in-
cluding genotoxins as well as other toxicants) can be surveyed and referenced
to levels that are expected to be permissible concentrations. ACGIH, in
referring to occupational exposure to certain suspect carcinogens, has
recommended "no exposure or contact by any route." OSHA, in setting standards
for 16 recognized carcinogens, has prescribed special precautions to pre-
vent occupational exposure to the substances; acceptable levels, however,
are not described in the standards. Since the activity levels for suspect
carcinogens varies widely, "no exposure" designations are not practical
for extrapolation to the entire range of suspect carcinogens and therefore
are not adaptable for use in MEG's methodology.
81
-------
The most recent evidence linking dosage levels to incidence of
tumors in experimental animals substantiates the premise that car-
cinogens differ greatly in their potency. The activities of particular
suspect carcinogens have been shown to vary with dosages, higher dosage
levels resulting in higher incidences of tumors affected within shorter
incubation times. It has also been noted that when diverse carcinogens
are administered at the same dosage, they may initiate markedly different
28
frequencies of response, especially at lower dose levels.
In view of these findings, the need is clear for a system to' allow
ranking of various compounds in terms of their relative genotoxic
potential as a first step in estimating acceptable risk concentrations.
The obvious basis for a ranking .system is the available empirical in-
formation from epidemiological or experimental animal studies such as
the data collected in the NIOSH Suspected Carcinogens List, A Subfile of.the
29 '
Toxic Substances List. (The latest update of this data is not con-
solidated yet iri a subfile and remains a part of the NIOSH Registry of
12
Toxic Effects of Chemical Substances.)
Although it is believed that teratogenesis and oncogenesis are
dosage related effects Tike other toxic effects, I^Q'S are not indic-
ative of carcinogenic or teratogenic properties of compounds. Carcinogenic
or neoplastic responses are not necessarily lethal and do not show up in
acute toxicity studies. Teratogenic effects of a toxicant are not
indicated in the animal exposed since the effect is only observed in
the offspring. Attempts to correlate data relative to permissible con-
centrations and genotoxicity has led to the development of EPC's based
82
-------
on a scheme involving the lowest dosage resulting in an oncogenic or
teratogenic response. Teratogenesis and oncogenesis are considered
independently in this scheme.
The models developed to translate available data into EPC's based
on genotoxicity incorporate a variety of assumptions and arbitrary factors
and weighting schemes. The models appear to generate reasonable numbers,
however, and the method is broadly applicable to suspected carcinogens and
teratogens. It is recognized that the models are highly simplistic, and
it is expected that current research into mechanisms of carcinogenesis
will provide the basis for more refined models in the future. Appendix G
of this report provides a very brief overview of concepts relative to
carcinogenesis which might influence later versions of the MEG's methodology.
5.3.1 Zero Threshold Pollutants: EPC's for Air
A system developed by EPA's Office of Toxic Substances for ordering"
suspected carcinogens and suspected teratogens has been modified to enhance
its use in the MEG's methodology. The modified ordering system allows
ranking of genotoxins and is used as the basis for a model to derive v
numerical EPC's for air for a wide array of suspected carcinogens. A
model which makes use of the few numerical TLV's or NIOSH recommendations
that recognize carcinogenic potential is also employed for those compounds
addressed by such recommendations.
Where both EPC*c-i and EPC./.^ may be calculated, the lower value is
entered in the MEG chart as the air EPC under Zero Threshold Pollutants.
83
-------
5.3.1.1 Model Deriving EPC.,., from TLV's or NIOSH Recommendations that
Recognize Carcinogenic Potential of the Substances Addressed
EPC.C1 is patterned after the model described in Section
5.2.1.1.1 for calculating EPCAH1 based on TLV's or NIOSH recommendations.
Appendix A of the ACGIH TLV list is devoted to carcinogens, and
substances addressed in this Appendix are designated as either "Human
Carcinogens" or "Industrial Substances Suspect of Carcinogenic Potential
in Man;" numerical TLV's have been assigned to some of the substances
listed. These TLV's which recognize carcinogenic potential are used as
the basis for a model for calculating EPC.,.., in the same way that TLV's
for non-suspect carcinogens are used in the model for calculating
EPCAHT A1so» as in EPCAH1 calculati°ns» NIOSH recommendations which
recognize carcinogenic potential may substitute for TLV's in calculating
EPCACT E^uat1on 30 is used:
EPCACi (yg/m ) = TO * f LV or NIOSH recommendation recognizing /
oncogenic potential (mg/m ) '
•3
Example: Beryllium: The TLV for beryllium is 0.002 mg/m and
recognizes beryllium as an "Industrial Substance Suspect
of Carcinogenic Potential for Man."
EPCftC1 = 103 x 0.002/420 = 0.005 pg/m3
5.3.1.2 Model Deriving EPCAC2 from Adjusted Ordering Numbers
EPCftC2 is derived from a .model which translates "adjusted ordering
numbers," based on a ranking system for suspected carcinogens, into per-
missible air concentrations. They system for establishing adjusted
84
-------
ordering numbers is a refinement of an ordering plan developed by EPA's
Office of Toxic Substances presented in An Ordering of the NIOSH
Suspected Carcinogens List Based Only on Data Contained in the List.
EPA's ordering plan resulted in the assignment of four digit ordering
numbers (hereafter referred to as EPA/NIOSH ordering numbers) for all
those substances entered in the NIOSH Suspected Carcinogens List. The
numbers assigned in the EPA plan are an "indication of the relative
degree of concern that might be warranted for a particular substance re-
garding its possible carcinogenic potential." It is not appropriate,
however, to conclude that all the substances which are assigned numbers
are carcinogenic.
The derivation of EPA/NIOSH ordering numbers follows:
digit — The. nuunbeA. c.oM.uponding to the, highest p/iio/iity
&pe.cj.ej> giving a. neAponAe. ib oa-i-tgned a& the. \Juu>t dig-it orf
number.. ?KJiotuLti.eJ> one. delineated
Spe.cieA ( in QKdeA. Q& pfu.ofiity} Number
Human 7
Monke.y 6
Cat, dog, pig, cattie., ofi 5
' domestic. anijnat
Rat 4
Motive 3
Guinea, pig, gesibii, ham&teA, . 2
labbit, &qiuAA.e£, OA. un
&pe.cJ.&-ied mamat
Hind, c.hicJk.ejn, duck, tusike.y 1
F/iog 0
Second digit -- The. numbe/i o& dL^zfiejnt &pe.zi.u tie.poHte.d to have.
developed turnout a& a A.eAuJtt OjJ expo^uAe determine* tht second
dig.it 0(J the. ondeAAjng numbeJi. (The. highest ntunfaeA that can be.
ertteAed 4* 9).
85
-------
digit — The. thind digit i& designated. 0, 1, on 2 ac.c.oiding
to the. mo&t &lgru.{, 9i)
An example of the ordering number derivation for Dibenz (a.h-j-
anthracene is discussed below. The total entry for Dibenz (a,h) anthra-
cene (except references) from the NIOSH Registry of Toxic Effects of
Chemical Substances is presented in Table 9. A key to abbreviations in
Jthe entry is included for the convenience of those not familiar with the
Toxic Substances List.
The first digit of the EPA/NIOSH ordering number for Dibenz (a,h)-
anthracene will be 4, since rat is the highest priority species in which
a .carcinogenic response is reported. Oncogenicity has been demonstrated
in five different species. Thus the second digit of the ordering
number is 5. The third digit is 2, since the data indicate that one
route of administration affecting an oncogenic response is skin appli-
cation. Since 9 species/route combinations are reported, the fourth
digit of the ordering number is 9. The complete four-digit EPA/NIOSH
ordering number therefore is 4529.
It should be pointed out that in laboratory animal testing of
suspected carcinogens, experiments are most often first carried out on
.86-
-------
TABLE 9.12 ENTRY FROM THE NIOSH REGISTRY FOR (DIBENZO(a.h) ANTHRACENE)
BN26250. DIBENZ(a,h)ANTHRACENE
CAS: 000053703 MW: 278.36 MOLFM: C22-H14
WIN: L G6 D6 B666J
SYN: DB(a,h)A * 1,2,5,6-DIBENZANTHRACENE 1,2:5,6-DIBENZANTHRACENE *
1,2,7,8-DIBENZANTHRACENE * - DIBENZO(a,h)ANTHRACENE *
TXDS: scu-rat TDLo:500 wg/kg TFXrCar
orl-mus TDLo:360 mg/kg/22WC TFXrCAR
skn-mus TDLo:6 wg/kg TFX:NEO
scu-mus TDLo:76 ug/kg TFX:CAR
ivn-mus LDLo:10 mg/kg
ivn-mus T.DLo:10 mg/kg TFX:CAR
imp-mus TDLo:80 mg/kg TFXrNEO
scu-gpg TDLo:16 mg/kg/82W TFX:CAR
ims-pgn TDLocll mg/kg TFXrCAR
irn-frg TDLo:8 mg/kg TFXrCAR
Key to abbreviations used in Registry entry.
CAS Chemical Abstracts Service Registry Number
MW molecular weight
MOLFM molecular formula
WLN Wiswesser Line Notation
SYN synonyms
TXDS qualifying toxic dose
TDLo lowest published toxic dose
TFX toxic effects
CAR carcinogenic effects
NEO neoplastic effects
W. week
C continuous
scu subcutaneous
orl oral
skn ' skin
ivn intravenous
imp implant
ims intramuscular
irn intrarenal
mus mouse
gpg guinea pig
pgn pigeon
87
-------
mice or on rats. Subsequent experiments to obtain more precise in-
formation for substances demonstrated to be active carcinogens may be
conducted using rats, mice, or other species including higher animals
and employing alternate routes of exposure. Since testing of higher
animals is very expensive and usually requires long testing periods, such
tests are conducted only when the results are likely to provide data not
obtainable from rodent testing. Chemicals producing tumors in rats and
mice at very low dosages will probably be tested in higher animals in
an attempt to determine target organs in species more closely related to
man. Also, substances believed to be carcinogenic to man but which do
not produce tumors in rodents will probably be tested in higher mammals
whose metabolic functions more closely parallel human functions. The
high weighting factor 1n the EPA/NIOSH ordering number associated with
priority species tested appears valid, considering the pattern that is
generally followed in the testing of a chemical carcinogen.
The EPA/NIOSH ordering numbers have been modified in the MEG'S
methodology to incorporate effective dosages 1n Indicating carcinogenic
potential of chemical substances. As described above, the EPA/NIOSH
ordering number successfully incorporates information related to animals
and routes of administration with arbitrary, but carefully considered
weighting given to each Item. However, no consideration has been given
in such ordering numbers to effective dosages required. By incorporating
lowest effective dosages, the reliability of the system for ranking
suspected carcinogens is strengthened.
Lowest Effective Dosages are determined through bioassay procedures.
When positive results are obtained for a substance administered at a moderate
88
-------
or high dosage, additional testing is generally conducted at different
dose levels. Experiments often involve two or more dose ranges ad-
ministered to different groups of animals as well as the appropriate
positive, negative, and vehicle controls.
Dosages to be used in carcinogen bioassays are generally very care-
fully selected in planning an experiment. High dosages (but tolerable for
test duration survival) are generally used in carcinogen bioassay so that a
positive result is evident within a short time. A balance is required,
however, and maximum tolerated dose (selected on the basis of mortality
and weight gain in short term tests) is the primary factor in selecting the
dose to be administered in the bioassay. On the basis of maximum tolerated
bioassay dose for oral administration, generally a chemical should not
comprise more than 5 percent of the diet, and 2-3 percent is probably
28
adequate to detect even a weak carcinogen.
EPA/NIOSH ordering numbers have thus been modified to dosage-adjusted
ordering numbers, hereafter referred to as "adjusted ordering numbers."
Equation «31 describes the modified ordering numbers.
A«usted ordering
response (mg/kg)
Dividing the EPA/NIOSH ordering number by the lowest TDLo reported to produce
an oncogenic response magnifies differences between compounds tested in
similar species and expands the range of numbers associated with the full
89
-------
array of suspected carcinogens, while at the same time incorporating
additional highly pertinent information .into the data base for the
ranking numbers.
Adjusted ordering numbers determined for substances addressed in
this report range from <0.1 to >3,000,000. Very large adjusted ordering
numbers indicate that a small dosage was required to affect the response.
On the other hand, a small number indicates a high dosage was required.
Thus, adjusted ordering numbers increase with the expected potency of a
chemical carcinogen.
Adjusted ordering numbers can be determined for any substance for
which information is available regarding (1) species responding to the
carcinogen; (2) effective routes of administration; and (3) lowest
effective dosages. The adjusted ordering number for a suspect carcinogen
is determined as follows (refer "to Table 9 and discussion of EPA/NIOSH
ordering numbers): .
Dibenz(a.h) anthracene: EPA/NIOSH ordering number = 4529;
Lowest TDLo eliciting an oncogenic response
3 • 3
is 6 yg/m (0.006 mg/m) .
Adjusted ordering number = 4529/0.006 = 754,833
Such a high number Indicates that there 1s a high hazard potential
associated with this compound. In an effort to distinguish the more
hazardous carcinogens, substances with adjusted ordering numbers lower
than 1.0 will generally^not be treated as suspected carcinogens in the
calculation of EPC's as part of the MEG's methodology.
90
-------
The idea of eliminating (by dosages required to elicit tumors)
certain substances from the list of suspect carcinogens is not unique to
the MEG's methodology. ACGIH in the Intended changes presented as Appendix
A to the 1976 TLV's specifies that no substance is to be considered an
occupational carcinogen of practical significance 1f it requires effective
dosages exceeding certain prescribed maximum dosages. These dosages are
listed in Table 10.
TABLE 10. MAXIMUM EFFECTIVE DOSES ALLOWED FOR CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES TO
BE CONSIDERED OCCUPATIONAL CARCINOGENS BY ACGIH
Route
Respiratory
Dermal
gastrointestinal
Species
mouse
rat
mouse
rat
mouse
rat
Other
Maximum Dose
1,000 mg/m
2,000 mg/m
1 ,500 mg/kg
3,000 mg/kg
10 g
100 g
500 mg/kg/day for
lifetime
Adjusted ordering numbers do not reflect numbers of tumors produced
in animals or the organs affected. This information, although valuable,
need not be incorporated directly into a ranking scheme if it can be assumed
that any compound reported to produce a carcinogenic or neoplastic effect in
an animal has been tested with proper controls so that the reported oncogenic,
effects are significant and not merely representative of normal background
91
-------
tumor incidence. (Such an assumption is probably optimistic, but is never-
theless acceptable for developing the methodology here. )
The adjusted ordering numbers just described provide an effective
system for ranking genotoxins. Furthermore, it may be assumed that EPC's
for suspected carcinogens and teratogens will be inversely proportional to
such ordering numbers:
EPC
(32)
carcinogen adjusted ordering number
K for model EPCA-2 1S arbitrarily assigned a value of 1/6 in order to
establish EPC's lower than 1 nanogram for the most potent carcinogens.
Thus Equation 33 is used to calculate EPCAC2.
PPr I n/m3^ 10? (33)
tKUAC2 U9/m ; " 6 x adjusted ordering number
The value of 1 nanogram has been equated with the "lowest concentration of
20
concern" by Handy and Schindler as a result of their investigation into
permissible concentrations of carcinogenic polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons
found in cigarette smoke. They suggest this concentration as a "reasonable
permissible" concentration for establishing control technology R&D priorities.
In seeking a value for K, an additional criteria was that EPC's based
on adjusted odering numbers should correlate with EPC's based on TLV or
NIOSH recommendations which recognize carcinogenic potential. The value
92
-------
1/6 satisfies the criterion reasonably well. Table 11 lists EPCAC1
and
EPC.C2 for those substances addressed by MEG's in this report for which
adjusted ordering numbers as well as TLV's which recognize carcinogenic
potential are available. The average ratio of EPC./.-, to EPC.-^ 1S 1-25
if the value for beryllium is rejected. (The adjusted ordering number is
>1.6 * 10 for beryllium making the EPC.ro fai" below the 1 nanogram level).
Adjusted ordering numbers and corresponding values of
compounds addressed by MEG's in this report are listed in Table 12.
Compounds are listed in order of increasing
TABLE 11. COMPARISON OF EPCAC1 AND EPCAC2
Substance
Lithium
Beryllium
Hydrazine
Nickel
Nickel Carbonyl
Cadmium
Chromi urn
EPC/ipi
14.6
0.05
0.36
0.03
0.1
0.12
0.002
1
11.4* |
0.00001 |
15.7 |
0.3 |
6.4 |
0.02 |
0.02 |
I
1
1
EPCA/.-i/EPC./.p
1.28
500***
0.02
0.01
0.01
6
0.01
*Adjusted
**Value not averaged due to extremely low
93
-------
TABLE 12. TABULATION OF ADJUSTED ORDERING NUMBERS AND EPC.r? VALUES FOR
SUBSTANCES ADDRESSED BY MEG'S
Category No.
32
21
21
21
12
22
82
68
54
11
74
21
21
23C
IOC
12
76
• IOC
23B
23B
10B
46
IOC
71
22
21
IOC
17
21
21
7A
21
26A
11
21
21
76
21
26B
26C
21
23C
22
47
83
19
21
23B
23C
Substance
Beryllium
Benzo(a)pyrene
Dibenz (a, h)anth race ne
7,12-Dimethylbenz(a)anthracene
N- Ni tros od i me thy 1 ami ne
3-Methyl chol anthrene
Cadmi urn
Chromium
Selenium
N, N1 Dime thy! hydrazine
Cobalt
Dibenz(a,i)pyrene
Benz(a)anthracene
Dibenz(c,g)carbazole
Aminotoluenes
N-Nitrosodi ethyl ami ne
Nickel
2-Aminonaphthalene
Dibenz (a, h)acri dine
Dibenz (a , j )acri di ne
E thy leni mine
Lead
1-Ami nonaphthalene
Diazome thane
Benzo (b ) f 1 uoranthene
Dibenzo(a,l)pyrene
4-Aminobiphenyl
4-Nitrobiphenyl
Phenanthrene
Indeno(l,2,3-cd)pyrene
Formal dehyde
Methyl chrysenes
Tetraethyl lead
p- Dimethyl ami noazobenzene
Chrysene
Picene
Nickel carbonyl
Benzo (e.)pyrene
Nickel ocene
Copper 8-hydroxyquinoline
Di benzo (a ,h )pyrene
Dibenzo(a,g)carbazole
Benzo (j ) f 1 uoranthene
Hydrazi ne
Mercury
2,4-Dichlorophenol
Dibenz (a, c)anthracene
Benz(c)acridine
Indole
Adjusted
Ordering No.
16,000,000
3,314,500
754,833
272,809
59,053
18,683
7,329
7,327
6,426
2,208
1,682
1,612
1,562
679
638
577
477
423
312.4
284
210.6
136
124
78
78
64.6
54
54
44
43
42.7
39
36
35
31.5
28
26
23
20.2
20
18.9
11.6
10.8
10.6
10.5
10
7.1
6.67
6.5
EPCAC2
0.00001
0.00005
0.0002
0.0006
0.003
0.009
0.02
0.02
0.03
0.075
0.1
0.1
0.11
0.24
0.26
0.29
0.3
0.4
0.53
0.59
0.8
1
1.3
2
2.1
2.6
3
3
3.8
3.9
3.9
4.3
4.6
5
5.3
6
6.4
7.25
8
8.3
8.8
14
15.4
15.7
16
17
23.5
25
26
94
-------
TABLE 12. (continued)
Category No. Substance Orterinffto. EPCAC2
23C Dibenz(a,i)carbazole 6 28
6B l-Chloro-2,3-epoxypropane 4.3 39
8D Phthalate esters 4.3 39
21 Benzo(g)chrysene 4.3 39
IOC Benzidlne 3.5 48
23B Dibenz(c,h)acr1d1ne ^ 3.06 54.5
21 Benzo(c)phenanthrene 2.5 66.7
168 a-Chlorotoluene 1.9 88
79 Silver 1.7 98
21 Anthracene. 1.3 133
21 Naphthalene 1.2 142
11 Monomethylhydrazine 1 167
21 Pyrene 0.3 556
95
-------
5.3.1.3 Model Deriving EPC.T from Adjusted Ordering Numbers
''...•" "-••. • • * " • • * M I • •
Compounds which have demonstrated teratogenic activity may be
assigned ordering numbers and adjusted ordering numbers in the same
manner described for potentially oncogenic substances.
EPCAT is derived from a model which translates "adjusted ordering
numbers," based on a ranking system for teratogenic potential, into per-
missible air concentrations. Thus, EPCAT (equation 34) is identical to
EPC^C2 except that the adjusted ordering number, is based on teratogenic
potential.
3 10
EPCAT (pg/rn * s 6 x adjusted ordering number (34)
5.3.2 Zero Threshold Pollutants; EPC's for Hater
EPC's for carcinogenic and teratogenic substances in water are
derived from very similar models. Both EPCWC and EPC^T are based on EPC's
for air for a given substance.
5.3.2.1 Model Deriving EPCWC from EPCAC
EPCWC is based on the EPCAC> by adjusting for the daily per capita
breathing volume (30 fn ) and water intake (2 £). Assuming the amount of
contaminant permissible from air exposure is also permissible in drinking
water, the following equation relates EPCWC and EPCAC:
LPCHC(ug/0 - 15 x EPCAC (pg/m3) (35)
The EPC's for water, therefore, are based on TlV's that recognize the
carcinogenic potential of substances and adjusted ordering numbers for
carcinogenic substances.
96
-------
5.3.2.2 Model Deriving EPCWT from EPCAT
EPCWT is derived from EPC^y, adjusting for the daily per capita
breathing volume (30 m ) and water intake (2 &). Assuming the amount of
contaminant permissible from air exposure is also permissible in drinking
water, the following equation relates EPCWT and
(yg/0 = 15 x EPCAT (ug/m3) (36)
5.3.3 Zero Threshold Pollutants: EPC's for Land
Land EPC's for carcinogenic and teratogenic substances are derived
from similar models. EPCLC and EPCLT are based on EPC's for water for a
given substance.
5.3.3.1 Model Deriving EPCLC from EPC^
EPC,C is based on potential carcinogenic effects resulting from
water contamination through leaching of chemical substances from soil. The
model based on worst case leaching is described in Section 5.2.3.1.1.
Equation 37 is used to calculate EPC, Q.
EPCLC (ug/g) = 0.002 x EPCWC (vg/*) (37)
5.3.3.2 Model Deriving EPCLT from EPCWT
EPCLT is based on teratogenic effects resulting from water con-
tamination through leaching of chemical substances from soil. The model
is analogous to that used for deriving EPC. -. Equation 38 is used.
EPCLT(yg/g) = 0.002 x EPCWT (ug/n) (38)
97
-------
5.4 CONCLUSIONS
A few general comments are required to permit some perspective into
the methodology. First, all of the modelling schemes require that certain
assumptions be made, and a worst case approach has been taken to keep
the MEG values conservative. In some instances, arbitrary constants are
incorporated in an effort to correlate the various sets of EPC's. Efforts
have been made to incorporate judgements of others relative to the levels
of pollutants safely tolerated by human beings. In this regard, heavy
reliance in the methodology has been placed on TLV's established by the
American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH). Models
to generate EPC's for land need further attention. A mechanism for in-
corporating more detailed information into the models used for calculating
EPC's for genotoxins should be devised.
The methodology defines a total of 22 different kinds of EPC's,
many of them interrelated (EPC's for water, for example, may be derived
from EPC's for air). Although multiple EPC'.s are calculated on the
background information summaries, only the most stringent EPC for a given
media/criteria combination will appear on the MEG chart for a given substance.
98
-------
SECTION 6
EMISSION LEVEL GOALS
Emission Level Goals are desirable levels of contaminants in point
source or fugitive emissions. Discharge streams addressed by Emission
Level Goals may be gaseous, aqueous, or solid in nature. Emission level
Goals for chemical contaminants may be described on the basis of tech-
nology factors or ambient factors.
Technology Based Emission Level Goals have not been addressed by
the methodology presented in this report, hence the remainder of the
discussions in this section will focus on Emission Level Goals based on
ambient factors. Technology based Emission Level Goals will be the
subject of a future report. Certain Emission Level Goals have been
established by Federal promulgations under EPA's New Stationary Source
31 32
Performance Standards and Effluent Guidelines and Standards. These
regulations are based on technological considerations that are source
specific, however, and extrapolation of these regulations to general
application is not valid.
Five specific criteria for Emission Level Goals based on ambient
factors have been included in the MEG's methodology. These are (1)
minimum acute toxicity effluents (MATE's) based on human health effects;
(2) MATE'S based on ecological effects; (3) estimated permissible con-
centrations (EPC's) based on human health effects; (4) EPC's based on
ecological effects; and (5) concentrations representing elimination of
discharge (EOD).
99
-------
Emission Level Goals based on MATE concentrations are generated via
a system of models as described in Section 6.1. In addition to addressing
specific chemical substances MATE'S, for certain "totals" have also been
considered to describe effluent ceiling levels for selected substances
that might be measured in combination. MATE values for "totals" are
highly relevant to environmental assessment programs and are to be used
in conjunction with MATE'S for specific contaminants. (MATE'S for
specific components of complex effluents are described without .regard to
potential complications associated with the concurrent presence of
several pollutants.)
Emission Level Goals based on EPC's reflect Ambient Level Goals
discussed in the previous section. Dilution factors (source specific
values relating emission concentrations at the point of discharge to the
resulting maximum ambient concentrations) are applied to the Ambient
Level Goals to describe desirable emission concentrations. Dilution
factors have been determined for a variety of emission situations and a
conservative range appears to be between 10 and 1,000. A discussion of
dilution factors and the conditions affecting their magnitude is pre-
sented in Section 6.2.
EOD concentrations are natural background concentrations multiplied
by appropriate dilution factors. These values represent the most
stringent Emission Level Goals. Natural background concentrations are
levels of contaminants measured in rural locations (pristine areas
isolated from highly populated centers). Section 6.3 discusses the EOD
goals and the conventions adopted for providing these numerical values
in the MEG's chart.
TOO
-------
The top half of the MEG's chart has been designed to array tech-
nology based goals and ambient factor goals based on the five criteria.
The values appearing on the chart will generally become progressively
more stringent from left to right since technology based goals are
generally expected to be less stringent than goals based on ambient
factors. MATE values describe contaminant levels higher than EPC's.
EPC's are, for the most part, higher than natural background concentrations.
6.1 MINIMUM ACUTE TOXICITY EFFLUENTS (MATE'S)
MATE'S describe very approximate concentrations for contaminants in
source emissions to air, water, or land which will not evoke significant
harmful or irreversible responses in exposed humans or ecology, when
those exposures are limited to short duration (less than 8 hours per
day). Six specific MATE concentrations may be specified for most chemical
substances, since effects to humans and to the ecology are considered
separately in each"of~the~three media. (MATE'S for land are, of course,
not relevant to contaminants that are gases under normal conditions.)
MATE values are intended to serve both as relative hazard indicators and
as estimated absolute indicators of levels of contaminants in effluents
that will prevent serious acute toxic effects. As such, the values
should serve a useful purpose for those involved in environmental
assessment by furnishing emission level goals that may be referred to
potential environmental hazard levels and ultimately to control tech-
nology goals.
A methodology has been developed for deriving MATE values through a
system of models which uses several different types of available information
101
-------
relating to properties of chemical toxicants. These models closely
parallel those discussed in Section 5 for generating EPC's. Data
utilized in the MATE'S methodology are collected from the following
sources:
Threshold Limit Values (TLV's) — established by the
American Conference of Governmental Industrialist Hygienists
(ACGIH) to describe levels of contaminants permissible in
workroom air.
National Institute for Occupational .Safety and Health (NIOSH)
recommendations — maximum concentrations for workroom atmos-
phere. •
Drinking Water Regulations
Water Quality Criteria . .
Radiation Regulations
Lethal and toxic dose information from animal studies and from
human exposures. Such data are provided in the NIOSH Registry
of Toxic Effects of Chemical .Substances, 1 976 Edition;'2
Patty's Industrial. Hygiene and Toxicology ;| Dangerous
Properties of Industiral Materials by Sax;6 the IARC Mono-
graphs of Evaluation of Carcinogenic Risk**; and other sources.
Types of data reported are:
LVr0 -- dotage. tiuulting -in death [lethal doae) (Jo* 50 per-
cent o£ the. animal population tested, expieA&ed a&
mg/kg o& animal.
LV. -- lowest lethal do&e. ne.ponX.zd fan a. &pe.ci.e* / taute.
combination..
LCrn -- lethal concextnation to 50 percent o& the. animal*
*° tuted.
TV. — lowest dosage. fie.pofited to iuult in a
0 fiupon&e. ($01 example., a.
TLm -- thx&Ahold limit median, i.e.., lethal
to 50 percent oiJ aquatic population exposed.
LC^o -- lowest lethal concentration lepofited.
TC. -- lowest toxi.c concentAjOtion ne.pofited to neAult in a
102
-------
While most of the MATE values are derived from information relevant
to acute toxic effects, evidence of carcinogenesis or teratogenesis has
been utilized as well. It has been shown that such responses, although
not immediate acute effects, may result from a short-term or single dose
exposure, making such data extremely relevant to MATE value determinations.
The methodology developed for calculating MATE'S (illustrated in
Figure 4) emphasizes a modeling approach that translates data of diverse
types and origins into multimedia effluent concentrations that are of .
comparable hazard potential. The magnitude of a MATE for a substance is
inversely related to the potential hazard of the substance. Thus, a
ranking of substances, according to MATE values allows comparison of the
relative potential hazards of those substances. To aid in comparison of
MATE'S, the values are uniformly recorded in ug/m (or ppm) for air, in
for water, and in ug/g for land. The methodology developed to
generate MATE values produces a reasonable index for immediate use
and a point of departure for refining the system to incorporate more
sophisticated models. MATE'S corresponding to TLV's and NIOSH recommen-
dations provide reliable absolute indicators of minimum acute toxicity
concentrations, although specific MATE values derived from other sources
have not been subjected to thorough evaluation.
An effort has been made to tabulate at least preliminary MATE'S for
all the entries on the Master List, even though data collection is
substantial only for 216 substances. (See Appendix C.) It must be emphasized
103
-------
Figure 4. Methodology for Deriving MATE'S from Empirical Data.
-------
that MATE'S for compounds or elements other than those addressed by
background information summaries and MEG charts (see Appendix E) are
based on extremely limited research and are subject to revision. It is
certain that many of the "N" designations in the tabulations in Appendix
C will be eventually replaced by appropriate numbers and that errors in
the tabulations will become apparent as a result of research required
for preparation of the first MEG's supplement.
The most stringent MATE'S for those substances addressed by MEG's
charts in this report are calculated on the Background Information
Summaries, and the values are entered on the MEG:charts in the appro-
priate columns under Emission Level Goals.
6.1.1 MATE'S for Air Based on Health Effects
For compounds addressed by a Threshold Limit Value (TLV) and/or
NIOSH recommendation, the MATE for air based on health effects corres-
ponds to the TLV or to the NIOSH recommendation, if lower. TLV concen-
tration levels are time-weighted averages assuming that a worker will be
exposed for 8 or 10 hours per day and 40 hours per week. The time-
weighted averages are not intended to specify fine lines between safe
and dangerous conditions. TLV's are based on evidence of acute and
chronic effects to humans (including carcinogenic or suspected carcino-
enic effects) and on studies of animal toxicity (acute, chronic, and
ncogenic effects).
MATEAH1 (v.g/m3) = 103 x TLV or NIOSH recommendation (mg/m3) (39)
105
-------
MATEAHU(ppm) = moJecuVa/wt. x TLV °r NIOSH recommendatn"on (""9/m3) (40)
MATEAC1 (yg/m3) = 103 x TLV* or NIOSH recommendation* (mg/m3) (41)
MATE'S for compounds not addressed by a TLV or NIOSH recommendation
are based on animal toxicity data employing the relationship between
TLV's and LDgn's established by Handy and Schinder. (See discussion in
Section 5.2.1.1.2.)
Handy and Schindler have compared TLV's with LD50'S (oral, rat or
most closely related value) defining a quantity which they call TLV-,
which represents the lower 95 percent confidence limit for the TLV/LD50"
relationship. The TLVlow represents a time-weighted average concen-
tration and is defined by the following equation: : •
TLVl£)W (mg/m3) = 4.5 x 10~4 LD50 (mg/kg) ' (42)
Assuming that the TLV, incorporates an average safety factor of 100,
and changing the units to yg/m , .a MATE 1
data may be specified using Equation 43.
and changing the units to yg/m , .a MATE based only on animal toxicity
MATEAH2 (yg/m3) = 100 x TLVlow (yg/m3) = 45 x LD50 (mg/kg) (43)
If the oral LDgg for rat is not reported, the most closely related LDe
or LDLo is substituted. For example, oral LD,0 for rat, oral LD5Q or
LDLo for mouse» or intravenous LD5Q or LDL() for rat may be used.
*carcinogenicity considered
106
-------
Results of inhalation studies in humans or in animals are available
for certain compounds. This information, expressed as LCgQ, LCLQ, or
TC. , may be used as the basis for MATE concentrations for compounds
addressed by a TLV or NIOSH recommendation. LC5Q, LCj_0> and TCL()
values are generally expressed in mg/m or in ppm. Equation 44 will be
used to calculate MATE'S from inhalation data.
(i.g/m3) = 100 x LC50, LCLo, or TCLo (mg/m3)
In cases where inhalation data as well as LD50 data are available, both
air MATE'S are calculated, and the lower value is entered in the tabulations.
In addition to lethal and toxic efffects indicated by LD5Q, LC5Q»
and TC. values, it is also reasonable to consider as a basis for
MATE'S the ability of a compound to induce tumors. Compounds that have
produced tumors in animals are designated suspected carcinogens. Al-
though some people subscribe to the theory that there is no threshold
level for* carcinogens, many toxicologists and oncologists believe that
carcinogenesis is a dosage related effect. According to the Inter-
national Agency for Research on Cancer, dose-response studies are
important in the evaluation of human and animal carcinogenesis:
The con^-tdence. t&ith ujltich a. ca/icxnoge«xc e^ec/t can be.
•i& 4-tteng.thened by the. ob&eJiva£lon o(J an ^ncAea4^.ng incidence
neop&xAnw with
-------
In the absence of established TLV's or NIOSH recommendations
recognizing potential carcinogenicity, MATE concentrations for suspected
carcinogens are based on adjusted ordering numbers (discussed in Section
5.3.1.2) and hence consider route of administration, animal species
known to be affected, and lowest effective dosage.
MATE'S for suspected carcinogens are calculated according to
Equation 45 and may be considered to reflect the carcinogenic potential
associated with a given compound based on data presently available. The
concentrations obtained from Equation 45 agree reasonably well with
TLV's established for suspected carcinogens. The MATE which reflects
the carcinogenic potential of a compound is Included in the tabulations
if the value is lower than the MATE calculated by other equations or if
other data were unavailable.
' ' ' 4
MATEAC2 (pg/m3) = adjusteVordering number (45)
MATE'S calculated by Equation 45 are not tabulated if they exceed
7 x io4 yg/m3.
For compounds addressed by TLV's or NIOSH recommendations which
take into consideration the carcinogenic potential of a compound, MATE'S
entered in the tabulations will be calculated according to Equation 41.
MATE'S for known or suspected teratogens are also calculated
according to Equation 45 using the adjusted ordering number which
reflects the teratogenic potential associated with a given compound.
108
-------
6.1.2 MATE'S for Air Based on Ecological Effects
The minimum concentration of a contaminant in an air emission
which will not adversely affect vegetation (exposure of limited duration)
is expressed by Equation 46.
MATE^^(ug/m ) = lowest concentration (corrected to 24 hour exposure) (46)
reported to produce effects 1n vegetation (yg/m )
6.1.3 MATE'S for Water Based on Health Effects
Health based MATE'S for water are derived from drinking water
standards or criteria for those compounds addressed by existing standards
or criteria. Only the lowest prescribed value for a compound ^or element
is used in the calculation of MATE. Standards and criteria surveyed .
34
include National Interim Primary Drinking Water Regulations, Public
Health Service Drinking Water Regulations,35 NAS/NAE 1972 Water Quality
g
Criteria, Public Supplies, and EPA 1976 Quality Criteria for Water
14
(Domestic Supplies). The MATE concentrations are calculated as follows:
, MATEWHS (pg/0 = 5 x Lowest Standard or Criteria (vg/i) (47)
The multiplier of 5 was chosen arbitrarily and is probably conservative.
In choosing the multiplier, consideration was given to long biological
half-lives, severity of effects, and dosages known tO:cause effects for
compounds addressed by drinking water regulations.
For those compounds not addressed by drinking water standards or
criteria, MATE'S for water are predicted on the basis of the tabulated
air MATE based on health effects.. The air and water MATE'S are related
according to Equation 48.
MATEwm(ug/A) = 15 x MATEAH (yg/m3) (48)
109
-------
22
Equation 48 was suggested by the approach used by Stokinger and Woodward
20
and later by Handy and Schinder in relating air concentrations to
water concentrations (see Section 5.2.2.1.1 for explanation of this
model).
Since only the lowest calculated MATE'S for air are included in the
tabulations, the MATE'S for water are based on the most conservative air
MATE'S. Indirectly, the bases for the water MATE'S for compounds not
addressed by drinking water standards are TLV's, LDcn's, LCgn's, TC, 's
or TD. 's and ordering numbers.
-6.1.4 MATE'S for Water Based on Ecological Effects
Ecology based MATE'S for water reflect criteria recommended for
the protection of aquatic life by NAS/NAE in Water Quality Criteria
19729 or by EPA in 1976 Quality Criteria for Water.14 MATE'S are cal-
culated according to .Equation 49 for those chemical substances addressed
by established criteria.
MATEWES (pg/£) = 5 x Most Stringent Criteria (yg/i) (49)
The multiplier 5 in Equation 49 is suggested by the relation between
minimal risk levels and hazard levels for aquatic life as recommended by
9
the NAS/NAE. Both hazard levels and minimal risk levels are recommended
for 22 substances. The estimated hazard level 1s most often between 2
and 5 times the recommended minimal risk concentration for continuous
exposure. Since MATE concentrations are for short term exposure, 5
times the minimal risk level will describe concentrations somewhat below
the hazard level.
no
-------
For those compounds not addressed by established criteria for pro-
tection of aquatic life, MATE'S are based on the lowest LC5Q reported.
Equation 50 is used to describe MATE'S based on LCcn's.
MATEyE1 .(jig/O- = 100 * Lowest LC5Q (mg/i) (50)
Application factors (ratios of safe to lethal concentrations) have been .
established for many substances and range from 0.01 to 0.1. Since
MATE'S apply to short term rather than continuous exposure, the factor -
0.1, is applied to the LC5Q (mg/a). Converting the units from mg/t
to ug/fc, the constant multiplier finally becomes 100.
6.1.5 MATE'S for Solid Waste Based on Health Effects
Health based MATE'S for solid waste are estimated concentrations
of contaminants in solid waste (whether disposed to land or to water)
which will not affect human health as a result of direct or indirect
exposure of limited duration.
The MATE value for a given contaminant in solid waste is based on
the more stringent MATE for water tabulated for that compound. It is
assumed that toxicants in 1,000 grams of waste may be leached entirely by
two liters of water. Therefore, the mass of contaminant allowable in
1,000 grams must not exceed the contaminant allowable in two
liters of water. One liter of water is equivalent to 1,000 grams.
Equation 51 is used.
MATELH] (ug/g) = 0.002 x MATEWH (pg/O (51)
111
-------
This means that the MATE 's^j are Indirectly based on TLV's, LD^Q'S,
LDLo's, LC5o's' TLLo's* Orderin9 numbers and'TD^'s, drinking water
standards or criteria, water quality criteria for protection of aquatic
life, or LCcQ for aquatic life.
6.1.6 MATE'S for Solid Waste Based on Ecological Effects
A solid waste MATE value based on ecological effects is generated
from the water-ecology MATE value for a given compound.
The leaching model described previously is again utilized. Equation
52 is used to calculate the MATE.
MATELE1 (pg/g) * 0.002 x .MATEW£ (vg/£) (52)
This means that MATE^.] is indirectly based on LC50, TLm, or Federal
Water Quality Criteria. :
6.1.7 Limitations to the Methodology ,
It should be emphasized that the MATE concentrations derived
through this methodology are based on empirical data presently available
in general secondary references. Time limitations preclude a thorough
search of the literature pertinent to each specific compound. It is
certain that many of the values will be eventually revised, especially
as data gaps are filled. In light of the general nature of the references
used, some qualifications should be made regarding the reliability of
the MATE values in the tabulations included in Appendix C.
1) TLV's and NIOSH recommendations represent opinions of highly
trained toxicologlsts and industrial hyglenlsts. Their judgments
regarding safe levels for workroom contaminants, however, are
112
-------
not infallible; ACGIH has made its intention clear that the
TLV's are to be used only in the practice of industrial
hygiene and that it does not recommend their use as a relative
index of hazard or toxicityJ7
2) Information reported in the NIOSH Registry of Toxic Effects of
Chemical Substances^ has been used extensively in calculating
MATE'S.NIOSH, in compiling the Registry, has made no attempt
to report the numbers of animals tested, quantity or site of
tumors produced in carcinogenicity studies, or precise con-
ditions under which the data were obtained. The level of
confidence to be associated with toxicity data such as LD50's,
LDLo's, TOLo's, LC50's, or LCLo's is heavily dependent on
this information. It follows that the level of confidence to
be associated with MATE'S based on information from .the NIOSH
Registry is also imprecise. ;'•
3) LD^Q'S may vary widely for a given compound in relation to
species, sex, and age of the animals tested, the route of
administration of the toxicant, and other test conditions.
Because they are available for most compounds, oral LDcg's
have been employed rather than LD^'s derived from other
routes, of administration. While this procedure allows for
consistency in the calculations, obvious complications involved
in the use of oral LDcQ's arise e.g., differences in the oral
absorption factors among the various chemical substances.
12
4) LC50's orTLm's for aquatic life reported in the NIOSH Registry
as well as in other sources indicate lethal concentrations of
. toxicants for a specific laboratory test procedure. The
numbers are greatly dependent on conditions of the test:
species of aquatic life monitored; static or flow-through
conditions; temperature; pH; and the presence of additional
toxicants. The lowest LCgn's reported in the data base under-
lying this report were used in the calculations of ecology-
based MATE'S for water. Extension of the data base will
probably yield additional, possibly lower LC5Q's representing
more sensitive species.
5) No consideration has been given to additive effects from
simultaneous exposure through different media; in addition,
synergistic and/or antagonistic effects have been ignored in
describing MATE values.
6) It is recognized that carcinogens react biologically in a
number of different ways, and the Incidence of synergisms,
cocarcinogenicity, promotion, and metabolic alterations into
more or less active metabolites cannot be resolved in the
scheme employed here for describing MATE'S for suspected
carcinogens.
113
-------
Many of the values are based on limited toxicological data and rely
on models in series for relating various effective dosages to minimum
acute toxicity concentrations. Models used to derive water concentrations
from air concentrations assume a worst case situation and may prove overly
conservative in some cases, as may the values extrapolated through the
solid waste model from MATE water concentrations. In addition, certain
of the application factors used are arbitrary.
MATE'S for substances not addressed specifically by either TLV's or
available toxicity data are in some cases based on data pertinent to a
related substance or group of compounds (i.e., having a common parent
element). In these cases, appropriate adjustments for molecular weight
are made, or where the parent element is of most concern, ,this will be
indicated. For example, the air, health MATE'S for all antimony compounds
• ' ~ 3 ' ' ' ' '
(except antimony trioxide) are 500 yg/m , as Sb, based on the TLV for
antimony and antimony compounds, as Sb. The MATE for antimony trioxide
has a different basis because of Its association with cancer.
While the limitations described above must be emphasized, benefits
from the preliminary tabulation of Minimum Acute Toxicity Effluents may
still be realized by those involved with environmental assessment. The
methodology developed here should provide preliminary decision criteria
for emerging systems from other projects exploring methodologies for
environmental assessment. At the very least, the concept of MATE'S and
the tabulations presented in Appendix C should generate further comments
on possible applications for the system, as well as suggestions for
refining the models used to calculate MATE'S.
114
-------
6.1.8 MATE'S for Totals
MATE values for specific chemical contaminants, although valuable,
are not sufficient to characterize an environmentally acceptable emission
stream. Ceiling values for certain "Totals" associated with gaseous,
aqueous, or solid waste emissions are also required. Such Totals are to
be used in conjunction with the MATE'S for specific chemical contaminants
and provide a secondary check for effluent contaminant levels.
Selection criteria for Totals are:
1) The parameter must be related to the presence of more than one
species.
2) The parameter must be federally regulated in some context.
Federal guidelines surveyed for possible totals to be ad-
dressed include NAAQS, NSPS, effluent guidelines, drinking
water standards, water quality criteria.
3) The parameter is measurable by some established method.
The following parameters are classified as Totals to be addressed
by MATE'S. Ultimately, a MATE value will be specified for each Total
listed. MATE values for the land Totals may be based on water MATE
Totals via a leaching model.
Air Water . . Land
Total hydrocarbons Total Suspended solids; Total Teachable orgam'cs
Total particulates Total Teachable substances
Total dissolved solids;
Total organic carbon
(TOO
Biological oxygen demand
(BOD)
Chemical oxygen demand
(COD)
115
-------
Algorithms designed to generate EPC's and MATE'S for specific
chemical contaminants are not applicable to Totals. Instead, attention
must be given to each parameter in order to recommend a MATE value.
Values for Totals will be recommended with consideration given to:
(1) existing regulations and recommendations; (2) associated toxicity;
(3) dilution factors expected at the site of dispersion of the effluent;
and (4) the nature of the environmental problems associated with the
substances indicated by the Total.
Recommendations for air Totals along with background information
are presented on pages 117 - 120 as examples of the approach conceived
to describe Total MATE values.
6.2 EMISSION LEVEL GOALS BASED ON AMBIENT LEVEL GOALS
Emission Level Goals more stringent than the MATE'S are derived
from Ambient Level Goals (i.e., EPC's). Ambient Level Goals, as discussed
in Section 5, are presented in the lower half of "the MEG's chart. The
most stringent values for each medium, based on health and based on
ecological effects, are then entered on the MEG's chart in the appropriate
columns under Emission Level Goals based on Ambient Level Goals. These
values, multiplied by dilution factors, then describe control levels for
emissions that will not cause contaminant concentrations in ambient
media to exceed the suggested Ambient Level Goals.
Dilution factors are ditnensionless quantities representing the
ratio of the concentration of a contaminant 1n an emission or effluent
to the resulting contaminant level in the ambient receiving medium. As
an example consider an emission from a stack discharged to the atmosphere.
The dilution factor, is the concentration of a pollutant in the stack gas
divided by the resulting ground level concentration of the pollutant.
116
-------
Example of Totals recommendations.
AIR
Hydrocarbons: (Includes oxygen containing species as well as simple hydrocarbons.)
I. Environmental Aspects
A. Toxieity
1. Many hydrocarbons are non-toxic and classed as simple asphyxiants or anesthetics with
mild central nervous system depression.
Z. A few hydrocarbons are extremely toxic, for example, benzene and aldehydes (formaldehyde,
acetaldehyde, and acroleln), and concentrations of these pollutants must be carefully
controlled.
B. Photochemical precursors ire the main reason for controlling hydrocarbons - HC's and NOx
\
react 1n presence of UV to produce Oj.
II. Existing Regulations and Recommendations
A. NAAQS primary and secondary standard of 0.24 pom (160 ug/m ) for non-methane hydrocarbons
for use as a guide In achieving oxldant standards (based on 3-hour average 6 to 9 am.).
B. NAAQS photochemical oxldants primary and secondary standard of. 0.08 ppm (160 ug/m ) for a
one-hour average expressed as 0, by Federal Reference Method.
C. Suggested maximum permissible concentrations for most hydrocarbons a.re typically > 200 ppm
(Industrial Hygiene and Toxicology by Patty); this Includes many allphatlcs, oleflns, alicycllcs,
and some aromatlcs.
D. HC TLV's range from below 0.1 ppm (for acroleln) to unspecified amounts for simple asphyxiants
like methane.
Ill, Recommendations for MATE values
A. Assumptions
1. Total toxic effect of « pollutant mixture Is no greater than the sum of the Individual
toxicltles.
2. The primary reason for control of most hydrocarbons Is to control-photochemical oxldants;
a few hydrocarbons roust be controlled for reasons of toxlclty.
3. Ground level concentrations are not of primary concern since photochemical reactions pose
the biggest problem associated with hydrocarbons.
4. Reasonable dilution factors range from 10 to 1000; as a first approximation, the value
of 1000 shall be assumed.
8. Recommendations
Based on the 3-hour iverage of 0.24 ppm (NAAQS). a total HC concentration (3-hour average)
of 200 ppm seems reasonable. Dilution by the factor of 1000 will yield ambient levels below
the 0.24 ppm value, tiding In photochemical oxldant control, and the 200 ppm level 1s at or
below the TLV for the bulk of frequently encountered hydrocarbons.
MATE values for certain specific contaminants (aromatlcs, aldehydes) may be .below the
200 ppm level and should not b« exceeded.
117
-------
Example (continued)
AIR
Participates:
I. Nature of Environmental Problem
A. Toxlclty variable with composition
1. Systemic poisons - fumes and dusts of compounds, such as Pb, As, Cd, with both acute and
chronic effects.
2. Carcinogens - asbestos, soot, and PPAH.
3. Prollferatlve dusts (flbrotlc pneumoconlosls) - silica, asbestos, coal dust, cotton dust,
dlatomaceous earths.
B. Nuisance Partlculates - small chance of local or systemic effects; Irritating and allergy-producing
but can be debilitating In massive doses.
II. Size Parameters . . ' ;
A. Dust deposition directly proportional to dust density and particle size and wettabllity, and In
proportional to minute volume and rate of respiration. (Industrial Hygiene and Toxicology by Patty).
B. Disease etlologys 1s related to size of Inspired dust particles. In general:
1. Systemic poisons must be <3u to allow penetration Into alveoli and for subsequent diffusion
Into blood stream. • -
2. Carcinogens - size 1s a critical factor.
a. Asbestos - Recent UHO-sponsored IARC conference surmized that there 1s no level of
asbestos which has been proven safe for humans and that fibers with diameters
20 u 1n length.
C. Nulsancf particles must b* of resplrable size for deleterious effects; < 10 u
lit. Existing Hri)ul«t1ons
A, OSHA Air Contaminants Regulations
1. Silica \
V 3
a. Crystalline (quartz) *YOT^7§- (resplrable) * 3.3 mg/m (for 100S S10j)
\ 2
b. Amorphous • 20 mppcf
A,
2. Silicates (< IX crystalline :!11ca) - 15 to 30 mppef
118
-------
Example (continued)
3. . Coat dust
a. (< 51 SIOj In resplrable fraction) - 2.4 mg/m
b. (> 5J S10, In resplrable fraction) - IS.TS^"3
t xsiOjtz
4. Nuisance dust
a. Total - 15 mg/m3
b. Resplrable - 5 mg/m3
5. Asbestos - 2 fiber/cm3 > 5 urn In length
B. TLV Data published by ACGIH
1. Silica
j
a. Crystalline (quartz) - ^ffi(" (resplrable) • 3.3 mg/m3 (for 100% S<02)
b. Amorphous • 6 mg/m (•>• 20 mppcf)
2. Silicates (< U quartz) • IS to 30 mppcf (5 to 10 mg/m3)
3. Coal dust - 4 ing/a3
4. Nuisance dust
a. Total - 10 mg/m3
b. Resplrable - 5 mg/m3
5. Asbestos - 5 fibers/cm3 > 5 un In length
6. PPAH - 0.2 rag/m3, as benzene solubles
C. Ambient National Primary Standard - 75 ng/m3 (Annual geometric mean) 260 wg/m3
(24-hr)
). Stationary source emission data
Industry
Fossil fuel fired steam generator
Incinerators
Asphalt concrete plants
Secondary lead smelters
Secondary brass & bronze plants
Iron and Steel plants
Sewage treatment plants
Primary copper smelters
Primary zinc smelter
Primary zinc smelter
Coal preparation plants
Coal preparation plants
Steel plants
Pulp mills
Lime kiln - gaseous fossil fuel
Lime kiln - liquid fossil fuel
Affected Facility Performance Standard (mg/m )
Entire Facility
Entire Facility
Entire Facility
Furnace emissions
Furnace emissions
Furnace emissions
Sludge Incinerator
Entire Facility
Sintering machine
Entire facility
Thermal dryer
Pneumatic cleaning
equip.
Control device of
electric arc furnace
Furnace missions
Entire Facility
Entire Facility
•>.92a
180
90
50
50
50
70
50
50
50
70
40
12
100
ISO
300
a. Based on ISO ug/k cal Input derived from fossil fuel, assuming 1 ton of coal
b.6 x 1C6 k cat and 3.77 x 105 scf/ton stack gas volume.
••19
-------
Example (continued)
IV. Reconnendatlons of HATE
A. Assumptions
1. Reasonable dilution factors are in the ranqe 10 to 1000.
?. Stack heights affect the ground level concentration.
6. Recommendations
A MATE value of 100 rng/rn Is recommended for the following reasons: •
1. Consistent with bulk of existing regulations. Implying technological and
economic feasibility (Stationary source emission limits range from 12 to
300 mg/m3 with the majority being between 40 and 100 mg/m3; median 1s
approximately 88 mg/m ).
2. Dilution by a factor of 10 meets nuisance participate TLV of 10 mg/m3
3. Dilution by a factor of slightly more than 1000 meets the ambient standard
of 75 pg/m3.
4. Can be modified as necessary to account for participates higher In PPAH,
silica, or asbtstos content or for fumes of toxic materials (e.g., cadmium
lead, or beryllium).
120
-------
Since the dilution factors are variable and highly source specific,
no effort has been made to provide the Emission Level Goals with dilution
factors applied. Instead, the multiplication exercise is left to the
person applying the charts to a specific industrial situation.
Although dilution factors do not appear on the MEG's chart, con-
sideration has been given to the range of factors likely to be encountered
in most situations. In spite of the many parameters (listed in Table
13) affecting the magnitude of dilution factors, in general, they may be
expected to range between 10 and 10,000 for discharges to air and water..
This range is suggested on the basis of best and worst case models of
pollutant dispersion.
TABLE 13. PARAMETERS AFFECTING DILUTION FACTORS
Air Stack flow _
Stack temperature ~ ~
Stack height
Weather conditions: windspeed, sunlight, temperature, pressure
Site topography
Characteristics of discharge
. Photochemical reaction kinetics
Water Flow rate of receiving stream
Turbulence of receiving stream
Temperature of receiving stream
pH of receiving stream
Flow rate of discharge
Location and design of outfall
Temperature of discharge
Characteristics of contaminants in discharge: solubility,
reactivity, pH, blodegradability, sorptlon characteristics
Land Soil characteristics: permeability, pH, caution exchange
capacity, weathering, sodium absorption ratio
Characteristics of contaminants: 1on1zat1on, Teachability,
biodegradability
Characteristics of bulk solid waste: surface to volume ratio,
density
Method of desposition
Climate: temperature, rainfall
121
-------
Parameters considered in the models include stack height, wind
speed and atmospheric conditions for air and flow rates of receiving
streams for water. These parameters, although not sufficient to fully
characterize a dispersion situation, are the most important ones to be
considered.
The range of dilution factors for air indicated by these best and
worst case models is further supported by a comparison of the pollutant
31
levels meeting current New Stationary Source Performance standards with
the levels corresponding to Federal Ambient Air Quality Standards'. This
comparison requires conversion to concentration units for several of
the emission standards but can be carried out with relative ease.
Dilution factors indicated for particulates, NO- , and SOg by this com-
parison are on the order of 1,000 for most situations. .
A great deal of work has been done by various researchers in
modeling atmospheric and water dispersion, and it is not the objective of
this report to duplicate those efforts. However, it is important to
point out that specific dilution factors for a given set of circumstances
may be calculated using fairly reliable dispersion models so that
applicable Emission Level Goals based on Ambient Level Goals may be
generated.
6.3 ELIMINATION OF DISCHARGE (EOD) EMISSION LEVEL GOALS
Emission Level Goals based on elimination of discharge like those
based on Ambient Level Goals incorporate dilution factors. These goals are
the most stringent and imply that ambient concentrations of pollutants
should not exceed natural background concentrations.
122
-------
Values appearing on the MEG's chart under Emission Level Goals
based on EOD indicate natural background levels. The background infor-
mation summaries provide this data along with references. Concentrations
measured in rural atmosphere are entered for air; when rural atmosphere
concentrations are not reported, urban or industrial concentrations,
may be entered on the chart with a footnote to characterize the value...
Concentrations entered in the MEG's chart for water are for surface
waters unless otherwise specified. Levels identified in drinking water
and in seawater are included since they provide some indication of
natural background concentrations.
123
-------
SECTION 7
HAZARD INDICATORS
A system has been developed for assigning indicators (X, XX, or
XXX) to designate potentially hazardous substances based on values
generated by the MEG's methodology. The system provides one simple
means of identifying through cursory inspection those pollutants most
likely to pose a human health hazard. Numerical hazard potential values
for each toxicant are generated through a simple equation which considers
toxic and genotoxic potential as well as cumulative or chronic effect
characteristics. "X" indicators corresponding to specific ranges of
numerical values are then assigned to each substance to indicate its
relative hazard potential. The 216 substances currently addressed by
the MEG's methodology have in this way been ranked and classified as
relatively non-hazardous (no indicator); hazardous (X); very hazardous
(XX); or most hazardous (XXX).
7.1 HAZARD POTENTIAL VALUES
Ambient Level Goals for air based on human health effects are used
in deriving hazard potential values. Equation 53 is used.
N = Zaa'A + 4bB (53)
where: N = the hazard potential level
A = the toxidty based EPC (health effects) for air
B = the zero threshold EPC for air
a,a', and b are weighting factors.
125
_—
Preceding page Wank__
-------
Values for each of these parameters are assigned as follows:
A is assigned values from 1 to 5 corresponding to EPC's ranging
from <0.2 to >200 pg/m (refer to Table 14).
B is assigned values from 1 to 5 corresponding to zero threshold
EPC's ranging from <0.2 to > 20 (refer to Table 14).
TABLE 14
. ASSIGNMENT OF VALUES TO A AND BI FOR DERIVING HAZARD
POTENTIAL VALU
EPCj
>200
<200
< 40
< 2
< 0.02
where:
Value of A
1
2
3
4
5
EPCj, Value ^f B
>20
<20
< 2
< 0.2 =
< 0.2
EPCj is the toxic ity based Ambient Level Goal for air
health effects).
EPCj, is the zero threshold pollutant goal reflecting
effects .
1
2
3
4
5
(based on
genotoxic
IS
Weighting factor "a" is included to emphasize the toxic potential term in
the expression if data required for the genotoxic term is unavailable.
Similarly, "b" emphasizes the genotoxic term if toxic potential data is.
missing. Values assigned "a" and "b" are as follows:
a = 1 if genotoxic properties are Indicated (1:6., B is available).
a = 2 if genotoxic properties are not indicated (B missing).
b = 1 if toxic potential data are available (A is available).
b =.1.5 if toxic potential data are unavailable (A missing).
126
-------
Weighting factor "a1" is included to increase the N value for those '
substances indicated to be cumulative or to be hazardous at low con-
centrations over extended periods of time, a1 will be assigned a value
of 1.25 if cumulative or chronic characteristics are indicated; otherwise,
the value will be 1.0.
Possible values of N resulting from summation of the toxic and
genotoxic potential terms may be obtained from the matrix presented in
Table 15.
TABLE 15. MATRIX OF HAZARD POTENTIAL (H) VALUES
\
B \
0
1
2
3
4
5
0
0
6
12
18
24
30
1
4
(5)
6
(6.5)
10
(10.25)
14
(14.25)
18
(18.25)
22
(26)
2
8
(10)
8
(9)
12
(13)
16
(17)
20
(21)
24
(28)
3
12
(15)
10
(11.5)
14
(15.5)
18
(19.5)
22
(23.5)
26
(30)
4
16
(20)
12
(14)
16
(18)
20
(22)
24
(26)
28
(32)
5
20
(25)
14
(16.5)
18
(20.5)
22
(24.5)
26
(28.5)
30
(34.5)
Values resulting if a' = 1.25 (i.e., cumulative or chronic
characteristics for substance indicated) are shown in paren-
thesis.
127
-------
7.2 INDICATORS FROM HAZARD POTENTIAL VALUES
As described in the previous section, hazard potential values range
from 4 to 34.5. Table 16 indicates the numerical values required for
the assignment of the hazard indicators to appear on MEG charts.
TABLE 16.. ASS1-GNMEMT..0F. HAZARD INDICATORS BASED ON HAZARD POTENTIAL VALUES
Hazard
00
24
19
13
1
Potential Value i
> N >- 25 '
N 19 |
N 13 1
N 0 J
Assigned Hazard Indicator
XXX
XX
X
None
The ranges corresponding to various hazard levels have been chosen
to result in a reasonable distribution of toxicants among the four
levels.
Requirements for assignment of XXX indicator are as follows:
1) EPCjj <0.02 and EPCj <40, or
2) EPCjj <. 0.02, EPCj <200 and cumulative effect, or
3) EPCn <. 0.2, EPCj <2 and cumulative effect, .or
4) EPCjj <0.2, and EPCj < 0.02, or
5) EPCjj, unknown, EPCj < 0.02 and cumulative effect, or
6) EPCjj < 0.02, EPCj unknown.
128
-------
To be assigned indicator XX, a substance must have
1) EPCjj i 0.2 and EPCj <_ 200, or
2) EPCn i 2.0 and EPCj <_ 40, or
3) EPCn - 20' EPCI - 2 and cumulative effect, or
4) EpCjT unknown, EPCj < 0.02 or EPCj, < 2 and cumulative effect, or
5) EPCjj £ 2, EPCj unknown.
To get X, a substance must have
1) EPCjj <. 2, or
2) EPCn <. 20 and EPCj <_ 40, or
3) EPCjj i 20, EPCj <. 200 and cumulative effect, or
4) EPCjj > 20, EPCj <. 0.02, or
5) EPCjj < 20, EPCj <. 2 and cumulative effect, or
6) EpCjj unknown, EPCj <_ 2 or EPCj <^ 40 and cumulative effect, or
7) EpCjj 1 2, EPCj unknown.
7.3 INDICATOR DISTRIBUTION FOR SUBSTANCES ADDRESSED BY MEG'S.
Hazard potential values have been calculated for those substances
addressed by MEG's in this report, and hazard indicators corresponding to the
values appear on the MEG's charts included in Appendix E. The distribution
of X, XX, and XXX indicators for the 216 substances addressed is shown in
Table 17. Sixteen substances or 7.4 percent of the 216 addressed are assigned
indicator XXX. Twenty-four (11 percent) receive XX ratings, and 37 (17 per-
cent) receive X rating. Of the 76 substances receiving indicators, 20 per-
cent receive XXX, 31 percent receive XX, and 49 percent receive X.
129
-------
TABLE 17. SUBSTANCES RECEIVING HAZARD INDICATORS
Formaldehyde
Acrolein
Phthalate esters
Aminotoluenes
4-Aminobiphenyl
1-Aminonaphthalene
2-Ami nonaphthalene
Monomethylhydrazi ne
N,N-Dimethylhydrazi ne
1,2-Diphenylhydrazine
Benzene
Nitrobenzene
4-Nitrobiphenyl
1-Chioro-2-ni trobenzehe
Dinitrotoluenes
Xylenols
2,4-Dichlorophenol
3-Nitrophenol
4-Nitrophenol
Dinitrophenols
Pyridine
Dibenz(a,j)acridine
Dibenz(a,h)acridine
Di benzo(c,g Jcarbazole
Tetraethyllead
Nickelocene
Copper-8-hydroxyqui noli ne
Lithium
Lithium hydride
Barium
Gallium
Germanium
Hydrogen cyanide
Tellurium
Vanadium
Manganese
Silver
XX
Ethyleneimine
Diazomethahe
N,N'-Dimethylhydrazine
N-Ni trosodi ethyl ami ne
PCB's
4,6-Dinitro-o-cresol
2,4,6-Trinitrophenol
Benz(a)anthracene
Dibenzo(a,i)pyrene
Tetramethyllead
Alkyl mercury
Organoti n
Thallium
Lead
Hydrazine
Elemental phosphorus
Phosphtne
Antimony
Bismuth
Hydrogen selenide
Cobalt
Nickel carbonyl
Copper
Uranium
XXX
N-Ni trosodimethylami ne
7,12-Dimethylbenz(a)anthrace
01benz(a,h)anthracene
Benzo(a)pyrene
3-Methylcholanthrene
Beryl1i urn
Arsenic
Arsine
Arsenic trioxide
Antimony trioxide
Selenium -
Chromi urn
Nickel
Cadmi um
Mercury
130
-------
Appendix D lists the specific hazard potential values associated
with each substance addressed by MEG's (listed by categories). In
addition, the substances are ranked according to the hazard potential
values.
131
-------
SECTION 8
APPLICATION AND EXTENSION FOR THE MEG's REPORT
Results described in this report can be put to use by environmental
assessors including engineers, chemical analysts, toxicologists, industrial
hygienists, system modeling experts and inspectors or plant monitoring
personnel. This document can be used as a manual or workbook as it
stands, and future supplements to this volume will augment this type of
application. The report offers a beginning for goals that address
pollutant hazards for a large number of substances, establishing a base-
line of information presented in summary form. Continued research and
reviews are obviously necessary to fill the many information gaps that
still exist. .;
Figure 5 represents an Environmental Protection Agency concept
of environmental assessment/control technology development. Multimedia
Environmental Goals development contributes to a number of areas in this
total program scheme including - (1) evaluation of the current environmental
background, (2) environmental objectives development and (3) selection and
application of assessment alternatives. The latter, probably the most
important function of MEG's, is accomplished by establishing emission level
goals. Some further applications obvious from the diagram include the
contribution of MEG's to directing the course of environmental data acqui-
sition and their comparison with, data from control technology assessments
and source analysis models. The comparison results are used to identify
needed R & D, control alternatives, and media degradation alternatives. The
MEG's also provide a preliminary data base for standards and regulations.
| Preceding page blank
-------
CONTROL TECHNOLOGY
DEVELOFMERT
• ENGINEERING ANALYSIS
• (ASIC AND AFFLIEO PROCESSES
DEVELOPMENT
•smiFtc FROCESS OEVELOF-
MENT AND EVALUATION
CURRENT FROC ESS TECH-
NOLOGY IACKCROUNO
• FROCESS INFORMATION
• SCHEDULES
• STATUS
• FRIORITIEI FOR FUR-
THER STUDY
ENVIRONMENTAL DATA ACQUISITION
• EXBTIN6 DATA FOR EACH FROCESS
• IDENTIFY SAMPLING AND ANALYTV
CAL TECNNIOUtl INCLUDING DO-
ASSAYS
• TOT PROGRAM DEVELDMENT
• COMPREHENSIVE WASTE STREAM
CHARACTERIZATION (LEVELS 1, It.
nil
• mruT-ourm MATERIALS CHARAC-
TERIZATION
• CONTROL ASSAYS
CO
-p.
RECHIATORV
REQUIREMENTS I
CURRENT ENVIRONMENTAL
SACKGROUNO
• rOTENTIAL tOll UT ANTS
AND DKFACTS IN ALL
MEDIA
• OOSE/RESFONSE DATA
• FED7STATE STOL CRI-
TERIA.
* TRANSPORTMODELS
•SUMMARIZE INDUSTRY-.
RELATED OCCUPATIONAL
MEAITH/EHOEMIOLOGICAI
LITERATURE
ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING
ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES
ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES
TECHNOLOOV TRANSFER
ENVIRONMENTAL OBJECTIVES
. OEVELOFMENT
• ESTASLISHFERMISSIBIE
MEDIA CONC. FOR CONTROL
DEVELOPMENT GUIDANCE
• DEFINE DECISION CRITERIA
FOR FRIORITIZIRG SOURCES.
FROSLEMS
• DEFINE EMISSION GOALS
• FRfORITUE FOllUTANTS
• NQNFOLLOTANT SWACT '
GOALS .
• SIOASJAY CRITERIA
YES
MAYIE
a
' SETTER "
CONTROL
iNEEDEOt .
CONTROL TECHNOLOGY ASSESSMENT
• CONTROL SYSTEM AND OBFOSAL
OFTION INFORMATION AND DE-
SIGN FRINCVLE
• CONTROL FROCESS FOLLUTlON
ANOIWACTS
• FROCESS ENGINEERING FOLLUT-
ANT/COST SENSITIVITY STUDIES
• ACCIDENTAL RELEASE. MALFUNC-
TION. TRANSIENT OFERATION
STUDIES
• FIELD TESTING IN RELATED
AFFLICATIONS
• DEFINE SEST CONTROL TECH-
NIQUE FOR EACH GOAL
• FOllOTANT CONTROL SYSTEMS
STUDIES
• CONTROL TECHNOLOGY At 0
FLANS AND GOALS
ENVIRONMENTAL AITERNATIVES ANALYSES
SELECT AND APTLY
ASSESSMENT ALTERNATIVES-
ALTERNATIVE SETS OF MULTk
MEDIA ENVIRONMENTAL GOALS
MEG'S)
• IEST TECHNOLOGY
• EXISTING AMSIENT STOS
• ESTMATED FERMISSIILE
CONC.
• NATURAL BACKGROUND
(ELIMINATION OF DISCHARGE)
•SIGNIFICANT DETERIORATION
•MINIMUM ACUTE TOXKITV
EFFLUENT
• QUANTIFIED CONTROL RAD NEEDS
• OUANTiriEO CONTROt ALTERNATE
• QUANTIFIED MEDIA DEGRADATION
AITERNATIVES
• QUANTIFIED NONFOUUTANTEFFEI
AND SITING CRITERIA AITERNATIV
• DEFINED RESEARCH DATA IASE FOI
STANDARDS
ENVIRONMENTAL ENGRG
TECHNOLOGY TRANSFER
ENVIRONMENT Al SCIENCES R»0
• HEAlTH/tCOlOCICAL EFFECTS
RESEARCH
•TRANSPORT/TRANSFORMATION
RESEARCH
MEDIA DEGRADATION AND
HEAtTH/ICOlDGICAl
IMPACTS ANAITSIS
• AIR. HATER. AND 1Mb
DUALITY
• INCREASED SICKNESS
.AND OEA1HS
• ECOIOOY RELATED
EFFECTS
• MATERIAL-RELATED
EFFECTS
• QUANTIFIED EFFECTS
ALTERNATIVES
FiguroS. Environmental assessment/control technology development diagram.
-------
Another very important application of the MEG's is their coordination
with other environmental assessment methodologies currently being .developed
MEG's provide decision criteria (1) in environmental data acquisitions -
specifically Level I, II and III analysis procedures - and (2) in environ-
mental alternatives analysis, e.g., the source analysis model for rapid
screening, SAM/1A. Figure 6 illustrates the use of a MATE value in
38
deciding whether a Level I sample should be further analyzed at Level II.
Here, for example, a substance is associated with a fraction derived from
a Level I sample. This fraction, considered as a worst case, may be
assumed to consist entirely of the substance in question. The fraction's
concentration in the entire sample is then compared with the MATE concen-
tration for the substance to decide if Level II analysis will be conducted
39
for the fraction. One result of this particular application is that, for
a number of substances, a large majority of fractions will be eliminated
from further analysis.
EXCEEDS
I I-VI.I. 1
SAMPLI
AND
ANALYSIS
LfVEL 1
REPORTING
POINTS
ANALYSIS
OF EACH POINT
IN TERMS OF MEG
COMPOUNDS
AND
MATE
» LEVEL 2 ANALYSIS
(GC/MS)
FINISHED
MATE
«.,!.. SASS I RAIN
TO LAB
x /MATE = .021
e.ij.. BtraiuiAirYHtNt \ /MAit = .uzi \
IN LIQUID CHHOM ) ( FRACTION « J
ATUGRAPHIC FRACTION/ \SAMPH "* /
Figure 6. Decision Chart for Level II Analysis
135
-------
Figure 740'illustrates the use of MATE values in a source analysis
40
worksheet format. This technique is useful for rapid screening of
each effluent stream from a specific source. It 1s based on comparison
of effluent concentrations with established MATE goals. MATE'S can be
used effectively in conjunction with source analyses for (1) ranking of
effluent streams, (2) ranking of industries in terms of their probable .
environmental impact relative to other industries, (3) establishment of
additional sampling and analysis priorities, (4) determination of problem
pollutants and pollutant priorities, (5) determining effectiveness of
various control technology options, and (6) determining the need for
control/disposal technology development.
The information for chemical compounds and elements as described
on the Background Information Summaries, together with the goals tabu-
lated on each MEG chart, provide Indications of (1) sampling levels
required to detect environmentally significant emissions, (2) the types
of sampling and analysis techniques which might be used most efficiently
for detection, (3) media in which particular substances are most likely
to be contained, (4) probable process reactions producing a particular
compound, (5) volatility and other factors Influencing transport of a
particular pollutant and (6) which determinations are of highest priority.
Ambient goals, background concentrations, and summarized health
effects data noted on the MEG's Background Information Summaries may
provide a valuable supplemental reference for those in medical and .bio-
logical research. Specific MEG's should be considered in light of
associated medical data. MEG information may also lend support to such
136
-------
CO
wnivi/ in vv \st\w\ 01 11.1. • Form IA02
1 SOURCE/CONTROL OPTION
2
4
EFFLUENT STREAM
COOt • NAME
1
3. EFFLUENT STREAM FLOW RATE
r\ -
v - , — — _
(air = m'/sec — liquid = I/sec — solid = g/sec)
COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING TABLE FOR THE EFFLUENT STREAM OF LINE 2 (USE BACK OF FORM FOR SCRATCH WORK)
A
POLLUTANT
SPECIES
UNITS
B
POLLUTANT
CONCEN
TRATION
C
HEALTH
MATE
CONCEN-
TRATION
5. EFFLUENT STREAM DEGREE OF HAZARD
HEALTH MATE BASED IT. COL. E) 5a
ECOLOGICAL MATE BASED (E COL. F) 5b '
0
ECOLOGICAL
MATE
CONCEN-
TRATION-
E
DECREE OF
HAZARD
(HEALTH)
(B/C)
f
DEGREE Of
HAZARD
(ECOLOGICAL)
(B/0)
6. NUMBER
POLLUTA
PARED T
N =
OF
NTS COM-
0 MATES
G
CHECK (.'(IF
HEALTH .
MATE
EXCEEDED
H
CHECK (>/» IF
ECOLOGICAL
MATE
EXCEEDED
—
1
J
TOXIC UNIT
DISCHARGE RATE
(HEALTH
BASED)
(E > LINE 3)
(ECOLOGICAL
BASED)
(F > LINE 3)
-
7. TOXIC UNIT DISCHARGE RATE i
HEALTH BASED (LINE 3 X LINE 5a * N) 7a .
ECOLOGICAL BASED (LINE 3 X LINE 5b
+ N) 7b|
Figure 7. One of Series of Worksheets for Source Analysis Model 1A '(SAM/1 A)
,40l
-------
areas as bioassay research. It should be emphasized that the summarized
information presented in the report can only provide a starting point for
in-depth studies attempting definitive findings on the environmental.effects
of single substances.
MEG data is most useful in research of broad scope. For example,
in the area of advanced fossil fuels applications, where environmental
assessment or control technology development may be concerned with
numerous unresearched substances, goals and other MEG's data provide
direction and comparison. In research being done at the Research.Triangle
Institute on coal gasification, a number of heavy organic substances with
possibly high toxic or carcinogenic/teratogenic potential are being
quantified in product and byproduct streams. MEG's data, linked with
simple dispersion modeling and experimental model parameters for the RTI
laboratory system, are applied to determine what measured levels from the
experimental gasifier would relate to probable ambient concentrations
caused by a full scale coal conversion plant. The findings from this
project will determine which substances are most likely t6 present environ-
mental hazards and to what extent new control technology is required. The
influence of process parameters or potential environmental impact'can also
41 -
be evaluated.
The compilation of MEG's allows possibilities for comparison and
correlation between various chemical species since empirical data are
reduced to numerical values that can be easily manipulated. Complete cross-
comparison of goals has not yet been carried out. This will be done when the
supplement is complete and the data automated. It appears that automatic
138
-------
data processing will be required for manipulation of the extensive data
available. Also, still to be determined are the relative importances of
zero threshold considerations, ecological effects, health effects, and
current standards on the stringency of the goals set for most substances.
While pollutants have been prioritized on the basis of toxic and geno-
toxic effects from air contamination, the extent of exposure (population
affected and potential for emissions) has not been projected. The gross
impact of a number of combined substances can be represented by summation
calculations, although synergistic/antagonistic effects complicate this
approach. Additional work in this area is required before a truly
satisfactory assessment scheme can be advanced.
The manner in which the chemical substances have been categorized .
in this report (Appendix A) offers a guideline which should be useful to
\
those interested in total environmental importance of various types of
pollutants.
While the impact of a large amount of data such as that contained
in this report may leave the impression of an attempt to over-simplify
and - generalize, an important intended application of the report is to
narrow the scope of environmental attention for many users. For example,
approximately one third of the substances addressed in this report
received hazard indicators. The supplemental addendum to this report
addressing an additional 450 substances, should have an even lower
percentage addressed by indicators (excluding numerous compounds
associated with particular elements already indicated in this report to
be highly toxic. These compounds owe their toxidty to the element, e.g.,
139
-------
Cd, with which they are associated.) When the effects of quantifi-
cation, i.e., the amount of these toxic substances actually present in
the ambient atmosphere or being emitted by specific sources, is taken
into account, the number of substances which should receive prompt
attention will be much further reduced. Approaches such as the MEG's
must be applied to insure that these eliminations have been accomplished
in a responsible fashion.
Extensions to the work contained in this report are projected and,
»
to some extent, are already being carried out. Five major aspects of
future development of the MEG's are discussed briefly below.
I. MEG's Supplement
Prepare Supplement to current MEG's. An additional 450 sub-
stances will be- addressed. Background Information Summaries,
and MEG's charts will be provided consistent with the format
and methodology described in the first MEG's report.
II. Automatic Data Acquisition and Processing
Automatic data acquisition and processing for the MEG's charts
is the most efficient way to assemble, update, store, and
retrieve the data. The format for the MEG's charts will be
programmed so that data may be stored by computer as soon as
practical. One benefit is that when programming is complete
and sufficient data is stored,1t will be possible to better
order compounds on the basis of toxicity or other character-
istics. This may lead to some pattern recognition which will
be helpful in establishing further priorities.
III. New Areas of Investigation to be Incorporated in MEG's II
A. Survey of Research Currently Underway or Planned Which May
Significantly Affect MEG's Methodologies and Data Base
It is recognized that presently available data is not, in many
cases adequate to conclusively prescribe safe concentrations
and establish emission level goals. It is also certain that
new data will become available in the future. One such area of
research is the effort to describe a molecular structure basis
for predicting carcinogenic potential of polycyclics.
-------
B. Survey and Tabulation of Methods and Limits of Detection of the
Various Pollutants in Different Media
There is considerable variability in the methods and limits of
detection presently utilized in monitoring schemes. Comparison
of detection limits with emission and ambient level goals would
be useful for pointing out analytical technology gaps.
C. Survey and Comparison for Dispersion Models and Modeling Techniques
for Air, Water, and Land
A survey of this type should provide Insight into the most
important dispersion parameters. From such data reliable
dilution factor ranges corresponding to specific ambient and
process conditions can be predicted. This is an important aspect
of MEG's development since dilution factors are applied to Ambient
Level Goals to establish Emission Level Goals..
D. Survey of Control Technologies and Applications
A survey of control technologies, both existing and developing,
cross-indexed to each pollutant addressed is required as a data
base for engineering estimates of mission levels based on best
control technology.
Further indexing of control technologies by industry would be
of use in making judgements as to transferability of certain
technologies between industries. Such information would be
particularly important in estimating Emission Level Goals for
1985 or later.
E. Survey of Engineering Estimates Currently Available
'A survey of available measurements and/or engineering estimates
of levels of pollution control (achievable through application
of specific control technologies) would provide the initial
data for establishing emission level goals reasonable for 1983.
Technology related estimates should be provided to some extent
by information collected in the survey of control technologies
and applications. Emphasis will be placed upon retrieving infor-
mation from EPA engineers and contract monitors and through them,
information being generated by contractors.
IV. Development of MEG's II
A. Revision and Refinement of MEG's I Methodology
Models and schemes used in MEG's I will be revised and refined in
light of new information. Adjustment in the safety factor applied
to TLV's in calculating EPC's may be made based on a dispersion
141
-------
approach. New models will be described and applied where
appropriate. A model based on LCcg's will be investigated.
New approaches for describing EPC s for zero threshold
pollutants are likely to be included.
Typical sources in compliance with existing or proposed
standards related to fossil fuels processes will be described.
This will allow entries in concentration units under Standards
Based on Best Technology on the MEG's charts.
Dilution factor ranges will be discussed based on information
compiled in the dispersion model survey.
Consideration will be given to non-chemical degradents and how
MEG's might be applied.
B. Update of MEG's I Compilations
The MEG's I compilations will be updated to reflect the MEG's II
methodologies and current data. Selected compounds and degradents
will be added as appropriate. It is hoped that this may be
done through autodata processing.
V. Application of MEG's Methodologies to One Industry
The methodology to be incorporated in MEG's II will be applied
to a gasification facility as an example of how the approach can
be effectively utilized for environmental assessment and control
technology planning.
In summary, preparation of MEG's charts and development of the MEG's
methodologies are intended to be useful to several branches of EPA and to
others concerned with assessing health effects relative to industry and
the environment. The purpose of the MEG's is not to set standards, but to
assemble base-line data to be used in selection of areas most in need of
federal regulation. MEG's may serve the field of environmental assessment
as tools for industry evaluation and for prioritizing~po11utants and de-
gradents. Comparison of.industrial emissions to emission level goals based
on ambient factors will indicate which industries are most environmentally
significant.
142
-------
MEG's provide for the systematic identification of substances on the
basis of industry association and environmental significance, thus, pro-
viding the preliminary basis for evaluation of groups of substances and
possibly identifying exemplary substances representative of specific
chemical groupings. Application of the MEG's approach will help insure
efficient monitoring plans for identification of environmentally significant
emissions and effluents from existing industry and evaluation of the probable
environmental impact of new industries.
MEG's provide initial base-line criteria for judging the appropriate-
ness of existing or proposed, regulations in light of ambient and technology
factors. Regular updates of the MEG's will be necessary in order to serve
this function. The models .utilized in the MEG's development provide worst
case base-line data for future regulation decisions.
143
-------
REFERENCES
1. International Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry. Definitive Rules for
Nomenclature of Organic Chemistry. 1957 Rules. Parts A, B, C.
Butterworth Scientific Publications, London (1971).
2. Smith, Ebert G. The Wiswesser Line-Formula Chemical Notation (WLN), Third
Edition. Elbert G. Smith,. Editor; Peter A. Baker, Assoc. Editor; in col-
laboration with members of the Chemical Notation Association. Chemical
Information Management, Cherry Hill, NJ (1975).
3. Weast, R. C., Editor. Handbook of Chemistry and Physics, 56th Edition.
Chemical Rubber Company Press, Inc., Cleveland, OH (1976).
4. Windholz, M., Editor. The Merck Index: An Encyclopedia of Chemicals and
Drugs, Ninth Edition. Merck & Co., Inc., Rahway, NJ (1976).
5. Patty, F. A., Editor. Industrial Hygiene and Toxicology, Second Edition,
Vol. 2. Interscience Publishers,. New York, NY (1963).
6. Sax, N. I., Editor. Dangerous Properties of Industrial Materials, Fourth
Edition. Van Nostrand Reinhold Co., New York, NY (1975).
7. Clar, E. J. Polycyclic Hydrocarbons. Academic Press, London (1964).
8. International Agency for Research on Cancer. IARC Monographs on the
Evaluation of Carcinogenic Risk of Chemicals to Man, Vols. 1-14, Lyon,
France. A World Health Organization Publication (WHO), Geneva (1975).
9. Nationa,! Academy of Sciences, National Academy of Engineering. Water
Quality Criteria 1972. A Report. National Academy of Sciences,
Washington, DC. EPA-R3-73-033 (1973).
10. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Toxic Substances. Prelimi-
nary Assessment of Suspected Carcinogens in Drinking Water: Report to
Congress. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, DC (1975).
11. Wagoner, D. Compilation of Ambient Trace Substances. Draft of Report
Prepared by Research Triangle Institute under Contract No. 68-02-1325 for
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Available from Tucker, W. G.,
Project Officer, IERL-EPA, Research Triangle Park, NC (1976).
12. Christensen, H. E., Fairchild, E. J. Registry of Toxic Effects of
Chemical Substances: 1976 Edition. Prepared by Tracer Jitco Inc.,
Rockville, MD for National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health.
HEW Publication No. (NIOSH)76-191 (1976).
Preceding page blank J
145 '< " "
-------
13. American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists. Documentation
of the Threshold Limit Values for Substances in Workroom Air with Supple-
ments, Third'Edition. American Conference of Governmental Industrial
Hygienists, Cincinnati •, OH (1974).
14. Environmental Protection Agency. Quality Criteria for Water. EPA 440/9-
76-023 (1976).
15. Federal Water Pollution Control Administration, National Technical Advisory
Committee Report. Water Quality Criteria (1968).
16. Ryan, J. Factors Affecting Plant Uptake of Heavy Metals from Soil Applica-
tion of Residuals. In: Proceedings of National Conference on Disposal of
Residuals on Land, St. Louis, MO, September 1976.
17. American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists. Threshold Limit
Values for Chemical Substances and Physical Agents in the Workroom Environ-
ment with Intended Changes for 1976. American Conference of Governmental
Hygienists, Cincinnati, OH (1976).
18. Bond, R. G., Straub, C. P., Prober, R., Editors. Handbook of Experimental
Control. Vol. 1: Air Pollution. The Chemical Rubber Co., Cleveland, OH
(1972).
19. Blackwood, T. R. A Method for Estimating TLV Values for Compounds Where
None Exists. Letter Report from Monsanto Research Corporation, Dayton, OH,
to Chemical Process Section of EPA, 15April 1975.
20. Handy, R., Schindler, A. Estimation of Permissible Concentration of Pollu-
tants for Continuous Exposure. Environmental Protection Agency, Research
Triangle Park, NC. EPA-600/2-76-155 (1976).
21. Piotrowski, J. The Application of Metabolic and Excretion Kinetics to
Problems of Industrial Toxicology. HEW (1971).
22. Stokinger, E. H., Woodward, R. L. Toxicologle Methods for Establishing
Drinking Water Standards. Journal of the American Water Works Association,
Vol. 515 (1958). , .. .,. -....
23. Barltrop, D., Strehlow, C. D., Thornton, I., Webb, J. S. Significance of..
High Soil Lead Concentrations for Childhood Lead Burdens. Environmental
Health Perspectives, May 1974, p. 75.
24. Jelinek, C. F., Mahaffey, K. R., Corneliusen, P. E. Establishment of Regu-
latory Levels for Heavy Metals in Food in the U.S.: International Conference
on Heavy Metals in the Environment, Ontario, Canada, October 31, 1975.
25. Stokinqer, Herbert E. Concepts of Thresholds in Standards Setting. Archives
of Environmental Health, Vol. 25, September 1972, pp. 153-157.
26. Bingham, Eula. Thresholds in Cancer Induction. Archives of Environmental
Health, Vol. 22, June 1971, p. 692.
146
-------
27. Oinman, Bertram D. "Non-concept" of "No-Threshold" Chemicals in the Environ-
ment. Science, Vol. 175, February 1972, p. 495.
28. Weisburger, John H. Btoassays and Tests for Chemical Carcinogens. In:
Searle, Charles E., Editor, Chemical Carcinogens, ACS Monograph 173,
American Chemical Society, Washington, DC (1976).
29. Christensen, H. E., Luglnbhyl, T. T., Editors. Suspected Carcinogens: A
Subfile of the NIOSH Toxic Substance List. Tracor Jitco Inc., Rockville,
MD. DHEW Publication No. (NIOSH) 75-188 (1975).
30. Office of Toxic Substances, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. An
Ordering of the NIOSH Suspected Carcinogens List Based Only on Data Con-
tained in the List. Available from National Technical Information Service,
U.S. Department of Commerce, Springfield, VA, PB 251 851 (1976).
31. Environmental Protection Agency. Standards of Performance for New Stationary
Sources. Title 40 Code of Federal Regulations Part 60.
32. Environmental Protection Agency. Effluent Guidelines and Standards. Title
40 Code of Federal Regulations Parts 405-460.
33. IARC Monographs of the Evaluation of the Carcinogenic Risk of Chemicals to
Man: Some Miscellaneous Pharmaceutical Substances, Vol. 13. International
Agency for Research on Cancer, World Health Organization, 1977, p. 12.
34. Environmental Protection Agency. National Interim Primary Drinking Water
Regulations Implementation. Title 40 Code of Federal Regulations Part 141.
35. U.S. Public Health Service. Drinking.Water Standards: 1972. Title 42
Code of Federal Regulations Part 72.
36. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. National Primary and Secondary
Ambient Air Quality Standards. Title 40 Code of Federal Regulations Part 50.
37. Hangebr*auck, R. P. Environmental Assessment Methodology for Fossil Energy
Processes. Paper presented at Third Symposium on Environmental Aspects of
Fuel Conversion Technology, III, Hollywood, FL, September 13, 1977.
38. Cleland, John G. Environmental Assessment and Regulation for Coal Con-
version. Paper presented at the Fourth Annual International Conference
on Coal Gasification, Liquefaction and Conversion to Electricity,
University of Pittsburgh, Pittsburg, PA, August 4, 1977.
39. Beimer, R. I., et al. Draft of Approach to Level II Analysis Based on
Level I Results, MEG Categories and Compounds and Decision Criteria.
Prepared by TRW Systems Group for Environmental Protection Agency. TRW
Document No. 30051-001-RU-OO. July 15, 1977.
40. Schalit, L. M., Wolfe, K. J. SAM/IA: A Rapid Screening Method for
Environmental Assessment of Fossil Energy Process Effluents. Prepared
by Aerotherm for Environmental Protection Agency under Contract 68-02-
2160. Aerotherm Report TR-76-50. August 1977.
147
-------
41. Research Triangle institute. Pollutants from Synthetic Fuels Production
Quarterly Report for the.Period November 1, 1976 - January 31, 1977.
Prepared for Industrial Environmental Research Laboratory, Environmental
Protection Agency under Grant No. R804979010.
148
-------
APPENDIX A
Categories of Organic and Inorganic Substances—
A Means of Organizing Chemical Substances for MEG's Master List
B-\
-------
INTRODUCTION
As discussed in Section 3, the MEG's Master List of chemical substances
has been divided into categories in an effort to organize the list and to
facilitate its use. Brief explanations of each of the categories to which
organic substances have been assigned are presented here. The inorganics
categories are also listed with elements organized Into groups according
to the periodic chart of the atoms. An alphabetical index for the chemical
categories is included as well. Finally, a supplemental categorization
plan for inorganic compounds as an alternate arrangement scheme is offered.
A-3
Preceding page blank
-------
OR 6 A N I C S
A-5
Preceding page
-------
TABLE A-l. ORGANIC CATEGORIES
1 Aliphatic Hydrocarbons
2 Halogenated Aliphatic Hydrocarbons
3 Ethers
4 Halogenated Ethers
5 Alcohols
6 Glycols, Epoxides
7 Aldehydes, Ketones
8 Carboxylic Acids and Derivatives
9 Nitriles
10 Amines
11 Azo Compounds, Hydrazine, and Derivatives
12 Nitrosamines
13 Mercaptans, Sulfides and Disulfides
14 Sulfonic Acids, Sulfoxides
15 Benzene, Substituted Benzene Hydrocarbons
16 Halogenated Aromatic Hydrocarbons
17 Aromatic Nitro Compounds
18 Phenols
19 Halophenols
20 Nitrophenols
21 Fused Aromatic Hydrocarbons
22 Fused Non-Alternant Polycyclic Hydrocarbons
23 Heterocyclic Nitrogen Compounds
24 Heterocyclic Oxygen Compounds
25 Heterocyclic Sulfur Compounds
26 Organometallics
A-6
-------
CATEGORY 1: ALIPHATIC HYDROCARBONS
Aliphatic hydrocarbons contain only the elements carbon and hydrogen.
They are the simplest organic compounds. Aliphatic compounds may be
open-chain compounds or cyclic compounds which resemble open-chain com-
pounds. Aliphatic hydrocarbons, as opposed to aromatic hydrocarbons,
undergo addition reactions or free radical substitution reactions.
Physical and chemical properties of aliphatic hydrocarbons are in-
fluenced by molecular weight, skeletal structure of compounds, (branched-
chain, straight chain, or cyclic), and presence of double or triple bonds
and their locations. Except for the smallest compounds, aliphatic hydro-
carbons are insoluble in water. .:
The category is divided into three subcategories:
A. Alkanes and Cyclic Alkanesr-These compounds have no double bonds.
They are non-polar and relatively inactive.
B. Alkenes, Cyclic Alkenes, and Dienes—These compounds contain one
or more double bonds, i.e., carbon atoms joined together by two
pairs of electrons. Because of the double bonds, these compounds
are more reactive than alkanes. They may be weakly polar.
C. Alkynes--Alkynes are characterized by a triple bond. A triple bond
does not react in exactly the same way as a double bond. Alkynes
may be reduced to alkenes by the addition of H?. Another important
reaction of alkynes is the addition of H20 to form aldehydes or
ketones.
A-7
-------
CATEGORY 2: ALKYL HALIDES
Alkyl halides are aliphatic hydrocarbons in which one or more
hydrogens are substituted by chloride, fluoride, or bromide.
Category 2 is subdivided into two subcategories:
A. Saturated Alkyl Halides—Simple alkenes as well as cyclic alkenes
containing one or more halogens are included. Such compounds are
called saturated because they contain no double bonds.
B. Unsaturated Alkyl Halides—Halgenated non-aromatic hydrocarbons
containing one or more double bonds are included. Unsaturated
alky! halides are more reactive than saturated compounds.
CATEGORY 3: ETHERS
^
Ethers are compounds in which two hydrocarbon-moieties are co-
valently bonded to one oxygen. The general formula can be represented
as ROR1, ArOR, or ArOAr' where R 1s any aliphatic group and Ar 1s any
aryl group. Certain ethers are cyclic, and two ether functional groups
may occur in the same compound.
Ethers are generally mobile liquids with high vapor pressure. They
are weakly, polar compounds, commonly used as solvents. Ethers are not
highly reactive. The ether linkage is quite stable toward bases,
oxidizing agents and reducing agents. They may oxidize in air, however,
to form peroxides. Ethers are highly flammable.
Two special kinds of ethers are discussed in separate categories:
Furan and its derivitaves are included 1n Category 24 as heterocyclic
oxygen compounds; Exposldes are. included with glycols in Category 6.
A-8
-------
CATEGORY 4: HALOGENATED ETHERS
Chlorinated ethers are prepared by dehydration of chlorinated
alcohols. Substitution by chlorine of one or more hydrogens in the
alkyl radical of ethers makes most of the resulting chlorinated
ethers highly toxic. Several chlorinated ethers are known carcinogens.
CATEGORY 5: ALCOHOLS
Alcohols are characterized by the presence of a hydroxyl group
which may be attached to a primary, secondary, or tertiary carbon atom.
Alcohols undergo two types of reactions--(1) removal or substitution of
the OH group, or (2) removal or substitution of the H from the OH group.
The tendency of a compound to react in one of these ways or the other .is
determined by the type of carbon bonded to the OH.
This -category is divided into three subcategories:
A. Primary Alcohols are compounds in which the hydroxyl group is attached
to a lone carbon or a primary carbon,.. i.e., a carbon which is bonded
to only one other carbon atom.
B. Secondary Alcohols are compounds in which the hydroxyl group is
attached to a secondary carbon. A secondary carbon is a carbon bonded
to two other carbon atoms.
C. Tertiary Alcohols are compounds in which the hydroxyl group is attached
to a tertiary carbon, a carbon bonded to three other carbon atoms.
Glycols and phenols are two special types of alcohols which are listed
in categories 5 and 18, respectively. Glycols are alcohols containing two
hydroxy groups. Phenols contain a hydroxy group as a substituent on a
benzene ring.
A-9
-------
CATEGORY 6: GLYCOLS, EPOXIDES
Glycols and epoxides and their halogen derivatives are included in
this category. Two subcategories are specified: ;
A. Glycols--G1ycols are alcohols containing two hydroxyl groups.
Most often, the hydroxyl groups are attached to adjacent carbons.
Glycols are sometimes referred to as diols.
B. Epoxides--Epoxides are compounds containing the three-membered
ring: _ ' i They are ethers, but the three membered
" \f
ring gives them distinct chemical properties. Epoxides react
with water to form glycols.
CATEGORY 7: ALDEHYDES, KETONES
Aldehydes and ketones contain the functional group nrC=0, called
the carbonyl group. Because of the tendency of oxygen to acquire electrons
the carbonyl group is polarized, leaving it accessible and open to attack
by bases. The properties of aldehydes and ketones are similar in many
ways because of the common carbonyl functional group; addition reactions
are typical. Aldehydes differ in structure from ketones in that they contain
only one aliphatic or aromatic group attached to the carbonyl carbon; the
ketones have two groups. The structures of aldehydes and ketones are
illustrated below:
Aldehydes Ketones
H R
xc=o Nc=o
/ R'
A-10
-------
CATEGORY 8: CARBOXYLIC ACIDS AND DERIVATIVES
0
II
Carboxylic acids contain the carboxyl group —C—OH attached to
either an alky! or an aryl group. Carboxylic acids are polar; they
may be aliphatic or aromatic. Their chief chemical reaction is loss
of H and replacement by another group. The ability of these compounds
to function as acid is due to the presence of the carbonyl function.
Carboxylic acids react with bases to form salts. Other important
reactions include formation of functional derivatives including esters
and amides.
This category is divided into four subcategories:
A. Carboxylic Acids—Included are simple aromatic or aliphatic carboxylic
acids. Diacids are also included.
B. Carboxylic Acids with Additional Functional Groups—Included are (1)
aliphatic acids with additional functional groups on carbon atoms
other than the carbonyl carbon; (2) aromatic acids with additional
functional groups substituted on the aromatic ring.
C. Amides—Compounds in which the OH of the carboxylic acid is replaced
by -NH2 are included in this subcategory. Lactams are a special
kind of amide in which a hydrogen attached to the nitrogen is sub-
stituted by an alkyl function which forms a cycle with the carbonyl
carbon.
D. Esters—Esters are formed when carboxylic acids condense with primary
or secondary alcohols. (The H+ is replaced by the alkyl or aryl portion
of the alcohol, and water is formed). Certain esters are grouped for
convenience since an almost unlimited number of combinations are possible.
A-ll
-------
CATEGORY 9: NITRILES
Nitriles are aromatic or aliphatic cyano compounds (RCN, ArCN).
Upon hydrolysis they yeild the corresponding carboxylic acid. Most
of the cyano compounds have an almond-like odor. The Tower molecular
weight nitriles are as toxic as inorganic cyanides. Nitriles decompose
upon heating to give toxic cyanide vapors.
CATEGORY 10: AMINES
Amines are compounds of the general formula RNhL, RpNH, or R,N, where
R is any alkyl or aryl group. Compounds containing two amine functions are
called diamines. Both mono and diamines are included in each subcategory.
Amines containing halide or hydroxyl groups are also included.
Amines may be aliphatic or aromatic. Aliphatic amines are about as
basic as ammonia; aromatic amines are considerably less basic. Amines
are. converted by acid to their salts. The halides, nitrates, and sulfates
are water soluble. Aromatic amines are generally very toxic and may be
absorbed through the skin. The presence of the amine function on an
aromatic ring activates the ring toward substitution. Aromatic amines are
easily oxidized to the corresponding phenols.
This category is divided into four subcategories.
A-12
-------
A. Primary Aliphatic Amines and Piamines—Compounds with a single aliphatic
group attached to nitrogen are called primary amines. Other functional
groups such as hydroxy groups may also be present.
B. Secondary Aliphatic Amines—Compounds in which two alkyl groups are
attached to nitrogen are secondary amines. The alkyl groups may be
similar or they may be different. Cyclic nonaromatic rings containing
nitrogen are included in this subcategory.
C. Aromatic Amines and Dlamines—Compounds in which an aromatic ring is
attached to nitrogen are called aromatic amines. Other functional groups
such as halides may also be attached to the ring.
D. Tertiary Amines CAlkyl, Aryl)— Compounds 1n which three groups, alkyl
or aryl, are attached to nitrogen are called tertiary amines..
CATEGORY 11: AZO COMPOUNDS AND HYDRAZINE DERIVATIVES
Azo compounds contain the group -N=N- with a carbon to nitrogen
linkage on both sides. The groups attached to the nitrogens may be
aliphatic or aromatic. Aromatic azo compounds are highly colored
compounds, often called azo dyes. They were first prepared from coal
tar and are sometimes referred to as coal tar dyes.
Hydrazine derivatives are similar to azo compounds. They contain
the group -N-N-. Hydrazine, the parent compound of these structures,
is an inorganic compound and is Included in Category 47.
A-13
-------
CATEGORY 12: , NITROSAMINES
N-Nitrosamines are formed when aliphatic or aromatic secondary amines
R
react with nitrous acid. The structure of nitrosamines is >N=N=0.
R1^
They are generally neutral compounds, insoluble in water and in dilute
aqueous mineral acids.
Numerous nitrosamines have demonstrated carcinogenic potential.
CATEGORY 13: THIOLS
Thlols are alcohols in which sulfur replaces the oxygen in the hydroxyl
function. Thiols were formerly called mercaptans.. They are formed from
alcohols and hydrogen sulfide in the presence of certain catalysts. .Thlols
are somewhat more acidic than the-corresponding alcohols. They are flammable
and emit SO, upon decomposition. .
The common thiols are gases or liquids of high vapor pressures.
They have very offensive odors which may cause nausea and headache. Odor
is the most important characteristic associated with the thlols. They are
generally less toxic than hydrogen sulflde.
A-14
-------
CATEGORY 14: SULFONIC ACIDS, SULFOXIDES
These organic sulfur compounds are included as separate subcategories:
A. Sulfonic Acids—The structure of the sulfonic acids is best explained
by the following diagram. Each pair of dots represents a pair of
electrons.
R : s : o : H
Only aryl sulfonic acids, formed by sulfonation of a benzene ring, are
likely to be present. (Formation of alkyl sulfonic acids from thiols
requires a powerful oxidizing agent and is unlikely.)
Sulfonic acids are strong acids. They will probably be isolated as
calcium, barium, or lead salts. ',--..-.
B. Sulfpxides— Sulf oxides are oxidized sulfides. The general structure
may be represented as follows:
R:S: R
CATEGORY.15: BENZENE, SUBSTITUTED BENZENE HYDROCARBONS
This category contains the aromatic hydrocarbons which are not fused
polycyclic. Compounds included are those with simple alkyl or aryl substitu-
tion at one or more positions on the benzene ring. Indan, indene, and
hydronaphthalenes are included since they are aromatic in only one ring.
A-15
-------
CATEGORY 16: HALOGENATED AROMATIC HYDROCARBONS
This category is divided into two subcategories:
A. Compounds in which one or more halogens are attached directly to an
aromatic ring are listed in subcategory A. Because of the numerous
substitution sites on the ring, several isomers are possible for
most of the aryl halides.
The chemical reactivity of these aromatic compounds is influenced
substantially by the presence of the halogen on the ring. The ring
is deactivated and undergoes further ring substitutions only with
difficulty.
C. Halogenated alky! benzenes (aromatic compounds having an alkyl side
chain in which one or more hydrogens are substituted by halogen) do
not behave chemically in the same way as aryl halides. The site of
the halogen on the side chain 1s active. The chemical reactions
characteristic, of.these compounds are similar to the reactions of the
alkyl halides of Category 2.
CATEGORY 17: AROMATIC NITRO COMPOUNDS
Aromatic compounds containing a nitro substituent on the ring are in-
cluded in this category. Nitro compounds containing halo, methoxy, alkyl
or aryl groups are included here, but nitrophenols are listed in Category 20.
The presence of the nitro groups on a benzene ring deactivates the ring
toward further substitution. The positions ortho and para to the nitro group
are deactivated more than meta positions.
Nltrobenzenes are catalytically reduced to amines.
A-1G
-------
CATEGORY 18: PHENOLS
Phenol and phenolic compounds are characterized by a hydroxyl group
attached directly to an aromatic ring. Alkyl and aryl substituted phenols
and polycyclic phenols are included.
The category is divided Into three subcategories.
A. Monohydrics—compounds containing only one hydroxyl group on a ring or
substituted ring.;
B. Dihydrics, Polyhydrics—compounds in which two or more hydroxyl functions
are attached to ai ring. K
C. Hydroxy Compounds with Fused Rings—-polycyclic compounds containing a
hydroxyl group. •
Halophenols and nitrophenols are listed in Categories 19 and 20
respectively.
CATEGORY 19: HALOPHENOLS
Halophenols are phenolic compounds with one or more halo substituents
attached directly to the hydroxy-benzene ring. The presence of the halide
significantly increases the acidity of the phenol.; It is for this reason
that the halophenols are distinguished as a group.
A-17
-------
CATEGORY 20: NITROPHENOLS
Nitrophenols are phenolic compounds with one or more nitro groups as
substituents on an aromatic ring with a substituent hydroxyl function.
Nitrophenols are more acidic than other phenols; the presence of the nitro
group on the ring enables the H from the hydroxy function to be released
more easily.
Because phenols offer a number of active substitution sites, a variety
of isorners may be formed if the ring is nitrated.
CATEGORY 21: FUSED AROMATIC HYDROCARBONS AND THEIR DERIVATIVES
Compounds included in this category are those with two or more fused
benzene rings. Alkyl derivatives of such compounds are also included.
Compounds containing the cyclopenta ring (called non-alternant compounds)
do not permit the same degree of resonance as compounds which have only fused
benzene rings. The behavior Of the non-alternant compounds is different as a
result of the limited resonance. The non-alternants are not included with the
naphthalene family of fused aromatics but are treated separately as Category 22.
Unlike many chemical classes of compounds, toxicity data from one poly-
nuclear aromatic cannot be extrapolated to predict hazards associated with
structurally similar compounds. For this category, minor changes in structure
may drastically effect oncogenic properties of these compounds. Each compound
must be examined individually for indication of its carcinogenic potential.
A-18
-------
CATEGORY 22: FUSED NON-ALTERNANT POLYCYCLIC HYDROCARBONS
Compounds included in this category are characterized by the presence
of a cyclopenta ring attached to one or more benzene rings. These compounds
are distinct from compounds comprised of fused benzene rings. The term non-
alternant applies to fully conjugated hydrocarbons that contain rings with
an uneven number of carbon atoms. In general, resonant structures cannot
be drawn for compounds containing the cyclopenta ring (hence the name non-
alternant) as can be done for the fully aromatic fused ring compounds.
Unlike many chemical classes of compounds, toxicity data from one pqly-
cyclic hydrocarbon cannot be extrapolated to predict hazards associated
with structurally similar compounds. For this category, minor changes in
structure may drastically effect oncogenic properties of these compounds.
Each compound must.be examined individually for indication of its carcino-
genic potential.
CATEGORY 23: HETEROCYCLIC NITROGEN COMPOUNDS
A heterocyclic compound is one that contains a ring made up of more than
one kind of atom. A nitrogen heterocycle contains nitrogen as a member of an
aromatic carbon ring.
This category is divided into four subcategories as follows:
A. Pyridine and Substituted Pyrldines—Pyridines are distinguished by the
presence of nitrogen as a netero atom within a six-membered aromatic ring.
A-T9
-------
B. Fused Six-Membered Ring-Heterocycles—These 'compounds contain two or
more fused six-membered rings with one ring containing nitrogen as a
hetero atom.
C. Pyrrole and Fused Ring Derivatives of Pyrrole—Compounds in this sub-
category a.r.e characterized by the five-sided ring containing a nitrogen
hetero atom.
D. Nitrogen Heterocycles Containing Additional Hetero Atoms—Included in
this subcategory are those compounds containing nitrogen and other atoms,
such as sulfur, as hetero atoms in aromatic rings.
Unlike many chemical classes of compounds, toxicity data from one fused
heterocycle cannot be extrapolated to predict hazards associated with
structurally similar compounds. For this category, minor changes in structure
may drastically effect oncogenic properties of these compounds. Each compound
must be examined individually for indication of its carcogentc potential.
•CATEGORY 24: HETEROCYCLIC OXYGEN COMPOUNDS
Heterocyclic oxygen compounds are characterized by an oxygen atom as a
member of an aromatic ring. The oxygen heterocycles are all derived from the
five-membered heterocycle ring called furan or from xanthene which contains
a six-membered heterocycle ring.
CATEGORY 25: HETEROCYCLIC SULFUR COMPOUNDS
Heterocyclic sulfur compounds are characterized by a sulfur atom as a
member of an aromatic ring. The sulfur heterocycles are all derived from
the five-membered ring called thiophene.
A-20
-------
I N 0 R G A N I C S
A-21
-------
TABLE A-2. INORGANIC COMPOUNDS
=~g — '- ' -1--=™
Group
1A
IIA
IIIA
IVA
VA
VIA
VIIA
Category
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43 :
44
45
46
47
48
. 49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
Element Group Category
Lithium
Sodium
Potassium
Rubidium
Cesium
Beryllium
Magnesium
Calcium
Strontium
Barium
Boron
Al umi num
Gallium
Indium
Thai 1 i urn
Carbon
Silicon
Germanium
Tin
Lead
Nitrogen
Phosphorus
Arsenic
Antimony
Bismuth
Oxygen
Sulfur
Selenium
Tellurium
Fluorine
VIIA 57
58
59
•IIIB 60
61
IVB 62
63
64
VB 65
66
67
VIB 68
69
70
VIIB 71
VIII 72
73
74
75
76
77
IB 78
79
80
IIB 81
82
83
IIIB 84
85
Element
Chlorine
Bromi ne
Iodine
Scandium
Yttrium
Titanium
Zirconium
Hafnium
Vanadium
Niobium
Tantalum
Chromium
Molybdenum
Tungsten
Manganese
Iron
Ruthenium
Cobalt
Rhodium
Nickel
Platinum
Copper
Silver
Gold
Zinc
Cadmium
Mercury
Lanthanides
Acti n ides
A-22
-------
TABLE A-3. PERIODIC TABLE OF THE ELEMENTS
li
1
H
3
Li
II
Na
19
K
37
Rb
35
Cs
87
FT
i*
4
Be
u
Mg
20
Ca
38
Sr
56
Ba
m
Ra
j»
4b
5b
Kl
Atomic Number -
Symbol -
T
tb
7b
t
Ib
3b
:V TO CHART
1
rnntUion El
Transition
krncnlt EknwMt
21
Sc
39
Y
57*
La
»••
Ac
22
Ti
40
Zr
72
Hf
1M
23
V
41 .
Nb
73
Ta
105
24
Cr
42
Mo
74
W
106
25
Mn
43
Tc
75
Re
Croup t
*
26
Fe
44 .
Ru
76
Os
27
Co
45
Rh
77
Ir
28
Ni
46
Pd
78
Pt
29
Cu
47
Ag
79
Au
30
Zn
48
Cd
80
Hg
j»
5
B
13 >
Al
31
Ga
49 .
In
•I
TI
4l
6
c
14
Si
32
Ge
50
Sn
•2
Pb
Sa
7
N
IS
p
33
As
SI
Sb
83
Bi
ti
8
o
16
s
34
Se
52
Te
84
Po
7a
9
F
17
Cl
35
Br
S3
1
85
Al
0
2
He
10
Ne
18
Ar
36
Kr
54 o
Xe
86
Rn
Orbil
K
K-L
K-L-M
-L-M-N
-M-N-O
-N-O-P
O P 0
ro
CO
•Lanihanidci
••Acilitidtt
58
Cc
40 +4
Th
59
Pr
91
Pa
'.
60 .
Nd
^
92
U
61
Pm
93
Np
62
Sm
94
Pu
63
Eu
95
Am
64
Gd
96
Cm
65
Tb
97 .
Bk
66
Dy
98
cr
67
Ho
99
Es
68
Er
100
Fm
69
Tm
101
Md
70
Yb
102
No
71
Lu
103
Lr
N
0
o r
I'O
Adapted from: Weast, Robert C. (ed.), Handbook of Chemistry and Physics. 56th edition, CRC Press, Inc.,
Cleveland, Ohio, 1975.
-------
TABLE A-4, .ALPHABETICAL INDEX OF ELEMENTS
El ement
Aluminum
Antimony
Arsenic
Barium
Beryllium
Bismuth
Boron
Bromine
Cadmium
Calcium
Carbon
Cerium
Cesium
Chlorine
Chromium
Cobalt
Copper
Dysprosium
Fluorine
Gallium
Germanium
Gold
Haffnium
Indium
Iodine
Iron
. -j •,-
Lanthanum
Lead
Lithium
Magnesium
Manganese
Mercury
Molybdenum
Category
38
50
49
36
32
51
, 37
58
82
34
42
84
31
57
68
74
78
84
56
39
44
80
64
40
59
72
84
46
27
33
71
83
69
Element
Neodymium
Nickel
Niobium
Nitrogen
Oxygen
Phosphorus
Platinum
Potassium
Praseodymium
Rhodium .
Rubidium
Ruthenium
-Samarium
Scandium
Selenium •-•• . :
Silicon
-Silver -
Sodium
.Strontium
Sulfur
Tantal i um
Tellurium
Thallium
Thori um
Tin
Titanium
Tungsten
*•
Uranium
Vanadium
Yttrium
/
Zinc
Zirconium
Category
84
76
66
47
52
48
77
29
84
75
30
73
84
60
f A
:•'-. 54
43
79
28
35
53
67
55
41
85
45
62
' 70
85
65
61
81
63
A-24
-------
'PLEMENTAL CATEGORIZATION OF INORGANIC COMPOUNDS
A-25
-------
SUPPLEMENTAL CATEGORIZATION .OR INORGANIC COMPOUNDS
The supplemental categorization of inorganic compounds is included
as an alternate approach to arranging inorganic substances to be addressed.
This categorization scheme groups similar types of pollutants into seven
general categories rather than categorizing strictly by elements. Compounds
grouped together would probably occur together, and sampling and analysis
of compounds in a given category would most likely be similar. As in
any prioritization scheme, there are compromises and judgements incorporated
in the formulation of this list, and it is not Intended to be definitive.
Selection of compounds or elements for six of the seven categories is
based upon 1) likelihood of occurrence in significant quantities from
fossil fuels processes; or 2) presence likely and toxictty significant.
A brief discussion of the categories follows.
I. Gases - Compounds included in this category are limited to light
noncondensable gases comprised of the elements of hydrogen, oxygen, sulfur,
carbon, nitrogen, and the halogens. These gases are not decomposed under
normal conditions. They are all common air. contaminants. Carbon disulfide,
although a liquid at room temperature, is included with the gases because'ol
its very high vapor pressure. .
II. Selected Elements and Compounds Likely to be Emitted as Vapors,
Fumest or Condensed Particulate - Four types of contaminants are designated
under this category: Zero Valence Species, Hydrides, Oxides, and Carbonyls,
Elements and compounds Included in this category are likely to occur in
emissions (especially fugutlve emissions) to the atmosphere.
A-26
-------
III. Selected Alkali Metal and Alkaline Earth Elements—Ions and
Compounds - Alkali metals are those elements occurring in Group 1A of the
Periodic Table of Elements. The alkali metals exist in a uniform +1 valence
state in all their compounds. Their compounds are always Ionic and thus
water soluble. Alkaline Earth Elements are the Group 2A elements. They
exist in the +2 valence state. The elements of these two groups are strong
reducing agents. They will not be present in the elemental state.
IV. Selected Metalloids—Ions and Compounds - Ions and compounds
included in this category contain elements of Groups 3A, 4A, 5A, and 6A of
the Periodic Chart. Valence states and properties vary greatly ranging from
nonmetal to metal.
: V. Selected Transition Elements--Zero Valence Species, Ions, and
•1 Compounds - Included in this category are the B Family elements of Groups 1
through 8. Properties and valence states are varied although the elements
and compounds are almost exclusively metallic.
VI. Anions Containing C, N, 0, S, P, F, Cl, Br '- Common, anions of
hydroacids and oxyacids are included 1n this category. These anions may
occur in.association with virtually any of the cations of categories III, IV
and V. Generally, the cation rather than the anion is the species identi-
fied in analysis, although it is also possible to assay for the anions In-
cluded here.
VI1- Ele!"entJ_Jxpected to be Present in Minor Amounts - Elements
and specific compounds less likely to occur are included in this category.
A-27
-------
Representatives of the alkaline metals, alkaline earths, metalloids, and
transition elements, including lanthanides and actinides are specified.
A-28
-------
APPENDIX B
Master List of Chemical Substances and Physical Agents
to be Addressed by Multimedia Environmental Goals
-------
LIST OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES AND PHYSICAL AGENTS BY CATEGORIES
(These substances, or groups of substances, have been assessed—
on the basis of chemistry, toxicology and association with indus-
trial processes—to be a properly comprehensive compilation for
environmental assessment. Additions or deletions should be made
when scientific evidence warrants a change.)
B-3 I Preceding page blank
-------
0 R G A N I C COMPOUNDS
preceding page blank
-------
CATEGORY 1: Aliphatic Hydrocarbons
A. Alkanes. and Cyclic Alkanes
*Methane
*Ethane
*Propane
*Butanes
Pentanes
Cyclopentane
Hexanes
Cyclohexane
Heptanes
Octanes
Nonanes
Alkanes (C >9)
B. Alkenes, Cyclic Alkenes, and D1en.es'.
*Ethy1ene •
*Propylene
Butylenes
Butadienes
Pentenes
Cyclopentadiene
Hexenes
Cyclohexene
Cyclohexadiene
Heptenes
C. A1kynes
*Acety1ene
Propyne
Butyne
*Compounds addressed by MEQ's Charts in this report.
B-C
-------
CATEGORY 2: Alkyl Hal ides
A. Saturated Alkyl Hal ides
Methyl bromide
*Methyl chloride
Methyl iodide
*Methylene chloride (Dichloromethane)
Chloroform (Trichloromethane)
Bromodichloromethane
Di bromochloromethane
Bromoform (Tribromomethane)
Dibromodichloromethane
Dichlorodifluoromethane
Trichlorofluoromethane
Carbon tetrachloride
1,2-Dichloroethane (Ethylene chloride)
Trichloroethane (Methyl chloroform)
1,2-Dichloro-l,2-difluoroethane
Hexachloroethane
Dichloropropanes
Bromobutanes
Hexachlorocyclohexane (Lindane)
1-chlorooctane
B. Unsaturated Alkyl Hal ides
*Vinyl chloride (Chloroethene)
1,2-Dichloroethene
1,1-Dichloroethene
Tetrachloroethene
Dichloropropenes
Hexachlorobutadiene
Hexachlorocyclopentadiene
*Compounds addressed by MEG's Charts in this report.
B-7
-------
CATEGORY 3: Ethers
Isopropyl ether
2-Methoxy biphenyl
2-Ethyl-4-methyl-l,2-Dioxolanes
1,3-Dioxane
*1,4-Dioxane
CATEGORY 4: Halogenated Ethers
Chloromethyl methyl ether
1,1'-Dichloromethyl—ether
2-Chloro-l,2-epoxypropane
,.2-Chloroethyl methyl ether :
1-Chloro-l,2-oxetane
Chloromethyl ethyl ether
Chloroethyl ethyl ether
1,1'-Dichlorodiethyl ether
1,2-DiChloroethyl ethyl ether
*2,2'-Dichlorodiethyl ether
a-Chlorobutyl ethyl ether
bis-(l-Chloroisopropyl) ether
1,2-Dichlorodiisobutyl ether
Bromophenyl phenyl ether
*Compounds addressed by MEG's Charts in this report.
B-8
-------
CATEGORY 5: Alcohols
A. Primary Alcohols
*Methanol
*Ethanol
*l-Propanol
*n-Butanol
*Isobutyl alcohol
*Pentanols (primary)
a-Hydroxytoluene (Benzyl alcohol)
B. Secondary Alcohols
*2-Propanol (Isopropyl alcohol)
*2-Butanol
*Pentanols (secondary)
2,6-Dimethyl-4-heptanol
a Methyl-a-Hydroxytoluene
*l-Phenylethanol
Borneol
C. Tertiary Alcohols
*t-Butanol
*t-Pentanol
a-Terpineol
Isoborneol
Compounds addressed by MEG's Charts in this report.
B-9
-------
CATEGORY 6: Glycols. Epoxldes
A. Glycols
*Ethylene glycol (1,2-Ethanediol)
Propylene glycol (1,2-Propanediol)
B. Epoxldes
2,3-Epoxy-l propanol
*l-Chloro-2,3-epoxypropane (a-Ep1chlorohydr1n)
CATEGORY 7: Aldehydes. Ketones
A. Aldehydes
*Fonnaldehyde
*Acetaldehyde
•••'••• ^Acrolein
*Propionaldehyde
*Butyraldehyde
3-Methylbutanal
*Benzaldehyde
B. Ketones
Acetone
Tetrachloroacetone
Butanone
*Isophorone
Camphor
Acetophenone
Chlorohydroxy benzophenone
5,6-Benzo-9-anthrone
Dihydro(d)carvone
*Compounds addressed by MEG's Charts 1n this report.
B-10
-------
CATEGORY 8: Carboxylic Adds and Derivatives
A. Carboxylic Acids
*Formic acid
*Acetic acid
Maleic acid
• *Benzoic acid
. *Phthalic acid
Long chain acids
B. Carboxylic Acids with Additional Functional Groups
*Hydroxyacetic acid
Hydroxybenzoic acids
2-Hydroxypropanoic acid lactone
6-Aminohexanoic acid
8-Propiolactone
C. Amides • ,
*Formamide
Acetamide
6-Hexanelactam (e-caprolactatn)
D. Esters
Methyl methacrylate
*Phthalate esters
Adi pates
Long chain esters
Methyl benzoate
Phenyl benzoate
Di-2-ethylhexyl phthalate
*Compounds addressed by MEG's Charts in this report.
B-ll
-------
CATEGORY 9: Nitriles
*Acetonitrile
*Acrylonitrile
1-Cyanoethane
Butyronitrile
1,3-Dicyano-l-hydroxybutane
*Benzonitrile
Naphthonitn'les
*Tetramethylsuccinonitrile
CATEGORY TO; Amines
A. Primary Aliphatic Amines and piamines
Methyl amine
*Ethylamfne
*Ethanplanrine,
1,2-Diaminoethane
3-Aminopropane
Propanolamine
* Butyl amines
*Cyclohexy1amine
B. Secondary Aliphatic Amines
*Ethyleneimine
*0imethylamine
Ethylmethyl amine
Diethyl amine
Morpholine
Compounds addressed by MEG's Charts in this report.
B-12
-------
C. Aromatic Amines and Diamines
*Aniline
*Aminotoluenes (Methyl anilines)
* Dimethyl anilines tXylidines)
Anisidines
1,4-Diaminobenzene
*4-Aminobiphenyl
*Benzidine (4,4'-Diaminodiphenyl)
3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine
4,4'-Methy1ene bis(2-chloroaniline)
*1-Ami nonaphthalene
*2-Aminonaphthalene
D. Tertiary Amines (Alkyl, Aryl)
*N,N-Dimethylaniline
*Compounds addressed by MEG's Charts in this report.
B-13
-------
CATEGORY 11: Azo Compounds; Hydrazine Derivatives
*Diazomethane
*Monomethylhydrazine
*N,N-Dimethy!hydrazine
*N-N'Dimethylhydraz i ne
*1,2-Diphenylhydrazine
*p-Dimethylaminoazobenzene
CATEGORY 12: Nitrosamines
*N-Nitroso-dimethylamine
*N-Nitroso-diethylamine
N-Nitroso-dipropylamine
N-Nitroso-diisopropylamine
N-Nitroso-dipentylamine
N-Methyl-N-nitroso-aniline
N-Ni troso-di phenylami ne
*Compounds addressed by MEG's Charts in this report.
B-14
-------
CATEGORY 13: Thiols, Sulfides and Pisulfides
A. Thiols
*Methanethiol
*Ethanethiol
Propanethiols
*n-Butanethiol
Benzenethiol
1-Anthracenethiol
Perchloromethanethiol
B. Sulfldes, Disulfldes
Dimethyl sulfide
Diethyl sulflde
Phenyl sulfide
Methyl disulfide.
CATEGORY 14: Sulfonic Acids. Sulfoxides
A. Sulfonic Acids
*Benzenesulfonic acid
9,10-Anthraquinone-disulfonic acid
B. SuIfoxides
Dimethyl sulfoxide
*Compounds addressed by MEG's Charts in this report.
B-15
-------
CATEGORY 15; Benzene. Substituted Benzene Hydrocarbons
*Benzene
*Toluene
*Ethyl benzene
Styrene
Propyl benzene
Isopropyl benzene
*Indan
*Indene
Butyl benzene
*Biphenyl
4,4'-Di phenylbi phenyl
*Xylenes
Dialkyl benzenes
*Tetrahydronaphthalene
Dihydronaphthalene
Terphenyls
Trimethyl benzenes
Tetramethyl benzenes
CATEGORY 16: Halogenated Aromatic Compounds
A. Ring Substituted Aromatlcs
*Chlorobenzene
Bromo and Dibromobenzenes
Bromochlorobenzenes
*1,2-D1chlorobehzene
1,3-D1chlorobenzene
*Compounds addressed by MEG's Charts in this report.
B-16
-------
*1,4-Dichlorobenzene
Polychlorinated benzenes
*2-Chlorotoluene
Chioronaphthalenes
*Polychlorinated biphenyls
B. Aromatics with Halogenated Alkyl Side Chain
*a-Chlorotoluene
bis-(Chloromethyl)-benzene
CATEGORY 17: Aromatic Nitro Compounds
*Nitrobenzene
*4-N1trobiphenyl
*l-Chloro-2-nitrobenzene
1-Chioro-4-ni trobenzene
Methoxynitrobenzenes
*Nitrotoluenes
*0initrotoluenes
CATEGORY 18: Phenols
A. Monohydrics
*Phenol
*Cresols (Methyl phenols)
2-Methoxyphenol
Ethyl phenols
Compounds addressed by MEG's Charts in this report.
B-17
-------
*Phenylphenols
2,2'-Dihydroxydiphenyls
*Xylenols (Dimethyl phenols)
*Alkyl cresols
Polyalkylphenols
B. Dihydrics. Polyhydrlcs
*Catechol(l,2-Dihydroxybenzene)
1,3-Dihydroxybenzene
1,4-Dihydroxybenzene
1,2,3-Trihydroxybenzenes
C. Fused Ring Hydroxy Compounds
1-Naphthol
2-Naphthol
Phenanthrols
*Indanols
vrAcenaphthols
2-Hydroxyf1uorene
?-Hydroxydibenzofuran
CATEGORY 19: Halophenbls
*2-Chlorophenol
*2,4-Di chlorophenol
Pentachlorophenol
Chlorinated cresols
Compounds addressed by MEG's Charts in this report.
B-18
-------
CATEGORY 20: Nitrophenols
*2-Nitrophenol
*3-Nitrophenol
*4-Nitrophenol
*Dinitrophenols
*4,6-Dinitro-o-cresol
Dinitro-p-cresol
2-Amino-4,6-dinitrophenol
*2,4?6-Trinitrophenol
CATEGORY 21: Fused Polycyclic Hydrocarbons
*Naphthalene
Monoalkyl naphthalenes
Phenyl naphthalenes
- Dimethyl-naphthalenes
Acenaphthene
Acenaphthylene
*Anthracene
2,7-D-fmethylanthracene
*Phenanthrene
Methyl phenanthrenes
*Naphthacene
*Benz(a)anthracene
*7,12-Dimethylbenz(a)anthracene
*Benzo(c)phenanthrene
*Chrysene
*Methyl chrysenes
*Triphenylene
*Compounds addressed by MEG's Charts in this report.
B-19
-------
*Pyrene
1-Methylpyrene
*Dimethyl pyrenes
1,2-Benzonaphthacene
*Benzo(g)chrysene
*Di benz(a,c)anthracene
*Di benz(a,h)anthracene
*Benzo(a)pyrene
*Benzo(e)pyrene
*Perylene
*Picene
*Di benz(a,h)pyrene
*Dibenzo(a,i)pyrene .
*Dibenzo(a,Ji)pyrene
*Benzo(ghi)perylene
*Coronene
CATEGORY 22: Fused Non-Alternant Pblycyclic Hydrocarbons
Dtcyclopentadiene
*Fluorene
Cyclopentanonaphthalene
2,3-Benzof1uorene
*Fluoranthene
1,2-Benzofluorene
Cyclopenta(def)phenanthrene
Compounds addressed by MEG's Charts in this report.
B-20
-------
Benzo(k) f 1uoranthene
Benzo(e)f1uoranthene
*Benzo(j)f1uoranthene
1,2:5,6-Dibenzofluorene
*Benzo(b)f1uoranthene
*3-Methyleholanthrene
*Indeno (1,2,3,cd)pyrene
Tribenzylene benzene (Truxene)
CATEGORY 23: Heterocyclic Nitrogen Compounds
A. Pyridine and Substituted Pyridines
*Pyridine
*Picolines
Monosubstituted alkyl pyridines
Phenyl pyridines
Chioropyridine
*Collidines
Disubstituted, Polysubstituted pyridines
B. Fused Six-Membered Ring Heterocycles
*Quinoline, Isoquinoline
*2-Methylqui noli ne
Dimethylquinolines, Dimethylisoquinolines
*Acridine
Dihydroacridine
Benzo(c)quinoline
Benzo(f)quinoline
Benzo(h)quinoline
Compounds addressed by MEG's Charts in this report.
B-21
-------
Benz(a)acridine
*Benz(c)acridine
*Dibenz(a,j)acridine
*Dibenz(a,h)acridine
*Dibenz(c,h)acridine
*2,3-Benz-4-azafluorene
Indeno(l,2,3,ij)isoquinoline
C. Pyrrole and Fused Ring Derivatives of Pyrrole
*Pyrrole
*Indole
Methylindoles
*Carbazole
Methylcarbazoles
Benzo(a)carbazole
*Dibenzo(a,i)carbazole
*Di benzo(c,g)carbazole
*0ibenzo(a,g)carbazole
D. Nitrogen Heterocycles Containing Additional Hetero Atoms
Benzothiazole
Methylbenzothiazoles
CATEGORY 24: Heterocycllc Oxygen Compounds
Furan
Benzofurans
Dibenzofuran
Methyldi benzofurans
Naphthofurans
Benzo(b)naptho(2,3-d)furan
Compounds addressed by MEG's Charts in this report.
B-22
-------
Phenanthro(9,10-b)furan
1,9-Benzoxanthene
*Tetrahydrofuran
CATEGORY 25; Heterocyclic S Compounds
*Thiophene
*Methyl thiophenes
Dimethylthiophenes
Trimethyl and Tetramethyl thiophenes
2,2-Bithiophene
*Benzo(b)thiophene
Dibenzothiophene
Benzonaphthathiophene
CATEGORY 26: Organometallics
A. Alkyl or Aryl Organometallics
Trimethyl arsine
*Tetramethyllead
*Tetraethyllead
*Alkyl mercury
*0rganotin
Organogermanes
Alkyl stibines
Compounds addressed by MEG's Charts 1n this report.
-------
B. Sandwich Type Organometall ics
*Ferrocene
*Nicke1ocene
Dibenzene chromium
C. Metal Porphyrins and Other Chelates
Complexed Vanadium
Nickel
*Copper -8-Hydroxyquinoline
Iron
Tin
Zinc
*Compounds addressed by MEG's Charts in this report.
B-24
-------
ELEMENTS AND INORGANIC COMPOUNDS
B-25
-------
27. *Lithium. Li
A. Lithium Ion, Li
B. Significant Lithium Compounds
Lithium Fluoride, LiF
Lithium Carbonate, Li2COj
*Lithium Hydride, LiH
28. Sodium, Na
A. Sodium Ion, Na
B. Sodium Hydroxide, NaOH
29. *Potassium, K
A. Potassium Ion, K
B. Potassium Hydroxide, KOH
30. Rubidium. Rb
A. Rubidium Ion, Rb
31; Cesium, Cs
A. Cesium Ionv:-Cs
32. ^Beryllium, Be
A. Beryllium Ion, Be
B. Significant Compounds
Beryllium Oxide, BeO
"Beryl, BeO-Al^-SiOg
33. *Magnesium, Mg
i x A
A. Magnesium Ion, Mg
B. Significant Compounds
*Magnesium Oxide, MgO
Magnesium Fluoride,
Magnesium Sulfate,
°Magnes1te, MgC03
°Dolomite,
"Asbestos
*Compounds addressed by MEG's Charts in this report.
"Indicates common mineral associations.
B-26
-------
34. Calcium, Ca
-H-
A. Calcium Ion, Ca
B. Significant Compounds
Calcium Fluoride, CaF2
Calcium Carbonate, CaC03
Calcium Sulfate, CaS04
"Dolomite, MgCOj-CaCO-j (See Category 33)
35. *Strontium
x.fr
A. Strontium Ion, Sr
B. Significant Compounds
Strontium Fluoride, SrF2
Strontium Sulfate,
36. *Barium, Ba
-i,^,
A. Barium Ion, Ba
B. Significant Compounds
. Barium Sulfide, BaS
Barium Thlocarbonate, BaCS.,
Barium Fluoride, BaF2
Barium Carbonate, BaCO-,
Barium Sulfate,
37. * Boron, B
A. Ions containing Boron
Borate, B03=
Metaborate, B02"
B. Significant Compounds
*Boron Oxide,
38. *Aluminum. Al
A. Aluminum Ion, Al
*Compounds Addressed by MEG's Charts in this report.
"Indicates common mineral association.
B-27
-------
B. Significant Compounds
*A1um1num Oxide, AKO-
"Bauxite, A1203-3H20
°Hydrated Aluminum Silicate
C. Alums [M Al (S04)2 • (HgO)^ Where M Is a monovalent metal
39. *Gall1umt Ga
A. Elemental Species, Ga
B. Gallium Ions
Gallons, Ga
Gallic, Ga+3
C. Significant Compounds
Gallium Sesquioxide, Ga«0.
40. Indium, In
A. Indium Ion, In
,41, *ThaIlium. T1-
A. Thallium Ions
Thai!oils, Tl+1
Thallnc, Tl+3
42. Carbon, C
A. Elemental Species
"Coal
B. Radicals Containing Carbon
Carbide, C-
Carbonate, C03
Bicarbonate, HC03-
Cyanide, CN- (See Category 47)
Thiocyanate, SCN- (See Category 53)
Carbonyl, C0=
Compounds addressed by MEG's Charts in this report.
"Indicates common mineral associations.
B-28
-------
C. Significant Compounds
*Carbon Monoxide
*Carbbn Dioxide
Carbon Disulfide (See Category 53)
Carbonyl Sulfide (See Category 53)
Hydrogen Cyanide (See Category 47)
Carbonyl Chloride (Phosgene)) COC12 (See Category 57)
43. Silicon, Si
A. Ions Containing Silicon
Orthosilicate, Si04"2
Metasilicate, (Si03)n
B. Significant Compounds
Si lane, SiH4
Silicon Dioxide, Si02
Silicon Disulfide, S1S2
Silicon Carbide, SiC
44. *Germanium, Ge
A. Germanium Ions
+2
Germanous, Ge
Germanic, Ge
B. -Significant Compounds
Germanous Sulfide
Germanic Sulfide, GeS2
Germane, GeH.
Germanium Oxide, Ge02
Organometallics (See Category 26)
45. Tin. Sn
A. Ions of Tin
+2
Stannous, Sn
+4
Stannic, Sn
Compounds addressed by MEG's Charts in this report.
B-29
-------
B. Significant Compounds
Tin oxide, SnO^
Organometallics (See Category 26)
46. *Lead. Pb
A. Elemental Species, Pb
B. Lead Ions
+2
Plumbous, Pb
Plumbic, Po*4
C. Significant Compounds
Lead Monoxide, PbO
Lead Sulfate, PbS04
Lead Sulfide, PbS
Lead Carbonate, PbCO.
Lead Phosphate, Pb3(P04)2
Lead Chromate, PbCrO*
Lead arsenate, PbHAsO^
Lead Molybdate, PbMo04 '
Organometallics (See Category 26)
47. Nitrogen. N = : . •
A. Ions Containing Nitrogen
Nitride, N
Nitrate, N03"
Nitrite, No?"
^ +
Ammonium, NH^
*Cyanide CN-
Thiocyanate, SCN- (See Category 53)
B. Significant Compounds
Nitrogen Oxides, NgO, N02, N204, N203, N20
*Ammon1a, NH3
*Hydrazine
*Hydrogen Cyanide, HCN
*Compounds addressed by MEG's Charts in this report.
B-30
-------
*Alkali Cyanides, NaCN, KCN
Cyanogen, CpNg
Nitric acid, HN03
.48. *Phosphorus, P
A. Ions Containing Phosphorus
*Phosphate, P04"3
Phosphite, P03"3
Bi phosphate, H2P04-
B. Significant Compounds
*Phosphine, PH3
Phosphoric acid, H3P04
Phosphorus pentasulfide, P
49. *Arsenic, As
A. Elemental Species
Metallic Arsenic
B. Ions Containing Arsenic
Arsenous, As
Arsenic, As
Arsenate, As04
Arsenite, AsO,"3
Arsenide, As"
C. Significant Compounds
*Arsine, AsH3
*Arsenic Tri oxide, As203
Nickel Arsenic Sulfide (See Category 76)
Nickel Arsenide, NiAs (See Category 76)
Lead Arsenate, PbHAs04 (See Category 46)
Cobalt Arsenic Sulfide, CoAsS (See Category 74)
Cobalt Arsenide, CoAs2 (See Category 74)
Organometallics (See Category 26)
Compounds addressed by MEG's Charts in this report.
B-31
-------
50. *Antimony, Sb '• •
A. Elemental Species, Sb Metal
B. Ions Containing Antimony
+3
Antimonous, (stibnous) Sb
Antimonic (stibnic) Sb
C. Significant Compounds
Stibine, SbH3
°Antimonous Sulfide, Sb2S3
*Antimony Tn"oxide, Sb^O,
Nickel Antimonide, NiSb (See Category 76)
Alkyl stibines, SbR3 (See Category 26)
51. *Bismuth. Bi
A. Elemental Species, Bi
B. Bismuth Ions
Bismuthous, Bi
Bismuthic, Bi*5
52. Oxygen , 0
A. Significant. Compounds
*0zone, 03
53. Sulfur, S
A. Elemental Species
Rhombic, Sg
B. Ions Containing Sulfur
Sulfide,.S*2
Sulfate, S04"2
Sulfite, S03"2
Thtocyanate, SCN"
C. Sulfur Oxides
Sulfur Dioxides, S02
Sulfur Tr1 oxide, SQ3
*Carbonyl Sulfide, COS
D. Other Significant Compounds
*Hydrogen Sulfide, H2S
. *C.arbon Disulfide, CS2
Sulfurlc Acid, HS0
^Compounds Addressed by MEG's Charts in this report
Indicates common mineral associations.
B-32
-------
54. *Se1enium. Se
A. Elemental Species, Se
B. Ions Containing Selenium
Selenide, Se"2
Selenites, SeO,"2
-2
Selenates, Se04
C. Significant Compounds
*Hydrogen Selenide, H2$e
Carbon Diselenide, CSe2
Selenium Dioxide, Se02
55. ^Tellurium, Te
A. Ions Containing Tellurium
Telluride, Te"2
Tellurite, Te03"2
Tellurate, TeO "2
4
56. Fluorine, F
A. Fluoride Ion, F"
B. Significant Compounds
Hydrogen Fluoride, HF
57. Chlorine, C1
A. Chloride Ion, Cl"
Hypochlorite CIO"
Chlorite C102"
Chlorate C103"
B. Significant Compounds
Hydrogen Chloride, HC1
Chlorine Dioxide, C102
Carbonyl Chloride (Phosgene), COCU
*Compounds addressed by MEG's Charts in this report.
B-33
-------
58. Bromine. Br
A. Bromide Ion, Br"
B. Significant Compounds
Hydrogen Bromide, HBr
59. Iodine, I
A. Iodide Ion, I"
60. *Scandium, Sc
A. Scandium Ion, Sc
61. Yttrium. Y
A. Yttrium Ion, Y+3
62. *Titanium. Ti
A. Titanium Ions
Titanous, Ti
Titanic, T1+4
B. Significant Compounds
Titanium Dioxide, Tf02
63. Zirconium, Zr
+4
A. Zirconium Ion, Zr
B. Significant Compounds
Zirconium Dioxide, ZrO-
64. Hafnium. Hf
A. Hafnium Ion, Hf+4
65. *Vanadium. V
A. Elemental Species, V
B. Ions Containing Vanadium
Vanadic, V+3
Vanadyl. V0+2
Orthovanadate, VO.
Compounds addressed by MEG's Charts in this report:
B-34
-------
Metavanadate, VO,
Vanadyllc, V0+3
C. Significant Oxides
Vanadium Monoxide, VO
Vanadium Trioxide, V^O.,
Vanadium Tetraoxide, VgO*
Vanadium Pentoxide, V^O,-
D. Other Significant Compounds
Vanadium Monosulfide, VS
Vanadium Carbide, VC
Vanadium Nitride, VN
Vanadyl Sulfate, VOS04
Organometallics (See Category 26)
66. Niobium. Nb
Niobium
Niobus, Nb
A. Niobium Ions
+3
Niobic, Nb*5
B. Significant Compounds
Niobium Oixdes, NbO,
67. Tantalum, Ta
A. , Tantalum Ion, Ta
B. Significant Compounds
Tantalum Oxide, Ta^Oe
68. *Chromiutn, Cr
A. Ions Containing Chromium
>+2
+3
+2
Chromous, Cr
Chromic, Cr
_2
Chromates, CrO.
*Compounds addressed by MEG's Charts in this report.
B-35
-------
Chromites, Cr2U4
Dichromates, CrJQj'
Significant Compounds
Chrom.ium Carbonyl, Cr(CO)g
Chromium Sulfide, Cr2S3
Chromic Oxide, Cr203
°Chromite Mineral, FeO-Cr203
Hydrous Chromium Phosphate, CrP04'XH20
Lead Chromate, PbCr04 (See Category 46)
Iron Chromate, FeCr04
Organometallics (See Category 26)
69. *Molybdenum, Mo
A. Ions Containing Molybdenum
+2
Molybdenous, Mo
Molybdic, Mo*3
Molybdate, Mo04"2
B. Significant Compounds
Molybdenum Sulfide, Mo$2
Lead Molybdate, PbMoO. (See Category 46)
' •*
Molybdenum Trioxide, Mo03
70. *Tungsten, W
A. Tungsten Ions, W+2, W+4, W*5, W*6, W04~*
B. Significant Compounds
"Tungsten Disulfide, WS2
Tungsten Trioxide, W03
"Wolframite Mineral, FeW04-MnW04
*Compounds addressed by MEG's Charts in this report.
"Indicates common mineral associations.
B-36
-------
71. *Maganese, Mn
A. Ions Containing Manganese
+2
Manganous, Mn
Manganic, Mn
Permanganate,
B. Significant Compounds
Manganous Oxide, MnO
Manganese Dioxide, Mn02
Manganese Carbonate, MnC03
Manganous Sulfate, MnSO^
Manganese Sulfide, MnS2
72. Iron,Fe
A. Ions Containing Iron
+2
Ferrous, Fe
Ferric, Fe+
Ferrocyanide, Fe(CN)6~
Ferricyanide, Fe(CN)g"
B. Significant Compounds
Ferrous Oxide, FeO
Ferric Oxide, Fe203
Ferric Hydroxide (hydrated) Fe90,.XH,0
C* <3 tL
Iron Sul fides, FeS, Fe2$3
'"Pyrite, FeS2
"Magnetite, FeO-Fe203
Chalcopyrite Mineral, CuFeS2 (See Category 78)
Potassium Iron Silicate, KFeSi2Og
Iron Chromate, FeCr04 (See Category 68)
Iron Carbonyls, Fe(CO)5, Fe(CO)g, Fe3(CO)12
73. Ruthenium. Ru
A. Ruthenium Ion, Ru+3
*Compounds addressed by MEG's Charts in this report.
"Indicates common mineral associations.
B-37
-------
74. *CobaU. Co
A. Cobalt Ions
Cobaltous, Co+2
Cobaltic, Co*3
B. Significant Compounds
Cobaltous Carbonate, Hydrated,
Cobalt Carbide, Co3C
Cobalt Sul fides, CoS, Co2$3
°Cobalt Arsenic Sulfide, CoAsS
"Cobalt Arsenide, CoA$2
Cobalt Carbonyl, Co(CO)^
Cobaltous Oxide, CoO
Cobaltous Hydroxide, Co(OH)2
75. Rhodium. Rh
A. Rhodium Ion, Rh
76. *Nickel. N1 .
A. Nickel Ions
Nickelous, N1+2
Nickel 1c, Ni"1"3
B. Significant Compounds
*N1ckel Carbonyl, N1(CO)4
"Nickelous Sulfide, N1S
"Nickel Arsenide, NiAs
Nickel Oxide, NiO
"Nickel Antimonide, NiSb
"Nickel Arsenic Sulfide, NiAsS
OrganometalUcs (See Category 26)
77. Platinum. Pt
A. Elemental Species. Pt
Compounds addressed by MEG's Charts *in this report.
"Indicates common mineral associations.
B-38
-------
78. *Copper
A. Elemental Species, Cu
B. Copper Ions
Cuprous, Cu
Cupric, Cu
C. Significant Compounds
Copper Fluoride, CuF2
Copper Oxides, CuO, Cu20
Copper Sulfate, CuS04
Copper Sulfides, CuS, Cu2S
Copper Carbonate, CuC03
Organometallics (See Category 26)
"ChalcopyrUe Mineral, CuFeS2
"Malachite Mineral, CuC03'Cu(OH)2
79. *S1lver. Ag
A. Silver Ion, Ag
B. Significant Compounds
Silver Chloride, AgCl
Silver Cyanide, AgCN
Silver Sulfide, Ag2S
80. Gold, Au
A. Elemental Species
81. *Zinc, Zn
A. Elemental Species, Zn
+2
B. Zinc Ion, Zn
C. Significant Compounds
Zinc Oxide, ZnO
Zinc Sulfate, ZnS04
Zinc Sulfide, ZnS
Organometallics (See Category 26)
*Compounds addressed by MEG's Charts in this report.
B-39
-------
82. . *Cadmium. Cd
A. Elemental Species, Cd
+2
B. Cadmium Ion, Cd
C. Significant Compounds
Cadmium Sulfide, CdS
Cadmium Oxide, CdO
83. *Mercury. Hg
A. Elemental Species, Hg
B. Mercury Ions
^.^
Mercurous, Hg2
Mercuric, Hg**
C. Significant Compounds
Mercuric Sulfide, HgS
Mercuric Chloride, HgCl2
Organometallics (See Category 26)
84. Lanthantdes
Lanthanum, La ; La+3
Cerium, Ce, Ce+3, Ce+4, 'Ce00,
• o £• o.
Praseodymium, Pr, Pr
Neodymium, Nd, Nd+3
Samarium, Sm, Sm
Dysprosium, Dy, Dy+3
85. Actinides
*Uranium, U, U+6
Thorium, Th, Th+4
*Compounds addressed by MEG's Charts in this report.
B-40
-------
PHYSICAL AGENTS
B-41
-------
A. Complex Chemical Compositions B. Non-Chemical
Asbestos Noise
Ash Heat
Brine Radiation
Carbon Non-Pollutants
Coal Dust
Coal Tar
Coal Tar Aerosol
Coke
Naphtha
Oil
Particulates
Petroleum Distillates
Salts
Sludge
Soot
Sulfur (solid)
Sulfur dust
Sulfuric acid mist
Tar
Turpentine
B-42
-------
APPENDIX C
Tabulations of Minimum Acute Toxicity Effluent (MATE) Values
for Chemical Substances Appearing on the Master List
CM
-------
INTRODUCTION
MATE'S describe very approximate concentrations for contaminants in
source emissions to air, water, or land that will not evoke significant
or irreversible harmful responses in human populations or ecosystems that
might be exposed, provided the exposures are of limited duration. An
effort has been made to provide at least preliminary MATE'S for all the
entries on the master list, even though data collection is substantial
only for 216 substances. MATE'S for compounds or elements other than
those addressed by background information summaries and MEG charts (in
appendix A of this report) are based on extremely limited research and
are subject to revision. It is certain that many of the "N" designations
or blanks in these MATE tabulations will be replaced by appropriate
numbers and that errors in the tabulation will become apparent as; a result
of research required for preparation of the first MEG supplement.
Values for MATE'S are expressed in scientific notation to facilitate
comparison and to simplify presentation; the number following the "E" is
understood to be the exponent of 10. For example, 4.2E3 means 4.2 x 10 ,
or 4,200.
C-3
Preceding page blank
-------
Category
1A
IB
Compound
Methane
Ethane
Propane
Butanes
Pentanes
Cvclopentane
Hexanes
Cyclohexane
Heptanes
Octanes • . . .
Nonanes
Alkanes (C > 9)
Ethylene
Propylene
Butylenes
Butadienes
Pentenes
3
Air pg/m (ppm)
Health
3.3E5
(5000)
6.1E6
(5000)
9.0E6
(5000)
1.4E6
(600)
1-.8E6
(600)
N .
3.6E5
(100)
1.1E6
? (300)
1.6E6
(400)
1.5E6
(300)
1.1E6
(200)
N
5.7E6
(5000)
8.6E6
(5000)
N
2.2E6
(1000)
N
Ecology '
l.OEO
Water vg/i (ppm)
Health
4.9E7
9.2E7
1.4E8
2.1E7
2.7E7
N
5.4E6
1.6E7
2.4E7
2.2E7
.1.6E7
N
8.6E7
1.3E8
N
3.3E7
N
Ecology
>1.0E5
N
>1.0E5
>1.0E5
1.0E3
>1.0E5
>1.0E5
1.0E3
1.0E5
M
N
N
1.0E4
1.0E5
H
1.0E3
M
Solid Waste (??=;
Health
9.8E4
1.8E5
2.8E5
4.2E4
5.4E4
. N
1.1E4
3.2E4
4.8E4
4.4E4
3.2E4
N
1.7E5
"•*'.•
2.6E5
N
6.6E4
N
Ecology
>2.0E2
S
>2.0E2
>2.0E2
2.0EO
>2.0E2
>2.0E2
.2.GEO
2.0E2
H
N
M
2.0E1
2.0E2
H
2.0EO
V
C-4
-------
Category
IB
cont'd)
1C
:_
2A
Compound .
Cyclopentadienes
Hexenes
Cyclohexene
Cyclohexadiene
Heptanes
Acetylene
Propyne .
Butyne
Methyl bromide
Methyl chloride
Methyl iodide
Methylene chloride . - -
(Dichlorome thane)
Bromochlorome thane
Chloroform (Trichlorooe thane)
Bromodichloromethane
Dibromochloromethane
Bromoform
(Trlbromomethane)
Dibromodichloronttthane
Dichlorodifluoromethane
Trichlorofluorome thane
Carbon tetrachloride
3
Air Vg/m (ppm)
Health
2.0E5
(75)
N
1.0E6
(300)
•N
N
5.3E6
(5000)
1.7E6
(1000)
N
6.0E4
(151
2.1E5
(100)
8.5E2
2.6E5
(75)
1.1E6
(200)
1.2E5
(25)
N
H
5.0E3
(0.5)
N
5.0E6
(1000)
5.6E6
6.0E4
Ecology
1.1E5
(100)
Water vg/fc (pp»)
Health
3.0E6
N
1.5E7
N
M
8.0E7
2.5E7
N
9.0E5
3.2E6
1.3E4
3.9E6
1.7E7
6.0E5
N
N
7.5E4
N
7.4E7
8.4E7
9.0E5
Ecology
N
N
N
N
1.0E5
N
S
N
>1.0E5
>1.0E5
H
1.0E4
N
N
N
M
N
N
M.OE5
N
1.0E3
Pg/g
Solid Waste (ppm)
Health
6.0E3
N
3.0E4
N
N
1.6E5
5.0E4
N
1.8E3
6.4E3
2.6E1
7.8E3
3.4E4
1.2E3
N
H
1.5E2
N
1.5E5
1.7E5
1.8E3
Ecology
H
H
• H
H
2.0E2
H
N
H
>2.0E2
•2.0E2
H
2.0E1
N
N
H
N
H
H
>2.0E2
N
2.0EO
C-5
-------
Category
2A
(cont'd)
2B
,
3
Compound '
1,2-Dichloroe thane
Trichloroethane . .
l,2-Dichloro-l,2-
difluoroetbane
Bexachloroechane
Dlchloropropanes - ,
Bromobutanes
HexachlorocyclohexaiM
(Lindone)
1-Chlorooctane
Vinyl chloride •;./• , ,
(Chloroetbene) ' . -
1 , 2-Dichloroethen* - ]:•••,"'
1,1-Dichloroetbene
Tetrachloroethene
Dicbloropropenes .
Hexachlorobutadiena
Hexachlorocyclopentadiene
leopropyl etber
2-Methoxy biphenyl'
2-Ethyl-4-methyl-l,
3-dioxolanes
1,3-Dioxan*
Air wg/m (ppm)
Health '
2.0E5
4.5E4
(10)
5.0E6
(1000)
1.0E4
(1)
3.5E5
N
5.0E2
K
2.6E3
(1)
7.0E5
(200)
2.6E5
^.7E5
(100)
J..1E4
4.1E3
1.1E2
(0.01)
1.1E6
(250)
H
2.3E4
1.8E5
(50)
Ecology
•J- ,--'T l|f . .
f
-
Water yg/1 (ppm)
Health
3.0E6
6.8E5
7.4E7
1.5E5
5.3E6
*
7.5E3
N
3.8E4
••' :'•"'•'' ' •
1.1E7
3.9E6
1.0E7
1.7E5
6.1E4
1.7E3
1.6E7
H
3.4E5
2.7E6
Ecology
1.0E4
1.0E3
H
N
1.0E3
;H
1.0E2
N
-d.OES
1.0E4
1.0E4
1.0E3
•- ,•
1.0E3
H
N
1.0E4
N
H
N
V8/4
Solid Waste (ppm)
Health
6.0E3
1.4E3
1.5E5
3.0E2
»
1.1E4
•s '
1.5E1
H
7.6E1
2.2E4
7.8E3
2.0E4
3.4E2
1.2E2
3.4EO
3.2E4
N
6.8E2
5.4E3
Ecology
2.0E1
2.0EO
H
H
2.0EO
*
2.0E-4
:'f
"v "-.
2.0E2
2.0E1
,' _ 7"
2.0E1;
2i.OEO
2.0EO
H
.;'.'••
2.0E1
H
H
H
C-6
-------
Category
3
(cont'd)
4
V _ <* '.
5A
Compound
1 , 4-Dioxane
Chloromethyl methyl ether
l,l'-DichloromethyL ether
2-Chloro-l , 2-epoxypropane
2-Chloroethyl. methyl ether
1-Chloro-l, 2-oxetane
Chloromethyl ethyl ether
Chloroethyl ethyl ether
l,l'-Dichlorodiethyl ether
1,2-Dichloroethyl ethyl ether
2,2'-DIchlorodiethyl ether
o-Chlorobutyl ethyl ether
bisr (1-Chloroisopropyl)
ether
1, 2-Dichlorodiisopropyl
ether
Sromophenyl • phenyl ether
Methanol
Ethanol
1-Propanol
n-Butanol
Csobutylalcohol
Pentanols (primary)
Air yg/m (ppm)
Health
1.8E5
3.7E4
N
IT
N
N
N
N
3.0E4
N
3.0E4
(5)
N
N
N
N
2.6E5
(200)
1.9E6
(1000)
5.0E5
1.5E5
(50)
1.5E5
(50)
3.6E5
(100)
Ecology
Water pg/i. (ppm)
Health
2.7E6
5.5E5
N
N
H
N
H
N
4.5E5
N
4.5E5
H
H
H
N
3.9E6
2.9E7
7.5E6
2.3E6
2.3E6
5.4E6
Ecology
1.0E4
4.5E3
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
1.0E4
N
N
N
N
si.OES
1.0E5
1.0E4
>1.0E5
1.0E4
1.0E4
wg/g.
Solid Waste (ppm]
Health
5.4E3
1.1E3
N
N
N
N
N
N
9.0E2
N
9.0E2
N
H
N
N
7.8E3
5.8E4
1.5E4
4.5E3
4.5E3
1.1E4
Ecology
2.0E1
9.0EO
N
N
N
H
N
H
N
N
2.0E1
N
N
N
N
2.0E2
2.0E2
2.0E1
2.0E2
2.0E1
2.0E1
C-7
-------
Category
5A
(cont'd)
53
5C
' '
6A
6B
7A
Compound
a -Hydroxy toluene
(Benzyl alcohol)
2-Propanol (Isopropyl
alcohol) ~\
2-Butanol
Pentanols (secondary)
2 , 6-Dimethyl-4-heptanol
1-Phenylethanol
Borneol
Tertiary butanol
Tertiary pentanol
a-Terpineol
Isoborneol
Ethylene glycol
(1,2-Ethanediol)
Propylene glycol
(1 , 2-Propanediol)
2 , 3-Epoxy-l-propanol
l-Chloro-2 , 3-epoxypropane
(a -Ep ichlorohydrin)
Formaldehyde
Acetaldehyde
Acrolein
Propionaldehyde
Air yg/m (ppm)
Health
5.5E4
9.8E5
(400)
4.5E5
(150)
3.6E5
(100)
1.6E5
1.8E4
9.0E4
3.0E5
(100)
4.5E4
1.9E5
/.. N. ,
1.0E4
3.6E5
(100)
1.5E5
(50)
1.6E4
1.6E3
1.8E5
(100)
2.5E2
(0.1)
3.6E4
Ecology
9.4E1
Water vg/fc (ppm)
Health
8.3E5
1.5E7
6.8E6
5.4E6
2.4E6
2.7E5
1.4E6
4.5E6
6.8E5
2.9E6
'•• ' H
1.5E5
5.4E6
'
2.3E6
2.4E5
2.4E4
2.7E6
3.8E3
5.4E5
Ecology
1.0E4
1.0E4
>1.0E5
N
N
N
N
>1.0E5
>1.0E5
'• H
N
-1.0E4
>1.0E5
M
1.0E3
1.0E3
N
<1.0E2
1.0E4
vg/s
Solid Waste (ppm)
Health
1.7E3
3.0E4
1.4E4
1.1E4
4.8E3
5.4E2
2.8E3
.9.0E3
1.4E3
S.8E3
N
3.0E2
1.1E4
5.2E3
4.8E2
4.8E1
5.4E3
7.5EO
1.1E3
Ecology
2.0E1
2.0E1
2.0E2
N
H
N
N
2.0E2
• ', .
2.0E2
N
H
2.0E1
: . •
2.0E2
H
2.0EO
2.0EO
N
2.0E-1
2.0E1
C-8
-------
Category
7A
(coat'd)
7B
8A
8B
Compound
Butyraldehyde
3-Methylbutanal
Benzaldehyde
Acetone
Tetrachloroacetone
Butanone
Isophorone
Camphor
Acetophenone
Chlorohydroxy benzophenone
5 , 6-Benzo-9-anthrone
Dihydro (d ) carvone
Formic acid
Acetic acid
•- '
Maleic acid
Benzole acid
Phthalic acid
Long chain acids
Hydroxyacetic acid
Hydroxybenzoic acid .
3-Hydroxypropanoic acid
lac tone
6-Aminohexanolc acid
Air pg/m (ppm)
Health
1.1E5
3.9E5
5.9E4
2.4E6
(1000)
N
5.9E5
(200)
2.5E4
1.2E4
(2)
4.1E4
N
N
N
9.0E3
(5)
2.5E4
(10)
1.0E3
(0.25)
1.4E5
6.0E3
(1)
N
8.8E4
4.0E4
3.2E2
N
Ecology
Water vs/l (ppm)
Health
1.7E6
5.8E6
8..8E5
3.6E7
N
8.9E6
3.8E5
1.8E5
6.1E5
N
N
N
1.4E5
3.8E5
1.5E4
2.1E6
9.0E4
N
1.3E6
6.0E5
4.8E3
N
Ecology
1.0E2
1.0E3
N
>1.0E5
N
>1.0E5
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
1.0E3
N
N
N
N
N
N
1.0E4
N
US/8
Solid Waste (ppm!
Health
3.3E3
1.2E4
1.8E3
7.2E4
N
1.8E4
7.5E2
3.6E2
1.2E3
N .
N
N
2.7E2
7.6E2
3.0E1
4.2E3
1.8E2
N
2.6E3
1.2E3
9.6EO
N
Ecology
2.0E-1
2.0EO
N
>2.0E2
N
>2.0B2
S
N
N
N
N
N
N
2.0EO
' N
N
N
N
R
N
2.0E1
N
C-9
-------
Category
SB
Ccont'd)
8C
80
.,;•,,-. ... .,,„ .-
9
10A
Conpound
&-Propiolactone
Formamide
Ace t amide
6-Bexanelactam
(e-caprolactam)
Methyl methacrylate
Fbthalate esters
Adipates
Long chain esters
Methyl benzoate
Phenyl .benzoate
Di-2-eh tyihexyl phthalate
Acetonitrile ; .
Acrylonitrile
1-Cyanoethane
Butyronitrile
1 , 3-Dicyano-l-hydroxybntane
Benzonitrile
Naphthonitriles
Tetramethylsuccinonitrile
Metbylamine
Ethylamlne
Ethanolamine
Air yg/m (ppm)
Health
3.2E2
3.0E4
(20)
4.5E5
1.0E3
4.1E5
(100)
5.0E3
1.9E4
N
J..5E5
N
N *
7.0E4
(40)
4.5E4
(20)
1.8E3
2.3E4
N
3.2E4
N
3.0E3
(0.5)
1.2E3
(10)
1.8E4
(10)
6.0E3
(3)
Ecology
Water PgA (ppm)
Health
1.6E3
4.5E5
6.8E6
1.5E4
6.2E6
7.5E4
2.8E5
N
2.3E6
:;•.. *-.;•".
":''n"
1.1E6
6.8E5
2.7E4
3.4E5
N
4.9E5
N
4.5E4
1.8E4
2.7E5
9.0E4
Ecology
N
N
N
N
1.0E4
1.5EO
N
N
N
. N •;.'
'. -N
1.0E5
1.0E3
N
N
N
N '
N
N
1.0E3
1.0E3
1.0E4
V&fe
Solid Waste (ppm)
Health
3.2EO
9.0E2
1.4E4
3.0EO
1.2E4
1.5E2
5.6E2
H
4.6E3
N
N
2.1E3
1.4E3
5.4E1
6.8E2
N
9.8E2
N
9.0E1
3.6E1
5.4E2
1.8E2
Ecology
N
N
N
N
2.0E1
3.0E-3
K
N
• •;•.'»- -•-•
N
U
2.0E2
2.0EO
B
N
N
N
N
N
2.0EO .
2.0EO
2.0E1
C-10
-------
Category
IDA
(cont'd)
10B
IOC
Compound
1 , 2-Diaminoethane
3-Aminopropane
Fropanolamlne
Butylamines
Cyclohexylamine
Ethyleneimine
Dimethylamine
Ethylmethylamine
Diethylamlne .
Morpholine
Aniline
Amino toluenes (Methyl
anilines)
Dime thy laniline (Xylidines)
Anisidines
1 , 4-Diaminobenzene
4-Aminob ipheny 1
Benzidine (4,4'-Diamino-
biphenyl)
3,3* -Dichlorobenzidlne
4,4'-Methylene-bis-(2-
chloroaniline)
Air wg/m (ppm)
Health
2.5E4
(10)
N
1.3E5
1.5E4
(5)
4.0E4
(10)
3.3E2
1.8E4
(10)
N
7.5E4
(25)
7.0E4
(20)
1.9E4
(5)
1.1E2
2.5E4
(5)
5.0E2
(0.1)
4.5E3
1.3E3
1.4E4
6.6E3
2.2E2
Ecology
Water Vg/l (ppm)
Health
3.8E5
N
1.9E6
2.3E5
6.0E5
5.0E3
2.7E5
N
1.1E6
1.1E6
3.0ES
1.7E3
3.8E3
7.5E3
6.8E4
2.0E4
2.1E5
9.9E4
3.3E3
Ecology
1.0E3
N
N
>1.0E5
1.0E4
N
1.0E3
N
1.0E3
1.0E4
1.0E3
H
N
H
N
N
1.0E2
N
N
ug/g
Solid Waste (ppm)
Health
7.6E2
N
3.8E3
4.5E2
1.2E3
1.0E1
5.4E2
N
2.2E3
2.1E3
6.0E2
3.0EO
7.5E2
1.5E1
1.4E2
4.0E1
4.2E2
2.0E2
6.6EO
Ecology
2.0EO
N
N
2.0E2
2.0E1
N
2.0EO
N
2.0EO
2.0E1
2.0EO
N
N
N
N
H
2.0E-:
H
K
c-n
-------
Category
IOC
(cont'd)
10D
11
12
13A
Compound
1-Aminonaphthalene
2-Aminonaphthalene
N , N-Dime thylaniline
Oiazome thane
tfonome thy Ihy d razine
S, N-Dime thy Ihydrazine
N , N * -Dime thy Ihy drazlne
1 , 2-Diphenylhydrazine
-Dimethylaminoazobenzene
N-Nitroso-dimethylaihine
N-Nitroso-diethylamine
N-Nitroso-dipropylamine
N-Nitroso-diisopropylamine
N-Nitroso-dipentylamine
N-Methyl-N-nitroso-aniline
N-Nitroso-diphenylamine
Methanethiol
Ethane thiol
Propanethiols
n-Butanethiol
Benzene thiol
1-Anthracenethiol
Air yg/m (ppm)
Health
5.6E2
1.7E2
2.5E4
(5)
4.0E2
(0.2)
3.5E2
(0.2)
1.0E3
(0.5)
.3.2E1
1.4E4
2.0E3
1.2EO
1.2E2
2.4E3
3. SEA
N
1.3E3
7.4E4
1.0E3
(0.5)
1.0E3
(0.5)
8.1E4
1.5E3
(0.5)
2.1E3
N
Icplogy
•' ''-•-•
Water yg/t (ppn)
Health
8.5E3
2.5E3
3.8E5
6.0E3
5.3E3
1.5E4
--5.0E2
2.0E5
3.0E4
1.8E1
1.8E3
3.6E4
5.8E5
N
1.9E4
1.1E6
1.5E4
1.5E4
1.2E6
2.3E4
3.1E4
N
Ecology
1.0E2
1.0E2
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
H
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
vg/g
Solid Waste (ppm)
Health
1.7E1
5.0EO
7.5E2
1.2E1
1.1E1
3.0E1
l.OEO
4.0E2
6.0E1
3.6E-2
3.6EO
7.2E1
1.2E3
N
3.8E1
2.2E3
3.0E1
3.0E1
2.4E3
A.5E1
6.2E1
N
Ecology
2.0E-1
2.0E-1
N
K
N
N
N
N
N
K
H
N
H
N
H
N
N
H
N
N
K
N
C-12
-------
Category
13A
(cont'd)
13B
14A
14B
15
.V
Compound
Perchloromethanethiol
Dimethyl sulfide
Diethyl sulfide
Diphenyl sulfide
Methyl disulfide
Benzenesulfonic acid
9 , 10-Anthraquinone-
disulfonic acid
Dimethyl sulfoxide
Benzene
Toluene
Ethyl benzene
Styrene
Propyl benzene
Isopropyl benzene
[ndaa
tadene
iutylbenzene
liphenyl
4,4* -Diphenylbiphenyl
Xylenes
>ialkyl benzenes
Air ug/m (ppm)
Health
8.0E2
(0.1)
2.4E4
N
9.6E4
N
4.0E4
N
8.1E2
3.0E3
3.8E5
(100)
4.4E5
(100)
4.2E5
(100)
2.2E5
6.3E4
2.3E5
4.5E4
(10)
2.3E5
1.0E3
(0.2)
N
4.4E5
(100)
2.3E5
Ecology
Water pg/Z (ppm)
Health
1.2E4
3.6E5
N
1.4E6
N
6.0E5
N
1.2E3
4.5E4
5.6E6
6.5E6
6.3E6
3.3E6
9.5E5
3.4E6
6.8E5
3.4E6
1.5E4
H
6.5E6
3.4E6
Ecology
N
N
N
N
H
N
N
N
1.0E3
1.0E3
1.0E3
1.0E3
1.0E3
1.0E3
N
H
N
H
N
1.0E3
1.0E3
vzfe
Solid Waste (ppm'
Health
2.4E1
7.2E2
N
2.9E3
N
1.2E3
N
2.4EO
9.0E1
1.1E4
1.3E4
1.3E4
6.6E3
1.9E3
6.8E3
1.4EO
6.8E3
3.0E1
N
1.3E4
6.8E3
Ecology
N
N
N
N
H
H
K
N
2.0EO
2.0EO
2.0EO
2.0EO
2.0EO
2.0EO
N
H
N
8
1!
2.0EO
2.0EO
C-13
-------
Category
15
(cont'd)
16A
16B
17
Compound
Tetrahydronaphthalene
Dihydronaphthalene
Terphenyls
Trimethylbeazenes
Tetramethylbenzenes
Chlorobenzene
Brotno and Dibromobenzenes
Bromochlorobenzenes
1 , 2-Dichlorobenzene
1 , 3-Dlchlorobenzene
1 , 4-Dichlorobenzene
Poly chlorinated . benzenes
2-Chlo ro toluene
Chloronaphthalenes
Polychlorinated biphenyls
-Chlorotoluene
Bis-(Chloromethyl)benzene
Nitrobenzene
4-Nitrobiphenyl
l-Chloro-2-nitrobenzene
l-Chloro-4-nitrobenzene
Methoxynitrobenzenes
3
Air pg/m (ppm)
Health
1.3E5
1.3E5
9.0E3
(1)
1.2E5
(25)
R
3.5E5
(75)
H •
H
3.0E5
(50)
'": •••»
4.5E5
(75)
3.4E4
2.5E5
(50)
6.9E4
5.0E2
5.0E3
N
5.0E3
(1)
1.3E3
1.3E4
1.9E4
4.5E3
Ecology
Water Pg/£ (ppm)
Health
2.0E6
2.0E6
1.4E5
1.8E6
R
5.3E6
N
N
4.5E6
N
6.8E6
5.1E5
3.8E6
1.0E6
7.5E3
7. SEA
H
7.5E4
2.0E4
2.0E5
2.9E5
6.8E4
Ecology
1.0E3
N
N
N
1.0E4
1.0E2
N
N
1.0E2
N
1.0E2
1.0E2
N
K
5.0E-3
1.0E2
" H .•-,.-.
1.0E3
N
1.0E4
N
N
yg/i
Solid Waste (ppi
Health
4.0E3
4.0E3
2.8E2
3.6E3
N
1.1E4
N
N
9.0E3
N
1.4E4
1.0E3
7.5E3
1.5E1
1.5EO
N
1.5E2
4.0E1
4.0E2
5.8E2
1.4E2
Ecolog:
2.0EO
N
K
R
2.0E1
2.0E-:
R
V
':'.»
2.0E-.
H .";
2.0E-:
2.0E-:
R
I.OE-:
2.0E-:
R
2.0EO
R
2.0E1
H
H
C-14
-------
Category
17
(cont'd)
ISA
.188
18C
19
Conpound
Nitrotoluenes
Dioltrotoluenes
Phenol
Cresols (Methyl phenols)
2-Me thoxyphenol
Ethylphenols
Phenylphenols
2,2* -Dihydroxydiphenyla
Xylenols (Dimethyl, phenols)
Alkyl cresols
Polyalkyl phenols
Catechol (1, 2-Dihydroxy-
benzene)
1 , 3-Dihydroxybenzene
1 , 4-Dlhydroxybenzene
1,2, 3-Trihydroxybenzenes
1-Naphthol
2-Naphthol
Phenanthrols
Indanols '
Acenaphthols
2-Hydroxyfluorene
2-Hydroxydibenzofuran
2-Chlorophenol
2 , 4-Dichlorophenol
Air yg/m (ppm)
Health
3.0E4
(5)
1.5E3
1.9E4
(5)
2.2E4
(5)
3.3E4
N
2.3EA
6.8E3
1.3E4
2.4E4
1.5E4
2.0E4
(5)
4.5E4
(10)
2.0E3
3.6E4
1.2E5
1.1E5
N
1.5E5
N
N
N
3.0E4
7.0E3
Ecology
Water pg/i (ppm)
Health
4.5E5
2.3E4
5.0EO
5.0EO
5.0EO
5.0EO
5.0EO
5.0EO
5.0EO
5.0EO
5.0EO
5.0EO
5.0EO
5.0EO
5.0EO
5.0EO
5.0EO
5.0EO
5.0EO
5.0EO
5.0EO
5.0EO
5.0EO
5.0EO
Ecology
1.0E3
1.0E3
5.0E2
5.0E2
5.0E2
5.0E2
5.0E2
5.0E2
5.0E2
5.0E2
5.0E2
5.0E2
5.0E2
5.0E2
5.0E2
5.0E2
5.0E2
5.0E2
5.0E2
5.0E2
5.0E2
5.0E2
5.0E2
5.0E2
Hg/g
Solid Waste (ppm)
Health
9.0E2
4.5E1
l.OE-2
l.OE-2
l.OE-2.
l.OE-2
l.OE-2
l.OE-2
l.OE-2
l.OE-2
l.OE-2
l.OE-2
l.OE-2
l.OE-2
l.OE-2
l.OE-2
l.OE-2
l.OE-2
l.OE-2
l.OE-2
l.OE-2
l.OE-2
l.OE-2
l.OE-2
Ecology
2.0EO
2.0EO
l.OEO
l.OEO
l.OEO
l.OEO
l.OEO
l.OEO
l.OEO
l.OEO
l.OEO
l.OEO
l.OEO
l.OEO
l.OEO
l.OEO
l.OEO
l.OEO
l.OEO
l.OEO
l.OEO
l.OEO
l.OEO
l.OEO
C-15
-------
Category
19
(cont'd)
20
21
Compound
Penthachlorophenol
Chlorinated cresols
2-Nitrophenol
3-Hitrophenol
4-Nitrophenol
Dinitrophenols
4 , 6-Dinitro-o-cresol
Dinitro-p-cresol
2-Amino-4 , 6-dinltropheaol
2,4,6-Trinitrophenol
Naphthalene .
Monoalkyl naphthalenes •
Fhenyl naphthalenes
Dimethyl naphthalenes
Acenaphthene
Acenaphthylene
Anthracene
2 , 7 -Dime thylanthracene
Fhenanthrene
Methylphenanthrenes
Naphthacene
Benz (a) anthracene
7 , 12-Dimethylbenz (a)-
anthracene
Benzo (c ) phenanthrene
Chrysene
Air vg/in (ppm)
Health
5.0E2
2.3E4
5.8E4
2.0E4
1.6E4
1.4E3
2.0E2
(0.025)
6..8E2
4.6E4
1.0E2
(0.011)
5.0E4
2.3E5 :
N
2.3E5 ,
H
N.'
5.6E4
N
1.6E3
3.0E4
N
4.5E1
2.6E-1
2.7E4
2.2E3
Ecology
Water yg/i (ppm)
Health
5.0EO
5.0EO
5.0EO
5.0EO
5.0EO
5.0EO
5.0EO
S.OEO
5.0EO
S.OEO
7'.5E5
3.4E6
H
3.4E6
N
N ;
8.4E5.
N
2.4E4
4.6E5
N
6.7E2
3.9EO
4.1E5
3.3E4
Ecology
5.0E2
5.0E2
5.0E2
5.0E2
5.0E2
5.0E2
5.0E2
5.0E2
5.0E2
5.0E2
1.0E2
»
W
N
N
N
H
N
N
N
N
N
H
N
N
Wg/g
Solid Waste (ppm)
Health
l.OE-2
l.OE-2
l.OE-2
l.OE-2
l.OE-2
»
l.OE-2
l.OE-2
l.OE-2
l.OE-2
•l.OE-2
1.5E3
6.8E3
N
6.8E3
H
N
1.7E3
N
4.8E1
9.1E2
M
1.3EO
8.0E-3
8.2E2
6.6E1
Ecology
l.OEO
l.OEO
l.OEO
l.OEO
l.OEO
l.OEO
l.OEO
l.OEO
l.OEO
l.OEO
2.0E-1
H
.u .'••••
H --
N
H
N
N
N
N .
N
H
H
N
K
C-16
-------
Category
21
(conc'd)
'•-:•
.-_.
22
Compound
Methyl chrysenes
Triphenyleae
Pyrene
1-Methylpyrene
Dimethyl pyrenes
1, 2-Beazoaaphthaceae
Benzo (g) chrysene
Dib enz ( a , c ) an thr acene
Dibenz (a , h) anthracene
Benzo (a) pyrene
Benzo (e)pyrene ' '
Perylene
Picene
Dibenzo (a ,h) pyrene
Dibenzo (a, Dpyrene
Dibenzo (a, ) pyrene
Benzo (g,h,i)perylene
Coronene
Dlcyclopentadiene
Fluorene
Cyclopentanonaphthalene
2, 3-Benzof luorene
Fluor an thene
1 , 2-Benzof luorene
Cy clopenta (def ) phenanthrene
Benzo (k) f luoranthene
Mr Ug/m3 (ppm)
Health
-1.8E3
N
2.3E5
N
N
N
1.6E4
9.9E3
9.3E-2
2.0E-2
3.0E3
N
2.5E3
3.7E3
4.3E1.
1.1E3
N
N
1.6E4
N
N
N
9.0E4
N
N
1.6E3
Ecology
•
Water ug/i (ppm
Health
2.7E4
N
3.5E6
N
N
N
2.4E5
1.5E5
1.4EO
3.0E-1
4.6E4
N
3.8E4
5.6E4
6.5E2
1.6E4
K
N
2.4E5
N
N
N
1.4E6
N
H
2.5E4
Ecology
N
N
K
N
N
H
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
1.0E2
N
N
N
N
N
H
H
pg/8
Solid Waste (ppm
Health
5.4E1
N
6.9E3
N
H
N
4.8E2
3.0E2
3.0E-3
6.0E-2
9.1S1
N
7.5E1
1.1E2
1.3EO
3.2E1
N
N
4.8E2
N
N
N
2.8E3
K
N
4.9E1
Ecology
N
R
H
N
N
N
N
K
H
N
N
N
H
N
N
N
N
H
2.0E-1
H
H
N
H
N
H
N
C-17
-------
Category
22
(cont'd)
23A
23B
Compound
Benzo (e)f luoranthene
Benzo ( j ) £ luoranthene
1,2:5, 6-Dibenzof luorene
Benzo (b) f luoranthene
3-Methyl-rcholanthrene
Indeno (1 , 2 , 3 , cd)pyrene
Tribenzylenebenzene (Truxene)
Pyridine
Picolines
Monosubstituted alkyl
pyridines -
Phenyl pyridines
Chloropyridine
Collidines
Di and Polysubstituted
pyridines
Quinoline; Isoquinoline
2-Methylquinoline .
Dimethylquinolines, Dlmethyl-
isoquinolines
Acridine
Dihydroacridine
Benzo (c) quinoline
Benzo (f) quinoline
Air iig/n
Health
9.0E2
6.5E3
1.3E4
9.0E2
3.8EO
1.6E3
N
l$f
3.6E4
N
-N • .
4.8E3
6.9E4
2.7E4
1.6E4
5.5E4
N
9.0E4
N
N
H
i (ppm)
Ecology
Water V
Health
1.4E4
9.8E4
2.0E5
1.3E4
5.6E1
.2.4E4
N
2.3E5
5.3E5
H
N
7.2E4
1.0E6
4.1E5
2.4E5
8.3E5
N
1.4E6
N
N
H
g/i (ppm)
Ecology
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
1.0E4
N
H
N
N
H '
N
N
N
H
N
N
N
N
Solid W
Health
2.8E1
2.0E2
4.0E2
2.7E1
1.1E-1
.4.8E1
N
4.5E2
1.1E3
N
. N
1.4E2
2.1E3
8.2E2
4.7E2
li7E3
N
2.7E3
M
N
N
aste (ppm
Ecology
N
N
N
N
H
N
N
2.0E1
••!.'.
N-. •
-•j
.•; . N :'
M
Hv..
N-;: _
N
N
N
B
N
N
N
C-18
-------
Category
23B
(cont'd)
Compound
Benzo (h)quinoline
Benz (a) acrldine
Benz(c) acridine
Dibenz (a , j ) acridine
Dibenz (a , h) acridine
Dibenz (c,h) acridine
2 , 3-Benz-A-azaf luor ene
llndeno (1,2, 3-i j ) iaoquinoline
23C [pyrrole
•
'
-
23D
24
•
Indole
Methylindoles
Carbazole . . ' .
Benzo (a) carbazole
Dibenzo (a , 1) carbazole
Dibenzo (c , d) carbazole
3ibenzo (a , g) carbazole
Senzothiazole
Methyl benzothiazoles
Furan'
ienzofuran
)ibenzo£uran
fethyldibenzofurans
laph cho furans
Jenzo (b)napbtho (2 , 3-d) f uran
'henanthro (9 , 10-b) furan
Air yg/m (ppm)
Health
N
N
1.1E4
2.5E2
2.2E2
2.3E4
N
N
2.7E3
1.1E4
4.5E4
2.3E4
1.9E4
1.2E4
1.0E3
6.0E3
4.3E3
4.7E3
N
'N
H
N
N
N
N
Ecology
Water vg/fc (ppm
Health
v H
N
1.6E5
3.7E3
3.4E3
3.5E5
H
N
4.0E4
1.7E5
6.8E5
3.4E5
2.8E5
1.8E5
1.5E3
9.0E4
6.4E4
7.1E4
N
N
H
N
N
H
N
Ecology
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N.
N
N
N
N
M
H
N
M
N
H
H
N
N
N
N
N
Pg/g
Solid Waste (ppm)
Health
N
N
3.2EZ
7.4EO
6.7EO
6.9E2
H
N
8.1E1
3.3E2
1.4E3
6.8E2
5.6E2
3.6E2
3.0EO
1.8E2
1.3E2
1.4E2
N
N
. N
N
N
N
H
Ecology
N
N
N
N
M
N
N
H
N
H
N
N
N
M
H
H
M
N
R
H
N
N
N
H
M
C-19
-------
Category
24
(cont'd)
25
26A
26B
26C
Compound
1 , 9-Benzoxanthene
Tetrahydrofuran
Thiophene
Me thylthiophenes
Dimethylthiophenes
Tri and Tetramethyl thiophenes
2 , 2-Bithiophene
Benzo (b) thiophene
Dibenzo thiophene
Benzonaph tho thiophene
Trimethylars ine
tetrametnyiiead
Tetraethyllead
Alkyl mercury
Organotin
Organogermanes
Alkyl stibines
Ferrocene
Nickelocene
Dibenze chromium
Complexed nickel
Complexed copper
Complexed iron
Complexed tin
Complexed zinc
Air Vg/m (ppm)
Health
N
5.9E5
(200)
4.5E3
2.3E4
N
N
N
2.3E4
N
9.9E2
. N
1.5E2
(0.014)
1.0E2
(0.0075)
1.0E1
(0,001)
1.0E2
3.2E4
N
6.0E4
3.5E3
H
N
3.0E3
N
N
H
Ecology
1
Water Pg/* (ppn)
Health .
N
9.0E6
6.8E4
3.4E5
N
N
N
3.5E5
N
1.5E4
''• N
2.3E3
1.5E3
1.SE2
1.5E3
4.7E5
N
9.0E5
5.2E4
N
N
4.5E4
N
K
H
Ecology
n
N
N
u
V
N
N
.N
N
N
N
N
-------
Category
27
28
29
,.30
-.
31
32
33
. Compound
Lithium, Li
Lithium Ion, Li
Lithium Fluoride, LiF (as Li)
Lithium Carbonate, Ll.CO,
(as Li) Z 3
Lithium Hydride, LiH
Sodium, Na
Sodium Ion, Na
Sodium Hydroxide, NaOH
Potassium, K
Potassium Ion, K (as K)
Potassium Hydroxide, KOH
Rubidium Ion, Rb
Cesium Ion, Ce
Beryllium, Be
1 1
Beryllium Ion, Be
Beryllium Oxide, BeO (as Be)
Beryl, BeO*Al203'S102 (as Be)
Magnesium, Mg
1 1
Magnesium Ion, Mg
Magnesium Oxide, MgO
Air pg/m3
(ppm)
Health
2.2E1
2.2E1
2.2E1
2.2E1
2.5E1
5.3E4
5.3E4
2.0E3
N
N
2.0E3
1.2E5
8.2E4
2.0EO
2.0EO
.2.0EO
2.0EO
6.0E3
6.0E3
1.0E4
Ecology
N
N
H
H
N
N
K.
N
M
N
M
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
M
.N
Water ug/&
(ppm)
Health
3.3E2
3.3E2
3.3E2
3.3E2
3.8E2
8.0ES
8.0E5
3.0E4
H
ft
3.0E4
1.8E6
1.2E6
3.0E1
3.0E1
3.0E1
3.0E1
9.0E4
9.0E4
1.5E5
Ecology
3.8E2
3.8E2
3.8E2
3.8E2
H
N
H
N
N
2.3E4
N
N
N
5.5E1
5.5E1
5.5E1
5.5E1
8.7E4
8.7E4
1.0E5
Solid Waste ug/g
(ppm)
Health
7.0E-1
7.0E-1
7.0E-1
7.0E-1
7.5E-1
1.6E3
1.6E3
6.0E1
N
N
6-.OE1
3.6E3
2.5E3
6.0E-2
6.0E-2
6.0E-2
'6.0E-2
1.8E2
1.8E2
3.0E2
Ecology
7.5E-1
7.5E-1
7.5B-1
7.5E-1
H
H
N
N
N
4.6E1
N
N
M
1.1E-1
1.1E-1
1.1E-1
1.1E-1
1.7E2
1.7E2
2.0E2
C-21
-------
Category
33
(coat'd)
34
35
36
Compound
Magnesium Fluoride, MgF-
(as Mg) i
Magnesium Sulfate, MgSO,
(as Mg) *
Magnesite, MgCOj (as Mg)
Dolomite, MgCO,-CaCO,
(as Mg) 3 3
Asbestos (as Mg)
1 i
Calcium Ion, Ca
Calcium Fluoride, CaF-
Calcium Carbonate, CaDO.
Calcium Sulfate, CaSO,
Dolomite, MgCO.'CaCO.
Strontium
1 1
Strontium Ion, Sr (as Sr)
Strontium Fluoride, SrF.
(as Sr) Z
Strontium Sulfate, SrSO,
(as Sr) V
Barium, Ba
1 Y
Barium Ion, Ba (as Ba)
Barium Sulfide, BaS (as Ba)
Barium Thiocarbonate, BaCS,
(as Ba) J
: 3
Air ug/m
Health
6.0E3
6.0E3
6.0E3
6.0E3
6.0E3
1.6E4
N
N
N
N
3.1E3
3.1E3
3.1E3
3.1E3
5.0E2
5.0E2
5.0E2
5.0E2
Ecology
,N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
,H
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Water pg/1
(ppm)
Health
9.0E4
9.0E4
9.0E4
9.0E4
9.0E5
2.4E5
N
N
N
B
4.6E4
4.6B4
4.6E4
4.6E4
5.0E3
5.0E3
5.0E3
5.0E3
Ecology
8.7E4
8.7E4
8.7E4
8.7E4
8.7E4
1.6E4
N
N
K
N
R
N
N
H
2.5E3
2.5E3
2.5E3
2.5E3
Solid Waste Vgfe<
(ppm)
Health
1.8E2
1.8E2
1.8E2
1.8E2
'l.8E2
4.8E2
N
N
N
N
9.2E1
9.2E1
9.2E1
9.2E1
1.0E1
1.0E1
1.0E1
1.0E1
Ecology
1.7E2
1.7E2
1.7E2
1.7E2
1.7E2
3.2E1
K
.N .,
K
E
"K •-;
-M*/
N
H
5.0EO
5.0EO
5.0EO
5.0EO
C-22
-------
Category
36
(cont'd)
37
38
39
Compound
Barium Fluoride, Ba?2 (as Ba)
Barium Carbonate, BaCO-
(as Ba)
Barium Sulfate, BaSO, (as Ba)
Baron, B
Bora te, BO. (as B)
Metaborate, Bo2~ (as B)
Boron Oxide, 89° 3
Aluminum, Al
1 1 1
Aluminum Ion, Al
Aluminum Oxide, Al.O.,
Bauxite, A1J3.-3EJ3 (as Al)
Hydrated Aluminum Silicate
(as Al)
Alums [MAI (S04)2]-(H20)X
(as Al)
Gallium, Ga
Elemental Species, Ga
Callous, Ga (as Ga)
Gallic, Ga*3 (as Ga)
Gallium Sesquioxide, Ga.O.
(as Ga)
Air ug/m
(p m)
Health
5.0E2
5.0E2
5.0E2
3.1E3
3.1E3
3.1E3
1.0E4
5.2E3
5.2E3
1.0E4
5.2E3
5.2E3
5.2E3
5.0E3
5.0E3
5.0E3
5.0E3
5.0E3
Ecology
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
H
N
N
N
N
N
N
Water vg/t
(ppm)
Health
5.0E3
5.0E3
5.0E3
4.7E4
4.7E4
4.7E4
1.5E5
8.0E4
8.0E4
1.5E5
8.0E4
8.0E4
8.0E4
7.4E4
7.4E4
7.4E4
7.4E4
7.4E4
Ecology
2.5E3
2.5E3
2.5E3
2.5E4
2.5E4
2.5E4
N
1.0E3
1.0E3
N
1.0E3
1.0E3
1.0E3
.N
N
N
N .
N
Solid Waste vg/g
(ppm)
Health
1.0E1 -
1.0E1
1.0E1
9.3E1
9.3E1
9.3E1
3.0E2
1.6E2
1.6E2
3.0E2
1.6E2
1.6E2
1.6E2
1.5E2
1.5E2
1.5E2
1.5E2
1.5E2
Ecology
5.0EO
5.0EO
S.OEO
5.0E1
5.0E1
5.0E1
N
2.0EO
2.0EO
N
2.0EO
2.0EO
2.0EO
H
N
N
N
H
C-23
-------
Category
40
41
42
43
Compound
Indium, In
Indium Ion, In '
Thallium, Tl
Thallous, T1*1
Thallic, Tl+3
Elemental Carbon
Coal
Carbide, C-
Carbonate, C0«~
Bicarbonate, HCO_-
Carbonyl, CO-
Carbon Monoxide
Carbon Dioxide
Silicon, Si
Orthosilicate, SiO,"2
Metasilicate, SiO ~2
Silane, SiH,
Silicon Dioxide, Si02
Silicon Disulfide, SiS2
Silicon Carbide, SIC
Air vg/m
(ppm)
Health
1.0E2
1.0E2
1.0E2
1.0E2
1.0E2
3.5E3
N
N
N
N
>'••
4.0E4
(35)
9.0E6
(5000)
1.0E4
N
N
7.0E2
1.0E4
N
1.0E4
Ecology
N
N
N
N
H
N
N
N
N
•:••*•;;,;•
H
L.2E5
C100)
N
N
H
N
N
H
N
N
Water pg/i
(ppm)
Health
1.5E3
1.5E3
1.5E3
1.5E3
1.5E3
5.3E4
N
N
H
;!Q» -.:.-.;
H
6.0E5
N
1.5E5
K
N
1.1E4
1.5E5
H
1.5E5
Ecology
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
;- N .- .
N
6.0E1
N
N ;
N
N
N
N
N
R
Solid Waste yg/g
Health
3.0EO
3.0EO
3.0EO
3.0EO
3.0EO
1.6E2
H
N
N
H
N
H/A
H/A
3.0E2
H
H
2.1E1
3.0E2
H
3.0E2
Ecology
H
N
N
N
N
N
N •
N
H
H
H
N/A ;
N/A
N
N
N
N
N
N
H
C-24
-------
Category
44
45
46
Compound
Germanium, Ge
+2
Germanous, Ge (as Ge)
Germanic, Ge (as Ge)
Germanous Sulfide, GeS (as Ge)
Germanic Sulfide, GeS- (as Ge)
Germane, GeH, (as Ge)
Germanium Oxide, GeO. (as Ge)
Tin, Sn
+2
St anno us, Sn
+4
Stannic , Sn
Tin Oxide, Sn02
Lead, Pb
Elemental Lead, Pb
Plumbous, Pb+2
Plumbic, Pb4* (as Pb)
Lead Monoxide, PbO (as Pb)
Lead Sulfate, PbSO. (as Pb)
Lead Sulfide, Pbs (as Fb)
Lead Carbonate, PbCO, (as Pb)
Lead Phosphate, Pb-ffO.),
(as Pb) 342
Air yg/m
(ppm)
Health
5.6E2
5.6E2
5.6E2
5.6E2
S.6E2
5.6E2
5.6E2
N
N
N
1.0E4
1.5E2
1.5E2
1.5E2
1.5E2
1.5E2
1.5E2
1.5E2
1.5E2
1.5E2
Ecology
N
N
N
N
N
N
H
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
.N
H
N
N
N
N
Water pg/a
(ppm)
Health
8.4E3
8.4E3
8.4E3
8.4E3
8.4E3
8.4E3
8.4E3
N
H
H
1.5E5
2.5E2
2.5E2
2.5E2
2.5E2
2.5E2
2.5E2
2.5E2
2.5E2
2.5E2
Ecology
H
N
N
H
H
H
N
N
H
N
H
5.0E1
5.0E1
5.0E1
5.0E1
5.0E1
5.0E1
5.0E1
5.0E1
5.0E1
Solid Waste yg/g
(ppo)
Health
1.7E1
1.7E1
1.7E1
1.7E1
1.7E1
1.7E1
1.7E1
N
H
N '.
3.0EO
5.0E-1
5.0E-1
5.0E-1
5.0E-1
5.0E-1
5.0E-1
5.0E-1
5.0E-1
5.0E-1
Ecology
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
H
. N
N
H
l.OE-1
l.OE-1
l.OE-1
l.OE-1
l.OE-1
l.OE-1
l.OE-1
l.OE-1
l.OE-1
C-25
-------
Category
46
(cont'd)
47
48
•Compound
Lead Chromate, PbCrO^ (as Pb)
Lead Molybdate, PbMoO,
(as Pb)
Lead Arsenate, PbHAsO,
(as Pb)
Nitride, NB
Nitrate, No~
Nitrite, No2~
Ammonium, NH,
Nitrogen Oxides, N,0, NO,,
R2°4' N2°3« N2°5
Ammonia, NH.
Hydrazine
Hydrogen Cyanide, HCN
Alkali Cyanides, NaCN, KCN
Cyanogen, C_N2
Nitric Acid, HN03
Phosphorus, P
Phosphate, PO,
Phosphite, P03~3 (as P)
Air Pg/m3
(ppm)
Health
1.5E2
1.5E2
1.5E2
N
N
N
N
9.0E3
1.8E4
(25)
.1.5E2
(0.1)
1.1E4
(10)
5.0E3
2.0E4
5.0E3
1.0E2
N
1.0E2
Ecology
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
3.5E2
N
3.4E4
N
1.0E3
N
N
N
N
Water ug/i
(ppn)
Health
2.5E2
2.5E2
2.5E2
N
N
N
N
1.4E5
2.5E3
2.3EO
5.0E2
5.0E2
1.0E3
7.5E4
1.5E4
N
1.5E4
Ecology
5.0E1
5.0E1
5;OE1
N
N .
N
N
N
5.0E1
N
2.5E1
2.5E1
r
2.5E1
4.5E2
5.0E-1
N
5.0E--1
Solid Waste Pg/g
(ppm)
Health
5.0E-1
5.0E-1
5.0E-1
N . .
» *"
N
N
N
N/A
5.0EO
4.5EO
l.OEO
l.OEO
2.0EO
1.5E3
3.0E1
N
.3.0E1
Ecology
l.OE-1
l.OE-1
l.OE-1
N
R
N
N
N/A
l.OE-1
N
5.0E-2
5.0E-2
5.0E-2
9.0E-1
l.OE-3
N
l.OE-3
C-26
-------
Category
48
Ccont'd)
49
-'
.-
.V
50
Compound
Biphosphate, H PO, ~ (as P)
Phosphine, PH-
Phosphoric Acid, H,PO,
Phosphorus Pentasulfide
Arsenic, As
Metallic Arsenic
Arsenous, As
Arsenic, As
Arsenate, AsO,~ (as As)
Arsenite, AsO/" (as As)
Arsenide, As" (as As)
Arsine, AsH,
Arsenic Trioxide, As.O.
Antimony , Sb
Antimony Metal , Sb.
Antimonous, (stibnous) Sb
Antimonic (stibnic) Sb
Stibine, SbH3 (as Sb)
Antimonous Sulfide, Sb.S.
Antimony Trioxide, Sb.O.
Air vg/m3
(ppm)
Health
1.0E2
4.0E2
(0.3)
1.0E3
1.0E3
2.0EO
2.0EO
2.0EO
2.0EO
2.0EO
2.0EO
2.0EO
2.0EO
2.0EO
5.0E2
5.0E2
5.0E2
5.0E2
5.0E2
5.0E2
5. OBI
Ecology
N
N
...H '
N
N
N
N
M
N
N
N' .
N
N
N
N
N
N
M
N
N
Water wg/£
(ppm)
Health
1.5E4
6.0E3
1.5E4
1.5E4
2.5E2
2.5E2
2.5E2
2.5E2
2.5E2
2.5E2
2.5E2
2.5E2
2.5E2
7.5E3
7.5E3
7.5E3
7.5E3
7.5E3
7.5E3
7.5E2
Ecology
5.0E-1
N
4.5E3
s N
5.0E1
5.0E1
5.0E1
5.0E1
5.0E1
5.0E1
5.0E1
5.0E1
5.0E1
2.0E2
2.0E2
2.0E2
2.0E2
2.0E2
2.0E2
2.0E2
(as Sb}
Solid Waste Pgyfe'
(ppm)
Health
3.0E1
N/A
3..0E1
3.0E1
5.0E-1
5.0E-1
5.0E-1
5.0E-1
5.0E-1
5.0E-1
5.0E-1
5.0E-1
5.0E-1
1.5E1
1.5E1
1.5E1
:i.5El
1.5E1
1.5E1
1.5EO
Ecology
l.OE-3
N/A
9.0E
N
l.OE-1
l.OE-1
l.OE-1
l.OE-1
l.OE-1
l.OE-1
l.OE-1
l.OE-1
l.OE-1
4.0E-1
4.0E-1
4.0E-1
4.0E-1
4.0E-1
4.0E-1
4.0E-1
(as Sb)
C-27
-------
Category
51
52
53
54
Compound
Bismuth, Bi
Elemental Bismuth, Bi
Bismuthous, Bi"*"3 (as Bi)
Bismuthic, Bi+5 (as Bi)
Ozone, 0_
Rhombic Sulfur, S.
Sulfide, S~2
_7
Sulfate, SO,
Sulfite, S03~2
Thiocyanate, SCN*"
Sulfur Dioxides, SO.
Sulfur Trioxide, SO,
Carbonyl Sulfide, COS
lydrogen Sulfide, H-S
Carbon Disulfide, C$2
Sulfuric Acid, HjSO,
Selenium, Se
Elemental Selenium, Se
—2
Selenide, Se
Air Vg/m3
(ppm)
Health
4.1E2
4.1E2
4.1E2
4.1E2
2.0E2
(0.1)
H
N
H
'N
H
ll3E4
N
4.4E5
1.5E4
(10)
6.0B4
(20)
1.0E3
2.0E2
2.0E2
2.0E2
Ecology
H
H
H
N
1.0E1
H
H
H
H
»
." H ••'•
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
Water ug/Z.
(ppm)
Health
6.1E3
6.1E3
6.1E3
6.1E3
N/A
H
H
H
H
H
2.0E5
H
B/A
2.3E4
9.0E5
1.5E4
SiOEl
5.0E1
5.0E1
Ecology
H
N
H
N
N/A
H
H
N
»
H
••'.••» "
H
H/A
1.0E1
1.0E4
4.5E2
2.5E1
2.5E1
2.5E1
Solid Waste ug/g
(ppm)
Health
1.2E1
1.2E1
1.2E1
1.2E1
H/A
» • '
H
N
H
H
H
4.0E2
H
H/A
H/A
H/A
3.0E1
1;OE-1
l.OE-1
l.OE-1
Ecology
N
H
H
N
H/A
H
H
•R
K
H
: 'r' H
'-. H
H/A
H/A
H/A
9.0E2
5.0E-2
5.0E-2
5.0E-2
C-28
-------
Category
54
Icont'd)
55
56
57
58
' Compound
_2
Selenites, SeO, (as Se)
?' •
_2
Seleaates, SeO^ (as Se)
Hydrogen Selenide, H_Se
Carbon Diselenide, CSe_ (as Se
Selenium Dioxide, SeO- (as Se)
Tellurium, Te
Telluride, Te~2
Tellurite* Te<>3~2 (as Te)
Tellurate, TeO, (as Te)
Fluoride Ion, F~
Hydrogen Fluoride, HF
Chloride Ion, Cl~
Hypochlorite , CIO
Chlorite, C102~
Chlorate, CIO.
Hydrogen Chloride, HC1
Chlorine Dioxide, CIO-
Carbonyl Chloride (phosgene),
coci2
Bromide Ion, Br
Air ug/m
(ppm)
Health
2.0E2
2.0E2
2.0E2
(.05)
2.0E2
2.0E2
1.0E2
1.0E2
1.0E2
1.0E2
2.5E3
2.0E3
N
N
N
N
7.0E3
N
4.0E2
N
Ecology
N
N
N
N
H
N
N
N
N
H
8-
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Water ug/Z
(ppm)
Health
5.0E1
5.0E1
5.0E1
(as Se)
5.0E1
5.0E1
1.5E3
1.5E3
1.5E3
1.5E3
3.8E4
3.0E4
1.3E6
N
N
H
1.1E5
H
6.0E3
H
Ecology
2.5E1
2.5E1
2.5E1
(as Se)
2.5E1
2.5E1
N
N
N
H
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Solid Waste yg/g
(ppm)
Health
l.OE-1
l.OE-1
l.OE-1
(as Se)
l.OE-1
l.OE-1.
3.0EO
3.0EO
3.0EO
3.0EO
7.5E1
N/A
2.6E3
H
H
H
N/A
N
H/A
N
Ecology
5.0E-2
5.0E-2
5.0E-2
(as Se)
5.0E-2
5.0E-2
N
N
N
H
H
—H/A.
N
N
K
N
N/A
N
N/A
N
C-23
-------
Category
58
Ccont ' d)
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
• Compound
Bromide Ion, Br
Hydrogen Bromide, HBr
Iodide Ion, I
Scandium, Sc
+3 •
Scandium Ion, Sc
Yttrium Ion, Y
Titanium, Ti
Titanous, Ti*"3 (as Ti)
Titanic, Ti (as Ti)
Titanium Dioxide, Ti02 (as Ti)
Zirconium Ion, Zr
Zirconium Dioxide, ZrO. (as Zr'
Hafnium Ion, Hf**
Vanadium, V
Elemental Vanadium, V
Vanadic, V+3 (as V)
Vanadyl, Vo+2 (as V)
—4
Orthovanadate, Vo, (as V)
Metavanadate, VO ~ (as V)
Air Vg/m
(ppm)
Bealth
N
1.0E4
N
5.3E4
5.3E4
1.0E3
6.0E3
6;OE3
6.0E3
6.0E3
5.0B3
5.0E3
5.0E2
5.0B2
5.0E2
5.0E2
5.0E2
5.0E2
5.0E2
Ecology
N
N
N
N
K
N
N
N
N
N
K
N
N
l.OEO
l.OEO
l.OEO
l.OEO
l.OEO
1,OEO
Water pg/£
(ppm)
Health
N
1.5E5
N
8.0E5
8.0E5
1.5E4
9.0E4
9.0E4
9.0E4
9.0E4
7^E4
7.5B4
7.5E4
2.5E3
2.5E3
2.5E3
:2.5E3
2.5E3
2.5E3
Ecology
N
N
N
N
N
N
8.2E2
(as Ti
tso4]2)
8.2E2
8.2E2
8.2E2
K
N
N
1.5E2
1.5E2
1.5E2
1.5E2
1.5E2
1.5E2
Solid Waste pg4
(ppm)
Health
N
M/A
N
1.6E3
1.6E3
3.0E1
1.8E2
1.8E2
1.8E2
1.8E2
-a.SBl
1.5E1
1.5EO
5.0EO
5.0EO
5.0EO
5.0EO
5.0EO
5.0EO
Ecology
N
H/A
N
N
N
N
1.6EO
1.6EO
1.6EO
1.6EO
...-.*:
N
N
3.0E-1
3.0E-1
3.0E-1
3.0E-1
3.0E-1
3.0E-1
C-30
-------
Category
65
cont'd)
66
67
68
Compound
Vanadylic, V0+3 (as V)
/anadium Monoxide, VO (as V)
Vanadium Trioxlde, V.O,
(as V) 2 3
Vanadium Tetraoxide, V,0, ,
(as V)
Vanadium Pent oxide, V.O,
(as V) 2 /
Vanadium Carbide, VC (as V)
Vanadium Monosulf ide, VS
(as V)
Vanadium Nitride, VH (as V)
Vanadyl Sulf ate , VOSO, • 5H -0
(as V) *
Niobus, Nb"*"3
Niobic, Nb+5
Niobium Oxides, NbO, Nb,0,
(as Nb)
_ +5
Tantalum Ion, Ta
Chromium, Cr
Chromous, Cr (as Cr)
Chromic, Cr (as Cr)
Air u8/«3
(ppm)
Health
5.0E2
5.0E2
5.0E2
5.0E2
5.0E2
5.0E2
5.0E2
5.0E2
5.0E2
2.2E4
2.2E4
2.2E4
5.0E3
l.OEO
l.OEO
l.OEO
Ecology
l.OEO
l.OEO
l.OEO
l.OEO
l.OEO
l.OEO
l.OEO
l.OEO
l.OEO
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Water pg/fc
(ppm)
Health
2.5E3
2.5E3
2.5E3
2.5E3
2.5E3
2.5E3
2.5E3
2.5E3
2.5E3
3.3E5
3.3B5
3.3E5
7.5E4
2.5E2
2.5E2
2.5E2
Ecology
1.5E2
1.5E2
1.5E2
1.5E2
1.5E2
1.5E2
1.5E2
1.5E2
1.5E2
N
N
N
N
2.5E2
2.5E2
2.5E2
Solid Waste pg^
(ppm)
Health
S.OEO
5.0EO
S.OEO
S.OEO
S.OEO
S.OEO
S.OEO
S.OEO
S.OEO
6.5E2
6.5E2
6.SE2
1.5E2
5.0E-1
5.0E-1
5.0E-1
Ecology
3.0E-1
3.0E-1
3.0E-1
3.0E-1
3.0E-1
3.0E-1
,3.0E-1
3.0E-1
3.0E-1
K
N
N
H
5.0E-1
5.0E-1
5.0E-1
C-31
-------
Category
68
[cont'd)
69.
70
. Compound
Chromates, CrO, (as Cr)
Chromites, Cr.O ~ (as Cr)
_2
Bichromates, Cr_0_ (as Cr)
Chromium Carbonyl, Cr(CO),
' (as Cr) ft
Chromium Sulfide, Cr.S.
Chromic Oxide, Cr^O. (as Cr)
Chromite Mineral, FeO Cr_0_
(as Cr)
Hydrous Chromium Phosphate,
CrPO, XH.O (as Cr)
Iron Chroma te, FeCrO, (as Cr)
Molybdenum, 'Mo ' . ' - •
4.0
Molybdenpus, Mo
Molybdic, Mo"*"3
Molybdate, MoOft~2 (as Mo)
Molybdenum Sulfide, MoS-
(as Mo)
Molybdenum Trioxide, MoO,
(as Mo) J
Tungsten, W
Tungsten Ions, W*2, W*4,
y+5 V^"^ WO ~2
' ' A
Air pg/m
(ppn)
Health
l.OEO
l.OEO
l.OEO
l.OEO
l.OEO
l.OEO
l.OEO
l.OEO
l.OEO
:5.0E3
5.0E3
5.0E3
5.0E3
5.0E3
5.0E3
1.0E3
H
Ecology
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
;:-*•--.•
• N •
N
11
N
N
N
N
H
Water pg/4
(ppm)
Health
2.5E2
2.5E2
2.5E2
2.SE2
2.5E2
2.5E2
2.5E2
2.5E2
2.5E2
7i5E4
7.SE4.
7.5E4
7.5E4
7.5E4
7. SEA
1.5EA
N
Ecology
2.5E2
2.5E2
2.5E2
2.5E2
2.5E2
2.5E2
2.5E2
2.5E2
2.5E2
7.0E3
7.0E3
7.0E3
7.0E3
7.0E3
7.0E3
N
H
Solid Waste pg/g
(ppm)
Health
5.0E-1 "
5.0E-1
5.0E-1
5.0E-1
.5.0E-1
5.0E-1
5.0E-1
5.0E-1
5.0E-1
1.5E2
.1.5E2
1.5E2
1..5E2
1.5E2
1.5E2
3.0E1
H
Ecology
5.0E-1
5.0E-1
5.0E-1
5.0E-1
5.0E-1
5.0E-1
5.0E-1
5.0E-1
5.0E-1
•1J.4E1
1.4E1
1.4E1
1.4E1
1.4E1
1.4E1
N
N
C-32
-------
Category
70
(cont'd)
71
-
72
Compound
Tungsten Bisulfide, WS,
(as W) 2
Wolframite Mineral, FeWO, •
MnW04 (as W)
Manganese, Mn
+2
langanous, Mn
Manganic, Mn
Permanganate, MnO ~ (as Mn)
Manganous Oxide, MnO (as Mn)
Manganese Dioxide, MnO. (as Mn
Manganese Carbonate, McCO,
(as Mn) •*
ianganous Sulfate, MnSO,
(as Mn)
langanese Sulfide, MnS.
(as Mn) •
Ferrous, Fe
ersic, Fe*3
—4
errocyanide, Fe(CN),
o
errlcyanide, Fe(CN) ~
o
'errous Oxide, FeO
erric Oxide, Fe-0-
rerric Hydroxide (hydrated)
Fe203-XH20
o
Air vg/m
(ppin)
Health
1.0E3
1JOE3
5.0E3
5.0E3
5.0E3
5.0E3
5.0E3
5.0E3
5.0E3
5.0E3
5.0E3
1.0E3
1.0E3
N
H
5.0E3
N
M
Ecology
N
N
H
H
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
H
H
N
N
N
Water vig/i
(ppn)
Health
1.5E4
1.5E4
2.5E2
2.5E2
2.5E2
2.5E2
2.5E2
2.5E2
2.SE2
2.5E2
2.5E2
1.5E3
1.5E3
H
N
7.5E4
N
N
Ecology
N
N
1.0E2
1.0E2
1.0E2
1.0E2
1.0E2
1.0E2
1.0E2
1.0E2
1.0E2
2.5E2
2.5E2
N
N
N
>1'.OE5
N
Solid Waste Ug/g
(ppm)
Health
3.0E1
3.0E1
5.0E-1
5.0E-1
5.0E-1
5.0E-1
5.0E-1 .
5.0E-1
5.0E-1
5.0E-1
5.0E-1
3.0EO
3.0EO
N
N
1.5E2
H
N
Ecology
H
H
2.0K-1
2.0E-1
2.0B-1
2.0E-1
2.0E-1
2.0E-1
2.0E-1
2.0E-1
2.0E-1
5.0E-1
5.0B-1
H
H
N
2.0E2
N
C-33
-------
Category
72
icont'd)
73
74
75
Compound
Iron Sulfides, FeS, Fe2S3
Pyrite, FeS2
Magnetite, FeO'Fe^.
Potassium Iron Silicate,
KFeSi.O,
Z D
Iron Carbonyls, Fe(CO)5,
Fe(CO)9, FE3(CO)12
Ruthenium Ion, Ru
Cobalt, Co
+2
Cobaltous, Co
Cobaltic, Co"1"3
Cobaltous Carbonate,
. hydrated, CoayH20 (as Co)
Cobalt Carbide, Co_C (as Co)
Cobalt Sulfides, CoS, Co,S-
(as Co) ^ J
Cobalt Arsenic Sulfide, CoAsS
(as Co)
Cobalt Arsenide, Co As,
(as Co)
Cobalt Carbonyl, Co (CO),
(as Co) *
Cobaltous Oxide, CoO (as Co)
Cobaltous Hydroxide, Co (OH).
(as Co)
+3
Rhodium Ion, Rh
Air pg/m
.(ppm)
Health
N
N
9.3E3
N
7.0E2
N
5.0E1
5.0E1
5.0E1
5.0E1
5.0E1
5.0E1
5.0E1
5.0E1
5.0E1
5.0E1
5. OKI
l.OEO
Ecology
N
N
N
H .
N .
N
H
H
H
N
N
N
M
N
N
H
H
N
Water yg/i
Health
H
N
6.2E3
N
1.1EA
U
7.5E2
7.5E2
7.5E2
7.5E2
7.5E2
7.5E2
7.5E2
7.5E2
7.5E2
7.5E2
7.5E2
1.5E1
Ecology
N
>1.0E5
N
H
H
H
2.5E2
...2.5E2 .,
2.5E2
2.5E2
2.5E2
2.5E2
2.5E2
2.5E2
2.5E2
2.5E2
2.5E2
N
Solid Waste ug/g
(ppm)
Health
N
N
3.8E1
N
• .
2.1E1
H
1.5EO
1*5EO
1.5EO
1.5EO
1.5EO
1.5EO
1.5EO
1.5EO
1.5EO
1.5EO
1.5EO
3.0E-2
Ecology
N
2.0E2
N
N
N
S
5.0E-1
H
5.0E-1
5.0E-1
5.0E-1
5.0E-1
. 5.0E-1
5.0E-1
5.0E-1
5.0E-1
5.0E-1
5.0E-1
K ;
C-34
-------
Category
76
--77.
78
Compound
Nickel, Ni
Nickelous, Ni+2
Nickelic, Ni+3
Nickel Carbonyl, Ni(CO)4
Nickelous Sulfide, NiS
.(as Ni)
Nickel Arsenide, NiAs (as Ni)
Nickel Oxide, NiO (as Ni)
Nickel Antimonide, NiSb (as Ni]
Nickel Arsenic Sulfide, NiAsS
(as Ni)
Elemental_Platinum, Pt
Copper-
Cuprous , Cu
CuprJ-c , Cu
Copper Fluoride, Cu?. (as Cu)
Copper Oxides, CuO, Cu,0
(as Cu) z
Copper Sulfate, CuSO, (as Cu)
Copper Sulfides, CuS, Cu_S
(as Cu) *•
Copper Carbonate, CuCO,
(as Cu) J
Air ug/m3
(ppm)
Health
1.5E1
1.5E1
1.5E1
4.3E1
1.5E1
1.5E1
1.5E1
1.5E1
1.5E1
2.0EO
2.0E2
2.0E2
2.0E2
2.0E2
2.0E2
2.0E2
2.0E2
2.0E2
Ecology
M
N
N
M
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
H
N
N
N
Water l>g/£
(ppm)
Health
2.3E2
2.3E2
2.3E2
6.5E2
2.3E2
2.3E2
2.3E2
2.3E2
2.3E2
3.0E1
5.0E3
5.0E3
5.0E3
5.0E3
5.0E3
5.0E3
5.0E3
5.0E3
Ecology
1.0E1
1.0E1
1.0E1
1.0E1
(as Ni)
1.0E1
1.0E1
1.0E1
1.0E1
1.0E1
N
5.0E1
5.0E1
5.0E1
5.0E1
5.0E1
5.0E1
5.0E1
5.0E1
Solid Waste Vg/S
(ppm)
Health
4.5E-1
4.5E-1
4.5E-1
l.OEO
4.5E-1
4.5E-1
4.5E-1
4.5E-rl
4.5E-1
6.0E-2
1.0E1
1.0E1
1.0E1
1.0E1
1.0E1
1.0E1
U.OE1
1.0E1
Ecology
2.0E-2
2.0E-2
2.0E-2
2.0E-3
(as Ni)
2.0E-2
2.0E-2
2.0E-2
2.0E-2
2.0E-2
N
l.OE-1
l.OE-1
l.OE-1
l.OE-1
l.OE-1
l.OE-1
l.OE-1
l.OE-1
c-:
-------
Category
78
[cont'd)
79
;
80 '•'- '•'•"
81
82
83
' Compound
Chalcopyrite Mineral, CuFeS-
Malachite Mineral, CuCO-'Cu
(OH) 2 (as Cu)
Silver, Ag
Silver Ion, Ag (as Ag)
Silver Chloride, AgCl
(as Ag)
Silver Cyanide, AgCN
(as Ag)
Silver Sulfide, Ag S
(as Ag) Z
Elemental Gold
Zinc,' Zn'' " " -•-..-.
Elemental Zinc, Zn
Zinc Ion, Zn
Zinc Oxide, ZnO (as Zn)
Zinc Sulfate, ZnSO. (as Zn)
Zinc Sulfide, ZnS (as Zn)
Cadmium, Cd
Elemental Cadmium, Cd
+2
Cadmium Ion, Cd
Cadmium Sulfide, CdS (as Cd)
Cadmium Oxide, CdO (as Cd)
Mercury, Hg
Air vg/m3
(ppm)
Health
N
2.0E2
1.0E1
1.0E1
1.0E1
1.0E1
1.0E1
' N .
AIDES
A.OE3
A.OE3
A.OE3
A.OE3
A.OE3
1.0E1
1.0E1
1.0E1
1.0E1
1.0E1
5.0E1
Ecology
H
N
N
N
N
N
N
•'-»• -;'
'- • -'»'-•"••••
N
N
N
N
H
N
N
N
H
N
1.0E1
Water ugA
(ppm)
Health
N
5.0E3
2.5E2
2.5E2
2.5E2
2.5E2
2.5E2
."'N' '.
2. SEA
2. SEA
2. SEA
2.5EA
2. SEA
2. SEA
5.0E1
5.0E1
5.0E1
5.0E1
5.0E1
1.0E1
Ecology
N
5.0E1
5.0EO
5. OEO
5. OEO
S.OEO
5. OEO
H
1.0E2
1.0E2
1.0E2
.1.0E2
1.0E2
1.0E2
l.OEO
l.OEO
l.OEO
l.OEO
l.OEO
2.5E2
Solid Waste vg/g
(ppm)
Health
N..
1.0E1
5.0E-1
5.0E-1
5.0E-1
5.0E-1
5.0E-1
'• '•» ::
5.0E1
5.0E1
5.0E1
5.0E1
5.0E1
5.0E1
l.OE-1
:I.OE-I
l.OE-1
l.OE-1
l.OE-1
2.0E-2
Ecology
N
l.OE-1
l.OE-1
l.OE-1
l.OE-1
l.OE-1
l.OE-1
•; ••••H- /
2.0E-1
2.0E-1
2.0E-1
2.0E-1
2.0E-1
2.0E-1
2.0E-3
2.0E-3
2.0E-3
2.0E-3
2.0E-3
5.0E-1
C-36
-------
Category
83
(cont'd)
84
85
Compound
Elemental Mercury, Hg
1 §
Mercuroua, Hg,
-t-_|_
Mercuric, Hg
Mercuric Sulfide, HgS
Mercuric Chloride, HgCl_
Lanthanum, La
Cerium, Ce (Ce+3, Ce*4,
Ce203)
Praseodymium, Pr (Pr )
Neodymium, Nd (Nd+3)
+3
Samarium, Sm (Sm )
Dysprosium, Dy (Dy )
Uranium, D (U*6)
Thorium, Th (Th )
Air ug/m3
(ppm)
Health
5.0E1
5.0E1
5.0E1
5.0E1
5.0E1
1.1E5
3.7E4
5.1E4
N
5.3E4
9.3E3
9.0EO
4.2E2
Ecology
1.0E1
1.0E1
1.0B1
1.0E1
1.0E1
N
M
N
H
H
H
H
N
Water vg/i
(ppm)
Health
1.0E1
1.0E1
1.0E1
1.0E1
1.0E1
1.7E6
5.5E5
7.7E5
N
7.9E5
2.3E5
6.0E4
6.3E3
Ecology
2.5E2
2.5E2
2.5E2
2.5E2
2.5E2
N
N
N
.'B' •.
N
N
5.0E2
N
Solid Waste vg/g
(ppm)
Health
2.0E2
2.0E-2
2.0E-2
2.0E-2
2.0E-2
3.4E3
1.1E3
1.5E3
N
1.6E3
4.6E2
1.2E2
1.3EO
Eco log
5.0E-1
5.0E-1
5.0E-1
5.0E-1
S.OEr-l
H
H
N
H
H
H
l.OEO
H
C-37
-------
APPENDIX D
Hazard Indicators for Substances Addressed by MEG Charts
-------
INTRODUCTION
Hazard potential values Indicative of human health hazards have been
calculated on the basis of EPC's for contaminants in air for all those
substances addressed by MEG charts in the report. Table D-l lists
substances by category with their respective hazard potential values and
their "X," "XX," and "XXX" designations where appropriate. Table D-2
presents the same information with the list arranged in descending order
of hazard.
D-3
.. ——•
Preceding page blank
-------
TABLE D-l. HAZARD POTENTIAL VALUES FOR COMPOUNDS PRESENTLY ADDRESSED
BY MEG CHARTS
Category
1A
IB
1C
2A
2B
3
4
5A
SB
5C .
6A
6B
7A
*
7B
8A
8B
8C
8D
9
Compound
Methane
Ethane
Propane
Butanes
Ethyl ene
Propylene
Acetylene
Methyl chloride
Methyl ene chloride
Vinyl chloride
1, 4 Dioxane
2,2'-D1chloroethyl ether
Methanol
Ethanol
1-Propanol
n-Butanol
Isobutyl alcohol
Pentanols (primary)
2-Propanol
2-Butanol
Pentanols (secondary)
1-Phenyl ethanol
.Tert-butanol
Tertiary pentanol
Ethyl ene glycol
l-Chloro-2,3-epoxy propane
Formal dehyde
Acetaldehyde
Acroleln
Prop ional dehyde
Butyral dehyde
Benzal dehyde
Isophorone
Formic acid
Acetic acid
Benzole add
Phthalic acid
Hydroxyacetic acid
Formaml de
Phthalate esters
Acetonitrile
Acrylonitrile (1-Cyanoethane)
Benzonltrile
Tetramethylsuccinoni tri 1 e
n_t; ,—
Hazard
Potential
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
10.5
4
8
5
5
4
4
4
4
4 .
4
4
12
4
8
12
9
15.5
4
16
8
4
8
10
12
8
4
12
8
10
15
8
8
8
12
Indicator
X
X
X
Preceding page blank !
-------
TABLE D-l (continued)
Category
IDA
10B
IOC
100
11 °
12
13A
14
'15
16A
16B
17
18A
18B
18C
Compound
Ethyl ami ne
Ethanolamine
Butyl amines
Cyclohexylamine
Ethyl eneimene
Dimethyl ami ne
Aniline
Aminotoluenes
Dimethylaniline
4-Aminobiphenyl
4 , 4 ' -Di ami nodi phenyl ( Benzi di ne }
1 -Ami nonaphtha 1 ene
2-Aminonaphthalene
N,N-Dimethylaniline
Diazomethane
Monomethyl hydrazi ne
N,N-Dimethylhydrazine
N-N1 Dimethyl hydrazi ne
1,2-Di phenyl hydrazi ne
p-Dimethylaminoazobenzene
N-Nitroso-Dimethylamine
N-Ni troso-Di ethyl ami ne
Methanethiol
Ethanethiol
n-Butanethiol
Benzenesulfonic acid
Benzene
Tol uehe
Ethyl benzene
Indan
Indene
Bi phenyl
Xylenes
Tetrahydronaphthalene
Chloro benzene
1,2-Dichlorobenzene
1 ,4-Dichlorobenzene
2-Chlorotoluene
Polychlorinated biphenyls
a-Chlorotoluene
Nitrobenzene
4-Nitrobi phenyl
1 -Chi oro-2-Ni trobenzene
Nitro toluenes
Dinitrotoluenes
Phenol
Cresols
Phenyl phenols
Xylervols
Alkyl cresols
Catechol
Indanols
D-6
Hazard
Potential
8
12
12
8
19.5
8
10
17
8
13
11.5
17
17
8
22
18
15
23.5
15
12
27.5
19.5
12
12
12
8
13
4 ,
4
4
8
12
4
4
4
4
5
4
20
11.5
15
13
15
8
15
10
10
10.5
15
10
10
5
Indicator
XX
X
X
X
X
XX
' X
X
XX
X
XXX
XX
X
XX
X
X
X
X
-------
TABLE D-l (continued)
Hazard
Category Compound Potential Indicator
19 2-chlorophenol TO
2,4-d1chlorophenol 13 x
20 2-N1trophenol 10
3-N1trophenol 15 x
4-Nitrophenol 15 x
Din1trophenols 15 x
4,6-D1n1tro-o-cresol 20 xx
2,4,6-Trin1trophenol 20 xx
21 Naphthalene 9
Anthracene 6
Phenanthrene 12
Naphthance
Benz(a)anthracene (1,2-Benzanthracene) 24 xx
7,12-0imethylbenz(a)anthracene 26 xxx
Benzo(c)phenanthrene » 6
Chrysene "12
Methylchrysenes 12
Triphenylene
Pyrene 6
Dimethyl pyrenes -
Benzo(g)chrysene 6
Dibenz(a,c)anthracene 6
DibenzUjhJanthracene 28 xxx
Benzo(a)pyrene 26 xxx
Benzo(e)pyrene 12
Perylene
Picene fdibenzo(a,i)phenanthrene) 12
Dibenzo(a,h)pyrene 12
Dibenzo(a,i)pyrene 24 xx
Dibenzo(a,z)pyrene 12
Benzo(g,h,i)perylene
Coronene
22 Fluorene -
Fluoranthene 8
Benzo(j)fluoranthene 12
Benzo(b)fluoranthene 12
3-Methylcholanthrene 30 xxx
Indeno(l,2,3-cd)pyrene 12
23A Pyridlne 15 x
Picollnes 8
ColUdlnes 8
23B Quinollne, isoquinoline 12
Methylquinolines, methylisoqulno!1nes 8
Acridine 8
Benz(c)acr!dine 6
Dibenz(a»J)acridine 18
Dibenzja.hjacrldine 18
Dibenz(c,h)acridine 6
2,3-Benz-4-azaf1uorene
D-7
-------
TABLE D-l (continued)
Category
23C
24
25
26A
268
26C
27
29
32
33
33B
35
36
37
38
38B
39
41
42C
44
46
47A
47B.
48
48A
48B
49
49C
50
50C
51
52
Compound . .•'•
Pyrrole
Indole
Carbazole
Dibenzo(a,i carbazole
Dibenzo(c,g carbazole
Dibenzo(a,g carbazole
Tetrahydrofuran
Thiophene
hc^ny'i thiophenes
Benzo(b)th1ophene
Tetramethyl lead
Tetraethyl lead
Alkyl mercury
Organotin
Ferrocene
Nickelocene
Copper 8-hydroxyquinoline
Lithium
Lithium hydride
Potassium
Beryllium
Magnesium
Magnesium oxide
Strontium
Bari urn
Boron
Boron oxide
Aluminum
Aluminum oxide
Gallium
Thallium
Carbon monoxide
Carbon dioxide
Germanium
Lead
Alkali cyanide
Hydrogen cyanide
Ammonia
Hydrazine
Phosphorus
Phosphate
Phosphlne
Arsenic
Arsine
Arsenic trioxide
Antimony
Antimony trioxide
Bismuth
Ozone
Hazard
Potential
12
8
8
6
18
12
5
12
12
8
20
18
20
20
8
15.5
14
16
16
12
,30
-12
12
12
16
12
12
12
12
15
20
8
4
16
22
12
15
8
19.5
20
-
.20
25
25
25
20
26
20
8
Indicator
X
XX
X
XX
XX
• X
X
X
X
XXX
X
X
XX
X
XX
X
XX
XX
XX
XXX
XXX
XXX
XX
XXX
XX
XX
D-8
-------
TABLE D-l (continued)
Category
53C
53D
54
54C
55
60
62
65
68
69
70
71
74
76
76B
78
79
81
82
83
85
Compound
Carbonyl sulfide
Hydrogen sulfide
Carbon disulfide
Selenium
Hydrogen selenide
Tellurium
Scandium
Titanium
Vanadium
Chromium
Molybdenum
Tungsten
Manganese
Cobalt
Nickel
Nickel carbonyl
Copper
Silver
Zinc
Cadmi urn
Mercury
Uranium
Hazard
Potential
4
12
8
26
20
16
8
12
16
30
12
12
15
24
26
24
20
14
12
30
30
20
Indicator
xxx
xx
x
x
xxx
x
xx
xxx
xx
xx
x
xxx
xxx
XX
D-9
-------
TABLE D-2. HAZARD RANKING OF COMPOUNDS PRESENTLY ADDRESSED BY MEG CHARTS
Category
22
32
68
82
83
21
12
76
21
21
50C
54
49
49C
49C
21
21
74
76B
11
11
46
16A
20
20
26A
26A
26A
41
48
488 .
50
51
54C
78
85
10B
12
47B
11
23B
23B
23C
26A
IOC
IOC
IOC
Compound
3-Methyl chol an threne
Beryllium
Chromi urn
Cadmi urn
Mercury
Dibenz(a,h)anthracene
N-Ni trosodimethyl ami ne
Nickel
7 ,1 2-Dimethylbenz(a)anthracene
Benzo(a)pyrene
Antimony tri oxide
Selenium
Arsenic
Arsine
Arsenic trioxide
Benz(a)anthracene
Dibenzo(a,i)pyrene
Cobalt
Nickel carbonyl
N,N' -Dimethyl hydrazine
Diazomethane
Lead .
Polychlorinated biphenyls
4 , 6-Di n i tro-o-cresol
2,4,6-Trinitrophenol
Tetramethyllead
Al kyl mercury
Organotin
Thallium
Phosphorus
Phosphine
Antimony
Bismuth
Hydrogen selenide
Copper
Uranium
E thy lenei mine
N-Ni trosodi ethyl ami ne
Hydrazine
Monomethyl hydrazine
Dibenz(a,j)acr1dine
Dibenz(a,h)acridine
Dibenzo(c,g)carbazole
Tetraethyl 1 ead
Aminotoluenes
1- Ami non aphtha lene
2-Aminonaphthalene
D-ll
Hazard
Potential
30
30
30
30
30
28
27.5
26
26
26
26
26
25
25
25
24
24
24
24
23.5
22
22
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
19.5
19.5
19.5
18
18
18
18
18
17
17
17
Indicator
XXX
XXX
XXX
XXX
XXX
XXX
XXX
XXX
XXX
XXX
XXX
XXX
XXX
XXX
XXX
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Preceding page blank
-------
TABLE D-2 (continued)
Category
7A
27
27
36
44
55
65
7A
26B
80
11
11
17
17
17
18A
20
20
20
23A
39
47B
71
260
79
IOC
15
17
19
5B
6A
8A
8A
9
10A
10A
11
13A
ISA
13A
15
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
22
22
22
Compound
Acrolein
Lithium
Lithium hydride
Barium
Germanium
Tellurium
Vanadium
Formaldehyde
Nickelocene
Phthalate esters
N,N-D1methylhydrazine
1 ,2-Diphenylhydrazine
Nitrobenzene
l-Chloro-2-nitrobenzene
Dinitrotoluenes
Xylenols
3-Nitrophenol
4-Nitrophenol
Dinitrophenols
Pyridine
Gal 1 i urn
Hydrogen cyanide
Manganese
Copper-8-hydroxyqui nol i ne
• Silver .. • '. •;-.---.• :V"- •
4-Aminobiphenyl
Benzene
4-N1trobiphenyl
2,4-Dichlorophenol
1-Phenyl ethanol
Ethyl ene glycol
Formic acid
Phthalic acid
Tetramethyl succi noni tri 1 e
Ethanol ami ne
Butyl amines .
p-Dimethylaminoazobenzene
Methanethiol
Ethanethiol
n-Butanethiol
Biphenyl
Phenanthrene
Chrysene
Methyl chrysenes
Benzo (e) pyrene
Picene '
Di benzo ( a, h) pyrene
Oi benzo ( a , 1 ) pyrene
Benzo(j|fluoranthene
Benzo (b ) fl uoranthene
IndenoO ,2, 3-cd) pyrene
Hazard
Potential
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
15.5
15,5
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
;....--.. . ••_ 14 :
'''•• •'.•':(•.'• 14 '
13
13
.,,, 13
13
12
12
12
- 12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
Indicator
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
• x
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
D-12
-------
TABLE 0-2 (continued)
Category
238
23C
23C
25
25
29
33
338
35
37
37
38
388
47A
53D
62
69
70
81
IOC
168
28
18A
78
8C
IOC
18A
18A
ISA
188
19
20
68
21
4-
5C
7A
78
8A
88
9
9
9
10A
10A
108
IOC
TOD
14
15
17
Compound*
Quinoline, isoquinoline
Pyrrole
Di benzo(a ,g)carbazol e
Thiophene
Methyl thiophenes
Potassium
Magnesium
Magnesium oxide
Strontium
Boron
Boron oxide
Aluminum
Aluminum oxide
Alkali cyanide
Hydrogen sulflde
Titanium
Molybdenum
Tungsten
Zinc
Benztdine
a-Chlorotoluene
Vinyl chloride
Phenyl phenols
Isophorone
Formamide
Aniline
Phenol :
Cresols
Alkyl cresols
Catechol
2-Chlorophenol
2-Nitrophenol
l-Chloro-2,3-epoxy propane
Naphthalene
2,2'-Dichloroethyl ether
Tertiary pentanol
Propionaldehyde
Benzal dehyde
Acetic add
Hydroxyacetlc acid
Acetonitrile
Acrylonltrile
Benzonitrlle
Ethyl ami ne
Cyclohexylamine
Dimethylamine
Dimethyl an Hine
N,N-01methylan1line :
Benzenesulfonic acid
Indene
Nitrotcluenes
Hazard
Potential Indicator
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
11.5
11.5
10.5
10.5
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
9
9
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
.0-13
-------
TABLE D-2 (continued)
» • ' "
Category
22
23A
23A
23B
238
23C
23C
25
26B
42C
47B
52
53D
60
21
21
21
21
21
23B
23B
23C
5A
5A
16A
T8C
24
1A
1A
1A
1A
IB
IB
1C
2A
2A
3
5A
5A
5A
5A
55
5B
5B
5C
7A
7A
8A
15
1 5
15
Compound
Ftuoranthene
Picolines
Collidines
Methyl qui no! ines, methyl isoquinolines
Acridine
Indole
Carbazole
Benzo(b)thiophene
Ferrocene
Carbon monoxide
Ammonia
Ozone
Carbon disulfide
Scandium
Anthracene
Benzo(c)phenanthrene
Pyrene
Benzo(g)chrysene
Dibenz(a,c)anthracene
Benz(c)acridine
Dibenz(c,h)acridine
Dibenzo(a,i)carbazole .
Methanol :
Ethanol
1,4-Dichlorobenzene
Indanols
Tetrahydrofuran :
Methane
Ethane
Propane
Butanes
Ethyl ene
Propylene
Acetylene
Methyl chloride
Methylene chloride
'if4-Dioxane ....
1-Propanol
n-Butsnols
Isobutyl alcohol
Pentanols (primary)
2-Prcpanol
2-Butanol
Pentenols (secondary)
Tert-butanol
Aceteldehyde _-^-"~\
Bu tyral dehyde ^^^^^^X
Benzoic acid ,=s^:ss::'i^*tn r>i-^^-^
Toluene ^w^^'vbx&z^^^^
Ethyl benzene AbesJJs-s^5^
Indan tf^^
Hazard '
Potential Indicator
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
.6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
5
5
5
5
5
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
d
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
D-14
-------
TABLE D-2 (continued)
Category
15
15
16A
ISA
16A
42C
53C
Compound
Xylenes
Tetrahydronaphthal ene
Chlorobenzene
1 ,2-Di Chlorobenzene
2-Chloro toluene
Carbon dioxide
Carbonyl sulfide
Hazard
Potential
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Indicator
The following compounds have not been assigned hazard potential values:
21 Naphthacene
21 Triphenylene
21 Dimethyl pyrenes
21 Perylene
21 Benzo(g,h,i)perylene
21 Coronene
22 Fluorene
238 2,3-Benz-4-azafluorene
48A Phosphate
D-15
-------
APPENDIX E
MEG Charts and Background Information Summaries
for 216 Chemical Substances
Appendix E of the MEG's report is contained in Volume II.
-------
APPENDIX F
Alphabetical Cross-Reference
of Preferred Names and Synonyms for Appendix E
-------
INTRODUCTION
This alphabetical listing of synonyms and preferred names
of compounds addressed by MEG charts is provided to aid those
persons unfamiliar with the category system used in the report,
and to allow access to a given compound through any of its
recognized synonyms. Category numbers as well as page numbers
for the background information summaries are provided.
F-3
Preceding page blank
-------
INDEX OF SYNONYMS FOR CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES
Compound/Element Category Page
Acetaldehyde 7A E-58
Acetic acid 8A E-72
Acetic aldehyde (see Acetaldehyde) 7A E-58
Acetonitrile 9 E-84
Acetylene 1C E-16
Acridine 23B E-282
Acrolein 7A E-60
Acrylic aldehyde (see Acrolein) 7A E-60
Acrylon (see Acrylonitrile) 9 E-86
Acrylonitrile 9 E-86
Alkali cyanides 47 E-370
Alkyl cresols ISA E-190
Alkyl mercury compounds 26A E-318
Aluminum and Aluminum compounds (as Aluminum) 38 E-348
Alumina (see Aluminum Oxide) 38 E-350
Aluminum Oxide 38 E-350
Alundum (see Aluminum Oxide) 38 E-350
Aminobenzene (see Aniline) IOC E-104
4-Aminobiphenyl IOC E-110
1-Aminobutane (see Butyl amines) 10A E-96
2-Aminobutane (see Butylamines) 10A E-96
Aminobutanes (see Butylamines) 10A E-96
Aminocyclohexane (see Cyclohexylamine) 10A E-98
Aminodimethyl benzenes (see Dimethyl aniline) IOC E-108
1-Aminoethane (see Ethylamine) 1QA E-92
2-Aminoethanol (see Ethanolamine) 10A E-94
2-Amino-2-methylpropane (see Butylamines) 10A E-96
1-Aminonaphthalene IOC E-114
2-Aminonaphthalene IOC E-116
F-5
Preceding page
-------
Compound/Element Category . Page
Aminotoluenes ....... TOC E-T06
Ammonia • 47 • .E-364
Ammonia gas .(see Ammonia) 47 ..£-364
Amy! alcohols (.see Pentanols) 5A, 5B £-38, £-44
t-Amyl alcohol (see t-Pentanol) 5C £.50
Aniline IOC E-T04
Anthracene 21 £-214
Antimony .and Antimony compounds (as Antimony) 50 £-384
Antimonous oxide (see Antimony trioxide) 50 £-386
Antimony black (see Antimony and Antimony compounds) 50 £-384
Antimony trioxide 50 £-386
Argentum (see Silver) , 79 .£-426
Aroclors (see PCB's) 16A £-168
Arsenic and Arsenic compounds (as Arsenic) 49 £-378
Arsenic hydride (see Arsine) 49 £-380
Arsenic (111) oxide (see Arsenic trioxide) 49 £-382
Arsenic sesquioxide (see Arsenic trioxide) 49 E-382
Arsenic trioxide 49 E-382
Arseniuretted hydrogen (see Arsine) 49 £-380
Arsenous anhydride (see Arsenic trioxide) 49 E-382
Arsenous hydride (see Arsine) 49 £-380
Arsenous oxide (see Arsenic trioxide) 49 , E-382
Arsenous oxide anhydride (see Arsenic trioxide) 49 E-382
Arsine 49 £-380
10-Azaanthracene (see Acridine) 23B E-282
Azabenzene (see Pyridine) 23A E-^272
l-Aza-2,4-cyclopentadiene (see Pyrrole) 23C E-294
Azacyclopropane (see Ethyleneimine) 10B E-TOO
9-Azafluorene (see Carbazole) 23C E-298
1-Azaindene (see Indole) 23C E-296
Azine (see Pyridine) 23A £-272
F-6
-------
Compound/Element Category Page
Azole (see Pyrrole) 23C E-294
Azimethylene (see Diazomethane) 11 E-120
BAP (see Benzo(a)pyrene) 21 E-242
Barium and Barium compounds (as Barium) 36 E-342
Benz(j)aceanthrylene-l,2-dihydro-3-methyl
(see 3-Methylcholanthrene) 22 E-268
Benz(e)acephenanthrylene (see Benzo(b)fluoranthene) 22 E-266
Benz(c)acridine 23B E-284
Benzaldehyde 7A E-66
Benz(a)anthracene 21 E-220
1,2-Benzanthracene (see Benz(a)anthracene) 21 E-220
2,3-Benzanthracene (see Naphthacene) 21 E-218
2,3-Benz-4-azafluorene 23B E-292
1-Benzazine (see Quinoline, Isoquinoline) 23B E-278
1-Benzazole (see Indole) 23C E-296
o-Benzenediol (see Catechol) ' '188- E-192
Benzene 15 E-144
Benzenecarbinal (see Benzaldehyde) 7 A E-60
Benzenecarboxylic acid (see Benzoic acid) 8A E-74
1,2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid (see Phthalic acid) . 8A E-76
Benzenesulfonic acid 14A E-142
Benzidine IOC E-112
2,3-Benzindene (see Fluorene) 22 E-260
Benz(a)phenanthrene (see Chrysene) 21 E-226
Benzo(g)chrysene 21 E-236
Benzo(b)fluoranthene 22 E-266
Benzo(j)fluoranthene 22 E-264
2,3-Benzofluoranthene (see Benzo(b)fluoranthene) 22 E-266
10,11-Benzofluoranthene (see Benzo(j)flouranthene) 22 E-264
Benzo(j,k)fluorene (see Fluoranthene) 22 E-262
Benzoic acid 8A E74
Benzoic aldehyde (see Benzaldehyde) 7A E-66
F-7
-------
Compound/Element ' Category Page
Benzol (see Benzene), ... 15 E-H4
Benzonitrile "9 E-88
Benzo(rst)pentaphene (see Dibenzo(a,i)pyrene) 21 E-252
1,12-BenzoperyTene (see Benzo(ghi)perylene) 21 E-256
Benzo(ghi)psrylene .21 E-256
Benzo(b)phenanthrene (see Benz(a)anthracene) 21 E-220
Benzo(c)phenanthrene 21 E-224
Benzo(def)phenanthrene (see Pyrene) 21 - E-232
1,2-Benzophenanthrene (see Chrysene) 21 E-226
2,3-Benzophenanthracene (see Benz(a)anthracene) 21 E-220
3,4-Benzophenanthrene (see Benzo(c)phenanthrene) 21 E-224
1,2-Benzpyrene (see Benzo(a)pyrene) ,21 'E-242
Benzo(a)pyrene 21 E-242
Benzo(e)pyrene . 21 E-244
4,5-Benzopyrene (see Benzo(e)pyrene) 21 E~244
Benzo(b)pyridine (see Quinoline, Isoquinoline) 23B E-278
Benzo(c)pyridine (see Quinoline, Isoquinoline) 23B : E-278
2,3-Benzopyrrole (see Indole) . '" .r ' ;: :: v':23C'• " E-296
Benzo(b)quinoline (see Acridine) ... 23B E-282
Benzothicfuran (see Benzo(b)thiophene) .• 25 . E-312
2,3-Benzothicphene (see Benzo(b)thiophene) 25 E-312
Benzo(b)thiophene ' . 25 E-312
Benzo(b)tripheny1ene (see Dibenz(aic)anthracene) 21 E-238
Benzyl chloride (see o-Chlorotoluene) 16B , E-170
Beryllium and Beryllium compounds (as Beryl'1-ium) 32B E-334
Bibenzene (see Biphenyl) .. 15 E-154,
Bimethyl. (see Ethane)... 1A E-6
Biphenyl : " 15 E-154
4-Biphenylsjnine (see 4-Aminobiphenyl) IOC E-110
Bipheny'lcl (see Phenylphenol) ISA E-186
Bismuth and Bismuth compounds (as Bismuth) 51 E-388
F-8
-------
Compound/Element .Category Page
Boric acid, fused (see Boron oxide) 37 E-346
Boric acid, glass (see Boron oxide) 37 E-346
Boric Anhydride (see Boron oxide) , 37 E-346
Boron and Boron compounds (as Boron) 37 E-344
Boron oxide . 37 E-346
Boron sesquioxide (see Boron oxide) 37 E-346
Boron trioxide (see Boron oxide) 37 E-346
Butanal (see Butyraldehyde) 7A E-64
Butanes 1A E-10
n-Butane (see Butanes) 1A E-10
1-Butanethiol (see n-Butanethiol) 13A E-140
n-Butanethiol - 13A E-140
n-Butanol 5A E-34
2-Butanol 58 E-42
t-Butanol 5C E-48
Butric aldehyde (see Butyraldehyde) 7A E-64
Butyl alcohol (see n-Butanol) 5A E-34
s-Butyl alcohol (see 2-Butanol) 5B E-42
t-Butyl alcohol (see t-Butanol) 5C E-48
sec-Butyl alcohol (see 2-Butanol) . 5B E-42
n-Butyl aldehyde (see Butyraldehyde) 7A E-64
Butyl amines . IDA E-96
t-Butylamirtes (see Butylamines) 10A E-96
n-Butyl mercaptan (see n-Butaneth1ol) 13A E-140
n-Butylthioalcohol (see n-Butanethiol) 13A E-140
Butyraldehyde 7A E-64
Cadmium and Cadmium compounds (as Cadmium) 82 E-430
Carbazole 23C E-298
Carbinol (see Methanol) 5A E-28
Carbolic acid (see Phenol) . . 18A E-182
Carbon bisulfide (see Carbon disulfide) 53 E-396
Carbon dioxide 42 E-358
F-9
-------
Compound/Element Category Page
Carbon disulfide 53 E-396
Carbon monoxide 42 E-356
Carbonic acid gas (see Carbon dioxide) . 42 E-358
Carbonic anhydride (see Carbon dioxide) 42 E-358
Carbon oxysulfide (see Carbonyl sulfide) 53 E-392
Carbonyl sulfide 53 E-392
Catechol 18B E-192
Chinoline (see Quinoline, Isoquinoline) 23B E-278
Chlorobenzene 16A E-160
l-Chloro-2,3-epoxypropane 6B E-54
Chloroethene (see Vinyl chloride) 2B E-22
Chloroethylene (see Vinyl chloride) 2B E-22
bis-2-Chloroethyl ether (see 2,2'-Dichlorodiethyl-
ether) . 4 E-26
Chloromethane (see Methyl chloride) . 2A E-18
l-Chloro-2-nitrobenzene 17 E-176
o-Chloronitrobenzene (see l-chloro-2-nitrobenzene , 17 E-176
2-Chlorophenol , 19 E-T96
o-Chlorophenol (see 2-Chlorophenol) 19 E-196
a-Chlorotoluene 16B , E-170
2-Chlorotoluene 16A E-166
o-Chlorotoluene (see 2-Chlorotoluene) ISA E-166
Chromium and Chromium compounds'(as Chromium) 68 E-410
Chrysene 21 E-226
rt-Chrysidine (see Benz(c)acridine) 23B E-284
Chrysogen (see Naphthacene) 21 E-218
Cobalt and Cobalt compounds (as Cobalt) . 74 E-418
Collidines 23A E-276
Colloidal manganese (see Manganese and Manganese
compounds) 71 E-416
Complexed copper (see Copper-8-hydroxyquinol1ne) 26C E-326
Copper and Copper compounds (as Copper) 78 E-424
F-10
-------
Compound/Element -Category Page
Copper-8-hydroxyquinoline 26C E-326
Coronene 21 E-258
Corundum (see Aluminum oxide) 38 E-350
Cresols 18A E-184
Cresylic acid (see Cresols) 18A E-184 .
Cuprum (see Copper) 78 E-424
Cyanides (see Alkali cyanides, Hydrogen cyanide) 47 E-370, E-368
Cyanobenzene (see Benzonitrile) 9 E-88
Cyanoethylene (see Acrylonitrile) 9 E-86
Cyclohexylamine ' 10A E-98
Cyclotetramethylene oxide (see Tetrahydrofuran) 24 E-306
Diamide (see Hydrazine) 47 E-366
4,4'-Diaminodiphenyl (see Benzidine) IOC E-112
Diazirine (see Diazomethane) 11 E-120
Dlazomethane 11 E-120
l,2-5,6-Dibenzacrid1ne (see Dibenz(a,h)acridine) 23B E-288
1,2-7,8-Dibenzacridine (see Dibenz(a.j)acridine) 23B E-286
3,4-5,6-Dibenzacridine (see Dibenz-(c,h)acrj.dlne) 23B E-290
Dibenz(a,h)acridine 23B E-288
Dibenz(a,j)acridine 23B E-286
Dibenz(c,h)acridine 23B E-290
1,2-3,4-Difaenzanthracene (see Dibenz(a.c)anthracene) 21 E-238
1,2-5,6-Dibenzanthracene (see Oibenz(a.h)anthracene) 21 E-240
D1benz(a,c)anthracene 21 E-238
D1benz(a,h)anthracene 21 E-24&
01benz(de,kl)anthracene (see Perylene) 21 E-246
1,2-3,4-Dibenznaphthalene (see Triphenylene) 21 E-230
1,2-5,6-Dibenzocarbazole (see D1benzo(a,g)carbazole) 23C E-304
1,2-7,8-Dibenzocarbazole (see 01benzo(a,i)carbazole) 23C E-300
3,4-5,6-Dibenzocarbazole (see Dibenzo(c.g)carbazole) 23C E-302
D1benzo(a,i)carbazole 23C E-300
F-ll
-------
Compound/Element
Dibenzo(c,g)carbazole
Dibenzo(a,g)c£rbazole
7H-Dibenzo(£,g)carbazole (see Dibenzo(a,g)carbazole)
7H-Dibenzc(a5i)carbazo1e (see Dibenzo(a.i)carbazole)
7H-Dibenzo(c,g)carbazole (see Dibenzo(c,g)carbazole)
Dibenzo(b,.def)chrysene (see Dibenzo(a.h)pyrene)
Dibenzo(cief,p)chrysene (see Dibenzo(a.l)pyrene)
1-,2-3,4-Dibenzophenanthrene (see Benzo(g)chrysene)
D1benzo(s,i)phenanthrene (see Plcene)
1,2-9,lO-B1benzopyrene (see Dibenzo(a.l)pyrene)
Dibenzo(a,h)pyrene
Dibenzo(a.i)pyrene
Dibenzo(aJ)pyrene
Dibenzo(b,e)pyridine (see Acridine)
Dibenzo(b;,e) pyrrole (see Carbazole)
1,2-7,8-Dibenzphenanthrene (see Picene)
.Dl-n-butyl phthalate (see Phthalate esters)
1,2-D1chlorobenzene
1,4-D1chlorobenzene
o-Dichlorobenzene (sae 1,2-Dichlorobenzene)
p-Dichlorobenzene (see 1,4-Dichlorobenzene)
2,2'Dichlorodiethyl ether
Dichloromethane (see Methylene chloride)
2,4-D1chlorophenol
Dicyclopentadiany1 iron (see Ferrocene)
Dicyclopentadienylnickel (nee Nickelocene)
1,4-Diethylene dioxide (see 1,4-Dioxane)
Diethylnitrosamine (see N-Nitrosodiethylamine)
Dlethyl phthalate (s«e Phthslate esters)
1,2-Dihydroxybenzene (see Catechol)
o-Dihydroxybenzene (see Catechol)
Category -Page
23C
23C
23C
23C
23C
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
. 23B
23C
,21
80
:16A
16A
16A
16A
4
2A
19
26B
26B
3
12
8D
18B
18B
E-302
E-304
E-304
E-300
E-302
E-250
E-254
E-236
E-248
E-254
E-250
E-252
E-254
E-282
E-298
. E-248
E-82
E-162
E-164
E-162
E-164
E-26
E-20
E-198
E-322
E-324
E-24
E-134
E-82
E-192
E-192
F-12
-------
Compound/Element Category Page
1,2-Oihydroxyethane (see Ethylene glycol) 6A E-52
Dimazine (see N,N-Dimethylhydrazine) 11 E-124
Dimethyl (see Ethane) : 1A E-6
Dimethyl amine . 10B E-102
p-Dimethyl aminoazobenzene 11 E-130
4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene (see p-d1methylami no-
azobenzene) 11 E-T30
Dimethyl aniline IOC E-108
N,N-Dimethylaniline . 10D E-118
7,12-Dimethylbenz(a)anthracene 21 E-222
9,10-Dimethyl-l,2-benzanthracene. (see 7,l2-01methyl-
benz(a)anthracene) 21 E-222
Dimethyl benzene (see Xylenes) . 15 E-156
Dimethylhydrazine (see N,N'-Dimethylhydrazine) 11 E-126
1,1-Dimethylhydrazine (see N,N-Dimethylhydrazine) 11 E-124
1,2-Dimethylhydrazine (see N,N'-Dimethylhydrazine) H E-126
N,N-Dimethylhydrazine 11 E-124
N,N'-Dimethylhydrazine 11 E-126
Dimethylhydroxybenzenes (see Xylenols) ISA E-188
Dimethylmercury (see Alkyl mercury compounds) 26A E-318
Dimethylmethane (see Propane) . 1A E-8
Dimethylnitrosamine (see N-Nitrosodimethylamine) 12 E-132
Dimethylphenylamine (see N,N-Dimethylaniline) IOC E-108
Dimethyl phenols (see Xylenols) ISA E-188
Dimethyl phthalate (see Phthalate esters) 8D E-82
Dimethyl pyrenes 21 E-234
3,4-Dimethyl pyrene (see Dimethyl pyrenes) 21 E-234
4,5-Dimethyl pyrene (see,Dimethyl pyrenes) 21 E-234
peri-Dinaphthalene (see Perylene) 2.1 E-246
2,4-Dinitro-o-cresol (see 4,6-Dinitro-o-cresol) 20 E-208
4,6-Dinitro-o-cresol 20 E-208
F-13
-------
Compound/Element . Category
Dinitrohydroxybenzenes (see Dinitrophenols) 20 E-206
Dinitrophenols 20 E-206
Dim'trotoluenes 17 E-180
1,4-Dioxane 3 E-24
Diphenyl (see Biphenyl) . 15 E-154
4,4'-Diphenylenediamine (see Benzidine) IOC E-112
Diphenyleneimine (see Carbazole) 23C E-298
Diphenylenemethane (see Fluorene) 22 E-260
1,2-Diphenylhydrazine 11 E-128
Divinyleneimine (see Pyrrole) 23C E-294
Dry ice (see Carbon dioxide) . 42 E-358
Epichlorhydrin (see l-chloro-2,3-epoxypropane) 6B E-54
1,4-Epoxybutane (see Tetrahydrofuran) '. ' 24 E-306
Ethanamine (see Ethylamine) 10A " E-92
Ethanal (see Acetaldehyde) 7A E-58
Ethane 1A E-6
1,2-Ethanediol (see Ethyleneglycol) ; 6A E-52
Ethanethiol 13A E-138
Ethanoic acid (see Acetic acid) 8A E-72
Ethanol 5A E-30
Ethanolamine 10A E-94
Ethene (see Ethylene) : IB E-12
Ethine (see Acetylene) . 1C E-16
Ethyl alcohol (see Ethanol) 5A E-30
Ethyl aldehyde (see Acetaldehyde) 7A E-58
Ethylamine 10A E-92
Ethyl benzene 15 E-148
Ethyl benzol (see Ethyl benzene) 15 E-148
Ethylene IB E-12
Ethylene glycol 6A E-52
F-14
-------
Compound/Element -Category -Page
Ethyleneimine 10B E-100
Ethyl hydride (see Ethane) 1A E-6
Ethyl mercaptan (see Ethanethiol) ISA E-138
Ethyl methyl pyridines (see Collidines) 23A E-276
Ethyl thioalcohol (see Ethanethiol) 13A E-138
Ethyne (see Acetylene) 1C E-16
Ferrocene 26B E-322
Fluoranthene 22 E-262
Fluorene 22 E-260
Formaldehyde 7A E-56
Formamide 8C E-80
Formic acid 8A .E-70
Formic acid amide (see Formamide) 8C E-80
Formylamine (see Formamide) 8C E-80
Gallium and Gallium compounds (as Gallium) 39 E-352
Germanium and Germanium compounds (as Germanium) 44 E-360
Glycolic acid (see Hydroxyacetic acid) 8B E-78
Glucinium (see Beryllium) 32 E-334
Grain Alcohol (see Ethanol) . : 5A E-30
Hexabenzobenzene (see Coronene) 21 E-258
Hexahydroaniline (see Cyclohexylamine) 10A E-98
Hydrazine 47 E-366
Hydrazobenzene (see 1,2-Diphenylhydrazine) 11 E-128
Hydrindene (see Indan) 15 E-150
Hydrogen arsenide (see Arsine) 49 E-380
Hydrogen cyanide 47A E-368
Hydrogen phosphide (see Phosphine) 48 E-376
Hydrogen selenide 54 E-400
Hydrogen sulfide 53 E-394
Hydrosulfuric acid (see Hydrogen sulfide) ' 53 E-394
F-15
-------
Compound/Element
Category
Page
Hydrcxyacetic acid
Hydroxyben^ene (see Phenol)
Hydroxybiphenyls (see Phenylphenol)
Hydroxyethanoic acid (see Hydroxyacetic acid)
2-Hydroxyethylamine (see Ethanolamine)
HydroxyhydHndene (see Indanols)
Hydroxyindene (see Indanols)
2-Hydroxyphenol (see Catechol)
o-Hydroxyphenol (see Catechol)
1-Hydroxypropane (see 1-Propanol)
2-Hydroxypropane (see 2-Propanol)
Hydroxytoluene (see Cresols)
Indan
Indanols
Indene
Indeno(l,2,3-cd)pyfene
11 H-Indeno(l,2-b)qu1noline (see 2,3-Benz-4-
azafluorene)
Indole
Ino'onaphthene (see Indene)
Isoacetophorone (see Isophorone)
Isobutane (see Butane)
Isobutyl alcohol
Isophorone
Isopropyl alcohol (see 2-Propanol)
Isoquinoline (see Qulnoline, Isoquinoline)
Kalium (see Potassium and Potassium compounds)
Lead and Lead compounds (as Lead)
Leucoline (see Qulnoline, Isoquinoline)
Lithium and Lithium compounds (as Lithium)
8B
18A
18A
8B
10A
18C
18C
18B
18B
5A
5B
ISA
15
18C
15
22
X23B
23C
15
7B
1A
5A
7B
5B
23B
29
46
23B
27
E-78
E-182
E-186
E-78
E-94
E-194
E-194
E-192
E-192
E-32
E-40
E-184
E-150
E-194
E-152
E-270
E-292
E-296
E-152
E-68
E-10
E-36
E-68
E-40
E-278
E-332
E-362
E-278
E-328
F-16
-------
Compound/Element Category Page
Lithium hydride 27 E-330
Magnesium and Magnesium compounds (as Magnesium) 33 E-336
Magnesium oxide 33 E-338
Manganese and Manganese compounds (as Manganese) 71 E-416
Marsh gas (see Methane) 1A E-4
Mercury and Mercury compounds (as Mercury) except
alky! 83 , E-432
Methane 1A E-4
Methanamide (see Formamide) . 8C E-80
Methanethiol 13A E-136
Methane 1A E-4
Methanoic acid (see Formic acid) . 8A E-70
Methanol 5A E-28
Methyl alcohol (see Methanol) 5A E-28
Methyl aldehyde (see Formaldehyde) 7A E-56
Methylaniline (see Aminotoluenes) IOC E-106
Methylbenzene (see Toluene) 15 E-146
Methyl-1,2-benzophenanthrene (see Methyl chrysenes) 21 E-228
a-Methylbenzyl alcohol (see 1-Phenylethanol) 5B E-46
Methyl chloride • 2A E-18
1-Methyl-2-chlorobenzene (see 2-Chlorotoluene) 16A E-166
3-Methylcholanthrene 22 E-268
20-Methylcholanthrene (see 3-Methylchloranthrene) 22 E-268
Methyl chrysenes 21 E-228
Methyl cyanide (see Acetonitrile) 9 E-84
2-Methyl-4,6-dinitrophenol (see 4,6-Dinotro-o-cresol) 20 E-208
Methylene bichloride (see Methylene chloride) 2A E-20
Methylene chloride 2A E-20
Methylene oxide (see Formaldehyde) . 7A E-56
Methyl ethyl phenol s (see Alkyl cresols) 18A E-190
Methyl ethylpyridine (see Collidines) 23A E-276
Methylhydrazine (see Monomethylhydrazine) 11 E-122
Methyl hydride (see Methane) 1A E-4
F-17
-------
Compound/Element * Category ', Page
Methyl mercaptan (see Methanethiol) ISA E-136
Methylmercury (see Alkyl mercury compounds) 26A E-318
Methylmethane (see Ethane) 1A E-6
Methylm'trobenzenes (see Nitrotoluenes) 17 E-178
Methyl phenol (see Cresols) ISA E-184
Methylphenylcarbino! (see 1-Phenylethanol) . 5B E-46
2-Methylpropane (see Butanes) 1A E-10
2-Methyl-2-propanol (see t-Butanol) . . 5C E-48
2-Methylpyridine (see Picolines) 23A E-274
3-Methylpyridine (see Picolines) 23A E-274
4-Methylpyridine (see Picolines) 23A E-274
2- Methylquinoline 23B E-280
Methylthiophenes 25 E-310
2-Methylthiophene (see Methylthiophenes) 25 E-310
3-Methylthiophene (see Methylthiophenes) 25 E-310
Molybdenum and Molybdenum compounds (as Molybdenum) 69 E-412
Monomethylhydrazine 11 > E-122
Monomethylmercury (see Alkyl mercury compounds) "26A " E-318
Moth flakes (see Naphthalene) 21 E-212
Naphthacene 21 E-218
a-Naphthacridine (see Benz(c)acridine) 23B E-284
Naphthalene 21 E-212..
Naphthalin (see Naphthalene) 21 E-212
Naphthaline (see Naphthalene) .21 E-212
Naphthene (see Naphthalene) '21 E-212
1-Naphthylamine (see T-Aminonaphthalene) IOC E-1T4
a-Naphthylamine (see 2-Aminonaphthalene) IOC E-116
p,-Naphthylamine (see 2-Aminonaphthalene) IOC E-116
Nickel and Nickel compounds (as Nickel) 76 E-420
Nickel carbonyl 76 E-422
Nickelocene 26B E-324
F-18
-------
Compound/Element Category Page
Nickel tetracarbonyl (see Nickel carbonyl) 76 E-442
Nitrobenzene 17 E-172
4-Nitrobiphenyl 17 E-174
p-Nitrobiphenyl (see 4-Nitrobiphenyl) 17 E-174
4-Nitrodiphenyl (see 4-N1trobiphenyl) 17 E-174
2-Nitrophenol 20 E-200
3-N1trophenol 20 E-202
4-Nitrophenol 20 E-204
m-Nitrophenol (see 3-Nitrophenol) 20 E-202
o-Nitrophenol (see 2-N1trophenol) 20 E-200
p-Nitrophenol (see 4-N1trophenol) 20 E-204
N-Nitrosodiethylamine 12 E-134
N-Nitrosodimethylamine 12 E-132
Nitrotoluenes 17 E-178
Organotin compounds ''. 26A E-320
Oxybenzene (see Phenol) ISA E-182
.Ozone 52 E-390
.Pentanols (primary) 5A E-38
Pentanols (secondary) 5B, E-44
t-Pentanol 5C E-50
t-Pentyl alcohol (see t-Pentanol) 5C E-50
Perylene ' 21 E-246
Phenanthrene 21 E-216
Phene (see Benzene) 15 E-144
Phenic acid (see Phenol) 18A E-182
Phenol 18A E-182
Phenylaldehyde (see Benzaldehyde) 7A E-66
Phenylamine (see Aniline) • . IOC E-104
p-Phenylanillne (see 4-Aminobiphenyl) - IOC E-110
Phenylbenzene (see Biphenyl) 15 E-154
Phenyl chloride (see Chlorobenzene) 16A E-160
F-19
-------
Compound/Element .Category Page
Phenyl cyanide (see Benzonitrile) 9 E-88
2,3-0-Phenylenepyrene (see Indeno(l,2,3-cd)pyrene) 22 E-270
Phenylethane (see Ethylbenzene) 15 E-148
1-Phenylethanol 5B E-46
Phenyl formic acid (see Benzoic acid) 8A E-74
Phenylhydride (see Benzene) 15 E-144
Phenyl hydroxide (see Phenol) 18A E-182
Phenylic acid (see Phenol) 18A E-182
Phenylmethane (see Toluene) 15 E-146
Phenylphenols ISA E-186
Phenylsulfonic acid (see Benzenesulfonic acid) 14A E-142
Phosphate 48 E-374
Phosphine 48 E-376
Phosphorus . . 48 E-372
Phthalate esters __ 8D E-82
Phthalic acid 8A E-76
o-Phthalic acid (see Phthalic acid) . .•• 8A E-76
Picene 21 E-248
Picolines 23A E-274
Picric acid (see 2,4,6-Trinitrophenol) 20 E-210
Plumbum (see Lead) 46 E-362
Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCB's) 16A E-168
Potassium and Potassium compounds (as Potassium) 29 E-332
Potassium cyanide (see Alkali cyanides) 47 E-370
Propaldehyde (see Propionaldehyde) 7A E-62
Propanal (see Propionaldehyde) 7A E-62
Propane 1A E-8
1-Propanol 5A E-32
2-Propanol 5B E-40
Propenal (see Acrolein) "7A E-60
Propene (see Propylene) IB E-14
F-20
-------
Compound/Element Category .Page
Propionaldehyde 7A £-62
n-Propyl alcohol (see 1-Propanol) 5A E-32
Propylaldehyde (see Propionaldehyde) 7A E-62
Propylene IB E-14
Pyrene 21 E-232
Pyridine 23A E-272
Pyrocatechol (see Catechol) 18B E-192
Pyrrole 23C E-294
Quicksilver (see Mercury) 83 E-432
Quinaldine (see 2-Methylquinoline) 23B E-280
Quinoline 23B E-278
8-Quinolinol-copper II chelate (see Copper-8-
hydroxyquinoline) 26C E-326
Scandium 60 E-404
Selenium and Selenium compounds (as Selenium) 54 E-398
Selenium hydride (see Hydrogen selenide) 54 E-400
Silver and Silver compounds (as Silver) 79 E-426
Sodium cyanide (see Alkali cyanide) 47A E-370
Stibium (see Antimony and Antimony compounds) 50 E-384
Strontium and Strontium compounds (as Strontium) 35 E-340
Sulfur hydride (see Hydrogen sulfide) 53 E-394
Tar camphor (see Naphthalene) • 21 E-212
Tellurium and Tellurium compounds (as Tellurium) . 55 E-402
Tetracene (see Naphthacene) 21 E-218
Tetraethyllead 26A E-316
Tetraethylplumbane (see Tetraethyllead) 26A E-316
Tetrahydrofuran 24 E-306
Tetrahydronaphthalene 15 E-158
Tetralin (see Tetrahydronaphthalene) 15 E-158
Tetraline (see Tetrahydronaphthalene) •• 15 E-158
Tetramethyllead 26A E-314
Tetramethylplumbane (see Tetramethyllead) 26A E-314
F-21
-------
Compound/Element Category Page
Tetramethylsuccinonitrile 9 E-90
Thallium and Thallium compounds (as Thallium) 41 E-354
Thiofuran (see Thiophene) 25 E-308
Thionaphthene (see Benzo(b)thiophene) 25 E-312
Thiophene 25 E-308
Titanium and Titanium (as Titanium) 62 E-406
Toluene 15 E-146
Toluidines (see Aminotoluenes) 10.C E-106
Toluol (see Toluene) 15 E-146
o-Tolyl chloride (see 2-Chlorotoluene) . 16A E-166
Triatomic oxygen (see Ozone) 52 E-390
3,5,5-Trimethyl-2-cyclohexene-l one (see Isophorone) 7B E-68
Trimethylmethane (see Butanes) 1A E-10
Trimethylpyridines (see Collidines) 23A E-276
2,4,6-Trinitrophenol 20 E-210
Triphenylene 21 E-230
Tungsten and Tungsten compounds (as Tungsten) 70 E-414
-Unsymmetrical dimethylhydrazine (see N,N Dimethyl-
hydrazine) . 11 E-124
Uranium and Uranium compounds (as Uranium) 85 E-434
Vanadium and Vanadium compounds (as Vanadium) 65 E-408
Vinyl chloride 2B E-22
Vinyl cyanide (see Acrylonitrile) 9 E-86
White arsenic (see Arsenic trioxide) 49 E-382
White tar (see Naphthalene) 21 E-212-
Wolfram (see Tungsten) 70 E-414
Wood alcohol (see Methanol) 5A E-28
Xylenes 15 E-156
Xylenols 18A E-188
Xylidines (see Dimethyl aniline) IOC E-108
Xylol (see Xylenes) 15 E-156
Zinc and Zinc compounds (as Zinc) 81 E-428
F-22
-------
APPENDIX G.
Carcinogenesis
G-i
-------
INTRODUCTION
In spite of the absence of a sound theory relating all known chemical
carcinogens to their structures, there are some areas of agreement among
researchers regarding mechanisms of cancer induction and the role of
certain classes of chemicals in those mechanisms. It is the purpose of
this appendix to present a brief overview of some of the most generally
accepted theories and models that have been postulated to explain chemical
carcinogenesis. Both organic compounds (with emphasis on polycyclic
aromatic hydrocarbons) and metals are addressed. A basic discussion of
DMA is included since the preponderance of carcinogenesis theories focuses
on the alteration of DNA. A section on short-term bioassays (short-
term tests which are used, or which might be used, in the attempt to
detect chemical carcinogens) is also included. These tests are based
largely on theories advanced in the earlier section on mechanisms.
It is hoped that the information provided in this appendix, although
not directly related to the MEG's as developed in this report, may pro-
vide the basis for more refined models for deriving EPC's and MATE'S for
suspected carcinogens in the future.
G-3
,
Preceding page blank
-------
MECHANISMS FOR THE INDUCTION OF CANCER AND THEORIES
RELATING CARCINOGENESIS TO PHYSICO-CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES OF CHEMICAL CARCINOGENS
The appearance of cells whose growth does not obey the normal rules
of reproduction and the invasion and proliferation of those cells in
normal tissue, coupled with loss of specific function, are the conditions
generally accepted as a definition of cancer. The transformations
necessary for the appearance of cancerous cells have been linked to
viral, radiative, and chemical agents.
Chemicals that induce formation of cancer are called chemical
carcinogens. A chemical carcinogen can be defined as an agent that
induces cancer at a site or target in the organism which would not'occur
if the chemical were not present.
Most of the chemical substances known to cause cancer are organic,
and most of the research on chemical carcinogenesis is directed to the
understanding of carcinogenesis caused by organic chemicals. This is
understandable considering that the first chemicals suspected of causing
cancers were the polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons. It is known
that -carcinogenic organic compounds are found in such diverse classes as
polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons, nitrosoamines, aromatic amines, halo-
genated hydrocarbons, acridines, isothiocyanates, and aflatoxins.
A small number of metals and their salts, as well as some complex
silicates (asbestos), are also known to be carcinogenic. Certain metallo-
organic compounds (where there 1s a covalent bond between the metal and
the organic moiety) and certain chelates (where the metallic 1on is
coordinated to atoms with free electron pairs to form a five- or six-
membered ring) have also shown carcinogenic activity.
There are no obvious structural similarities fimong all the chemicals,
known to induce cancer although may researchers have Investigated theories
advancing a variety of possible common denominators. Most chemical
carcinogens could be more correctly described as procarcinogens—i.e.,
G-4
-------
chemicals that require activation (usually enzymatic) before they can
elicit a carcinogenic response in an organism. This concept of pro-
carcinogens may explain the lack of success in the search for a common
structural element among chemical carcinogens since the biologically
active form may differ from that of its precursor. The ultimate car-
cinogen in most cases is believed to be electrophilic in nature.
The main thrust of research in the field of chemical carcinogens is
currently directed to the understanding of what happens at the cellular
level to induce tumor formation: What transforms a procarcinogen into
an active form? Which cellular component will it attack? How will that
attack increase the susceptibility of the tissue for transformation into
a malignant growth?
CARCINOGENESIS AND DMA
There is general agreement among researchers that a chemical inter-
action between a carcinogen and cellular material is a requisite for
carcinogenesis and that merely physical interactions do not induce
icancer. (It is known that carcinogens can interact with various con-
stituents of cellular material such as nucleic acid and proteins).. The
interaction regarded as critical by most researchers is the. one involving the
ultimate carcinogen and DNA. It is likely that it involves an attack of the
nucleophiHc centers in DNA. • .
DNA orders all chemical activity within a cell, and it may be
assumed that any change in the DNA must result in a change in the cell's
activity. Conversely, when changes within a cell become evident, an
obvious possible cause might be assumed to result from a malfunction in
the DNA. The study of chemical carcinogenesis, then, has centered on the
mechanisms by which chemical substances might bring about malfunction in
DNA. Sefore continuing the discussion of carcinogenesis, it 1s imperative
that the structure and function of DNA within the cell be understood.
The cell is the basic unit of all living systems. Cell constituents
include a containing membrane; the cytoplasm, or cell body, in which most
G-5
-------
of the metabolic functions are performed; and the nucleus, which contains
the chromosomes. These chromosomes have been shown to command, either
directly or indirectly, all the functions of cell metabolism. The following
discussion of their structure and function is pertinent to chromosomes in
higher order cells.
Chromosomes consist almost entirely of deoxyribonucleic acid, better
known as DNA. It seems fairly clear that DNA is the active agent within the
chromosomes that chemically orders the cell's functions. Specific actions
of chromosomes are diverse and include: replication prior to mitosis;
direct production of certain enzymes; and creation of unit lengths of
ribonucleic acid (RNA) which then pass into the cytoplasm and induce the
cell to perform its vital functions. This last role is the most important
example of how DNA affects the cell's activities indirectly.
The chemical structure of DNA and RNA was made manifest in recent
years by Watson and Crick who determined that DNA consists of two strands
of nucleic acid which spiral around a common axis. This structure is often
described as a "double helix". The unique architecture of the DNA molecule
allows the chromosomal-DNA "to duplicate itself exactly by splitting the two
strands along the shared axis; each single strand then directs the Reproduction
of its complement. This duplication may be clearly understood after discussion
of the chemical construction of nucleic acids.
Nucleic acids are comprised of phosphorylated sugars (deoxyribose in the
case of DNA) and organic bases (adenine, thymine, guanine, and cytosine, in
DNA). The sugar phosphates serve as connecting agents for the bases within
a single; strand of nucleic acid. The length of a nucleic acid chain is defined
by the genetic needs of the individual cell. The structural units of the
nucleic acid of DNA are shown in Figure G-l.
6-6
-------
a) Organic bases:
Purina
A
Pyrimidines
J-? HAJQ
N I N I
Adenine
I
Guanine • Cytosine
Thymine
b) Nucleoside:
2-deoxy-D-riboM (a sugar) substituted at the C-1 position
by a heterocyclic base (from the four illustrated above).
d) : Nucleic acid:
Pojydeoxyrlbonucleotide
formed by polymerization
daoxyrlbosenucleotide (the
phosphate ft the 3* sugar
position is further esterlfied
to the 5'-sugar position of its
merest neighbor).
c) Nucleotlde:
0
bos*
The) nucleoside phosphorylated
in the ribose ring.
Figure G-2. The Structural Units of the Nucleic Acid of DNA
6-7
-------
In DNA, two strands of polydeoxyribonucleic add spiral together around a
shared axis that is formed by the tendency of the organic bases to link to each
other. The bases link, however, only in specific pairs under normal conditions;
i.e., the bases adenine and thymine will pair, and guanine and cytosine will pair,
but adenine and guanine will not. The sugar-base units within a single strand
of nucleic acid may combine in limitless arrangements, but the corresponding bases
in the matching second strand of the chromosomal-DNA are rigidly defined by the
pairing effect; each base in strand A must be matched by its natural pair-mate
in strand B. Figure G-2 reveals the bond patterns that determine the mandatory
ordered pairing phenomenon in DNA.
Thymine
Sugar*-"
Cytosine
Sugar
Adenine
Sugar
Guanine
Sugar
Figure G-2. Hydrogen Bonding Between Base Pairs of the
Nucleic Add of DNA
G-0
-------
The structure of RNA is quite similar to DNA, except that in RNA the base
thymine of DNA is replaced by the pyrimidine base uracil, and the sugar in the
sugar-phosphate "backbone" is ribose instead of deoxyribose. One other difference
is that RNA seems to occur in single strands. An accepted assumption is that
segments of individual strands of chromosomal DNA order synthesis of complementary
"messenger" RNA; the "messenger" passes into the cytoplasm and coimands an
individual specific cellular function.
It now seems clear that it is the pattern of the arrangement of the sugar-
base units in DNA that determines the precise activities the cell is to perform.
Each chromosome may be responsible for several activities; the segment of the
chromosome which orders a specific function for the cell is known as a gene.
The relationship between tliese structural features of DNA and carcino-
genicity is significant. If DNA, directly or indirectly, causes specific cell
functions, then a change in DNA structure in a particular gene may be assumed to
bring about a change in the cellular activity controlled by that gene. Several
different types of chromosomal mutation have been studied as possible sources of
carcinogenesis. The ability of chemical molecules introduced from outside the
cell to react with and alter the complex molecules of DNA in specific ways has
become the focal point of study in the field of chemical carcinogenesis.
There are several mechanisms (known or postulated) by which chemicals can
cause alterations in DNA which may result in the formation of tumors.
Intercalation or insertion is an example of an important interaction
between chemicals and DNA. It is known that polycyclic aromatic hydro-
carbons (PAH), including those that are carcinogenic, are able to inter-
calate, as shown in Figure G-3, between the base pairs stacked in the center of
the DNA molecule. '
G-9
-------
(a)
DMA before intercalation
(fa)
After exposure to PAH
Base pairs
stacked
normally
PAH
PAH intercalation
Figure 6-3. Intercalation of PAH in DNA
Both carcinogenic and non-carcinogenic PAH can wedge between the base pairs,
but the physical complex formed by a carcinogenic PAH changes into a chemical
complex when placed in a given hydroxylating system. No comparable conversion
is observed with the complex formed by the non-carcinogenic PAH.
G-10
-------
Chemicals can also bind to DNA by replacement of one of the bases. For
example, as illustrated in Figure G-4, under certain conditions the compound
5-Bromodeoxyuridine (BUDR) can replace thymine (one of the bases) in DNA.
The result is a mutation from a guanine-cytosine pairing in the DNA molecule
to an adenine-thymine pairing. It is possible that other compounds react
with DNA in a similar way.
a) BUDR replaces cytosine in DNA.
b) BUDR tends to pair with adenine.
A T
A T
G C BUDR- G BUOR
I I I I
T —— A T- A
Normal order
of bases
A T
G BUDR
1 1
T A
"Pairing
mistake"
A T
I i
A BUOR
T A
c) BUDR is replaced by thymine;
order of bate pairs In DNA Is
altered.
A-—T
A BUOR
T--A
A T
•••A- T
T A
Mutation
Figure G-4. Mechanism for Mutation Caused by a "Pairing Mistake"
G-ll
-------
It is believed that changes in the conformation or spatial arrangement of
DNA can also bring about mutations; certain bulky chemicals, for example,
acetylamlnoflorene (AAF) can bring about such conformation changes. Acetylamino-
florene (AAF) binds to the 8-position of guanine. The guanine then rotates
around the bond that "hinges" it to the rest of the molecule to give a new
conformation. Figure 6-5 illustrates.
T- - A
T --A-
T -- A
C- - G
AAF
C-- G-AAF
C -AAF- G-
A T
A-- T
A - -T
Figure 6-5. Mechanism Whereby AAF Affects Conformation
" Changes in DNA
Another mechanism by which chemicals may affect DNA is crosslinking (shown
in Figure 6-6). Chemicals such as di and polyfunctional alkylating agents can
react to crosslink the strands of DNA preventing the separation of the
strands that is necessary for replication.
6-12
-------
Chemical
Crosslinking
of DNA
Replication inhibited because strands cannot
separate normally
Figure G-6. Crosslinking of DNA
Chemicals may also break the bond between guanine (a purine) and the sugar
in the sugar-phosphate backbone of DNA; this is called depurination. The loss of
guanine causes a gap in the DNA structure. If the DNA is replicated with such a
gap, the mutation is called a deletion.
The idea that damage or alteration of DNA is part of the chain of events
leading to cancer is a reasonable one, but a clear link between DNA damage and
oncogenesis has not been conclusively demonstrated. It should also be pointed
out that there are mechanisms by which the organism may repair DNA. In addition,
it is important to recognize that many researchers believe that viruses, are
responsible for tumor induction. This idea, however, does not eliminate the. role
of chemicals in carcinogenesis since chemicals may, through alteration of DNA,
bring about cellular changes that increase the susceptibility of the cell to viral
attack.
G-13
-------
POLYCYCLIC AROMATIC HYDROCARBONS (PAH) — THE RELATIONSHIP
OF CARCINOGENICITY AND PHYSICO-CHEMICAL PROPERTIES
PAH have been investigated by many researchers in an effort to distinguish
the carcinogenic structures from the non-carcinogenic ones. No conclusive
formula has come to light to provide the basis for prediction, but observations
have been made which allow some insight. Table 6-1 presents the conclusions
resulting from some of the PAH structure/carcinogenicity studies. Table G-2 lists
some of the theories and models advanced to explain the cardnogenicity 'of PAH
along with observations and remarks. Several parameters and theories discussed
apply as well to other carcinogenic organic compounds.
G-14
-------
TABLE G-l. SUMMARY OF PHYSICO-CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF POLYCYCLIC AROMATIC HYDROCARBONS
AND THEIR RELEVANCE.TO CARCINOGENESIS
Molecule Size
Thickness
Apparent optimum size I ?
for PAH carcinogens = 120& .
Very large PAH are not carcinogenic.
There seems to be a limittij) the
size of a molecule beyond which it
cannot induce cancer. '
This has been studied in more detail
with heterocyclic compounds, but there
seems to be a limit to the thickness
of a molecule for proper "fit".
Planarity.
Conjugation .
Symmetry.
Substituents
^
In.
.PAH carcinogens are planar.
Deviations from planarity reduce
carcinogenicity.
Reduction (by partial hydrogenation)
of the maximum number of cumulative
double bonds in a PAH structure
reduces carcinogenicity.
It has been suggested that
carcinogenic activity is more
frequent in compounds with asymmetric
geometry. Not specific.
Size and position of substituents
modify carcinogenicity.
Molecular Weight
Most carcinogens have molecular
weights below 500 .
Volatility
Solubility a) water.
b) lipid.
Fluorescence
Photodynamic activity.
PAH hydrocarbons may be sublimed.
Important in transport of particle:
in the atmosphere.
PAH (carcinogenic and non-carcino-
genic) are insoluble in water, may
be solubilized by impurities in
water. Solubilization can be
important in transport of molecule'.
in organisms.
Solubility of PAH (carcinogenic ant
non-carcinogenic) in lipids vary.
As membranes of cells contain lipk
it may be important in transport 01
molecules or by virtue of inter-
action with membrane.
Many PAH carcinogens exhibit
fluorescence. Not specific.
Many PAH exhibit photodynamic
activity. Not specific.
-------
TABLE G-2. SUMMARY OF THEORIES OR MODELS ADVANCED TO EXPLAIN CARCINOGENICITY OF POLYCYCLIC AROMATIC HYDROCARBONS (PAH)
Theory or model
Observation
Remarks
a) Physical interaction
b) Chemical bonding
c) Cationic radical
d) K-region epoxide - (cyclic
oxide formed at a strongly
olefinic bond in a poly-
cyclic aromatic
hydrocarbon)
e) Role of aryl hydrocarbon
hydroxylase
PAH intercalate between base-pairs in
molecules of DNA.
Certain PAH in hydroxylating solvent system
bind chemically to DNA.
Cationic radicals of PAH are readily formed
and react with some organic bases.
a) K-region epoxides of carcinogenic
PAH are more active in inducing
malignant transformations "in vitro",
than parent compound.
b) K-region epoxides react chemically
with nucleic acids while parent hydro-
'carbon does not.
c) A direct relationship has been
recognized between mutagenicity of
K-region epoxides in bacteriophage
and carclnogenicity of parent
hydrocarbon.
This enzyme is present in tissue of many
species, including man. This enzyme
catalyzes formation of B(a)P metabolite
that binds to DNA. Correlation has been
established between susceptibility to
lung cancer and presence of the enzyme.
Not selective. Both carcinogenic and non-
carcinogenic PAH interact in a physical way
with molecules of DNA.
Selective. B(a)P (carcinogenic) in an
activating solvent system binds chemically
to DNA, B(e)P (non-carcinogenic) in same
system does not.
Not selective. Cation radical of DMBA
(carcinogen) reacts with purine; cation
radical of perylene (non-carcinogen) also
reacts with purine.
Evidence indicates K-region epoxides are
important in the metabolism of carcinogenic
PAH to the ultimate carcinogen.
In animals exposed to PAH (carcinogenic
and non-carcinogenic) the level of enzyme
increases. Considered Important in the
activation of PAH to their carcinogenic
form.
-------
y or model
Observation
Remarks
f) 3ole of oxy-radical
g) E1ectro-h1lic reactant
•.) Carcinogen: at "tissue-
burden".
B(a)P (carcinogen) is converted to the
free radical 6-oxy-benzopyrene by
incubation with rat liver homogenates.
The free radical binds to ONA in vitro.
Most carcinogens are believed to be
electrophilic (electron-seeking).
Many known chemical carcinogens are
found in tissues years after last
exposure to agent.
Considered more important than cationic
radicals. The binding of a precursor of the
oxy-radical to DNA changes from physical
to chemical without addition of an activator
Experimental evidence indicates, ultimate
carcinogen of PAH is likely to be an
electrophile.
Rate at which a chemical bound to DNA is
removed nay be important in initiation of
career. The reaction of compound with
enzymes to form soluble compounds that are
then eliminated from the system is one known
mechanism of detoxification.
-------
METALS AND CARCINOGENESIS
The mechanisms of carcinogenesis presented so far in this appendix have been
mainly associated with the action of organic compounds in cellular material.
Comparable theories and patterns have not been proposed to explain the carcinogenicil
of certain ratals. There is, however, a great deal to be said about metals and
their roles in biochemistry. The brief discussion that follows addresses binding
by metals and ways in which they might affect living cells. The behavior of metals
within biomolecules is highly relevant to carcinogenesis. Metallic ions bind in an
organism by a) electrostatic forces and b) by coordination to specific sites in
proteins or nucleic acids.
—. Electrostatic forces describe the reciprocal attraction of. an ion (or polar
molecule) with .a positive charge, for an ion (or polar molecule) with a negative
charge. A Na+ ion, for example, will be attracted to negative sites in a cell
^j
membrane. Another example of electrostatic bonding is the bonding of Mg to
adenosinetriphosphate (ATP); -the.metallic ion can be displaced with ease. Urtivalent
metal ions (Na , K ) and somf divalent metal ions (Ca++, Mg-H-) move rather freely wil
the organism and some ions can permeate cell membranes. Ions such as these that
move easily within organisms are loosely held and are not implicated in carcinogenes
The metals that can induce tumors in experimental animals all have the ability
to form coordination compounds. Coordination compounds are comprised of a metal and
a coordinating agent. Almost any group (ion or molecule) having an unshared pair
or electrons can act as a coordinating agent. Biomolecules like proteins,
phospholipids, carbohydrates, and nucleotides all have coordinating groups to which
metal ions can bind. Some examples are the nitrogen of histidine, the N^ of
lysine ami other amino acids, the nitrogens of purine and pyrimidine .bases, the
oxygen of hydroxy functions as in serine, the P04 of phospholipids, and the.
sulfur of thiol groups (as in cysteine).
Coordinating groups arrange about a metal ion in a special way depending
on the coordination number of the metal. A metal ion-with coordination number of.
four can exhibit a pyramidal or a square-planar configuration. For example, the
'compound PtOJH-J^Clp is known to assume a square planar configuration with the
platinum metal at the center and in the same plane as the coordinating groups. The
coordinating groups may assume positions at the corners of the square in either of
two configurations. If two identical groups are adjacent to one another, the
G-18
-------
configuration 1s called "ds." If they are opposite, it 1s called "trans." Cis
and trans configurations may affect an organism in totally different ways.
When a group can coordinate simultaneously at two or more places it is called
a chelate. One important chelated structure occurring in organisms is that of the
metalloporphyrin. Hemoglobin is an example of such a compound; it is an iron (II)
porphyrin. The structure of many metalloporphyrins is planar, but in some divalent
metal porphyrins the metal is slightly above the plane, and the resulting arrangement
is more.like a pyramid.
Other coordinating arrangements are also possible. For example, the
arrangement of coordinating groups about a metal with a coordination number
of six is indicated by X-ray and other experimental evidence to be octahedral.
The binding of Cu (II) to base pairs in DNA also represents an octahedral
arrangement.
The arrangement of groups about a metal determine in part:
(a) the ease with which the metal can participate in a reaction; and
(b) whether the metal can be easily substituted by another metal.
Metals in chelated structures are held tightly, and therefore, displacement,
when it occurs, can be expected to force the coordinating groups into an altered
arrangement or conformation.
Since most metals in organisms are associated with proteins and enzymes which
require specific structures to be biologically active, it is. clear that displacement
of a metal within these chelated biomolecules can alter the normal processes of an
organism by changing a specific molecular conformation.
It is reasonable to suspect that changes in the normal processes of an
organism can increase the susceptibility of that organism to cancer.
Other ways by which a metal can alter the natural processes in an organism
include:
1) altering the permeability of membranes.
2) binding to specific residues, thus blocking necessary cellular reactions.
(For example, heavy metals can bind to the sulfur in the SH group
of cysteine blocking that site for enzymatic reactions.)
3) inhibiting certain processes. (For example, Be (II) inhibits the
synthesis of DNA.)
G-19
-------
SHORT TERM BIOASSAYS
The only criterion generally accepted as a test for carcinogenesis is the
induction of tumors in experimental animals or man. However, the growing number
of known chemicals makes this approach increasingly difficult. The cost of
screening a single compound by conventional methods has been estimated at a
hundred thousand dollars. Interest in the development of short-term tests for
carcinogenicity stems not only from the cost and duration of animal testing but from
the urgent need to identify potential carcinogens before the population is exposed
to them. Proponents of short-term testing point to the fact that the detection
of carcinogenicity by animal bioassays is^ limited by the variations in sensitivity
of the different species and the Inability of such tests to detect the induction
of tumor incidence below W percent. Also,-large-scale,'long-term tests in animals
are not free from galse negatives.
Most short-term tests depend on the,mutation of cells,. The basis for the
mutation-cancer correlations is the assumption that certain mutations (changes)
in a somatic cell increase the probability that the cell will transform into'a
cancerous cell. . .
Short-term tests to detect mutagem'city (as an indication of carcinogenicity)
have been carried out using: a) bacteria * b) yeast or fungus, c) Drosophila
(fruit-fly),and d) mammalian cells. -These short-term mutagenicity (implied
carcinogenicity) tests are briefly described below. Currently, there is a need
for all the tests for carcinogenesis to mimic more effectively the action in a
living organism.
TESTS USING BACTERIA — AMES TEST
A widely used short-term bioassa/ is the one known as Ames Test; developed by
Dr. Bruce Ames of the University of California at Berkeley.
The indicator in the Ames test consists of special strains of mutants of
Salmonella typhurium (a bacteria) in appropriate culture media. The culture
media usually contain liver microsomes whose function is to activate the carcinogens.
The suspected carcinogen is placed on the indicator gel in a petri-dish
and the growth of the revertant bacteria around the spot indicates a positive
reaction. (The indicator bacteria can grow on the culture media only if a
back-mutation is induced by the chemical, allowing the revertant bacteria to
multiply in the culture media.)
G-20
-------
The Ames test is fast and inexpensive but not without shortcomings. The test
is not considered suitable for metal carcinogens and promoters, because of the
large amount of magnesium citrates, and phosphates required in the medium.
Also, developers of the test admit that the test has a history of 15 percent false
negatives and 10 percent false positives. Opponents of the test consider that 15
percent of false negatives is too high to make the Ames test alone of value for
screening compounds for carcinogenicity.
The test for mutagenicity using bacteria is perhaps the simplest but is also
the one farthest removed genetically from the cells where cancer actually occurs.
There is a need for tests that can detect different forms of genetic damage or
for tests that complement the information obtained from other tests.
MODIFIED BACTERIA -- HOST MEDIATED ASSAY
A modified bacterial test is the host-mediated assay. In this test, an animal
is. used as host and pre-treated with the suspected carcinogen to be tested. Then":
:a strain of mutant bacteria is injected into the peritoneal cavity. After a short
period of time, the animal is sacrificed and revertant or back-mutant bacteria
are counted.
TESTS USING YEASTS
<, •
. , In man, the genes associated with increased susceptibility of the cell toward
.transformations are recessive although there are genetic mechanisms by which the
recessive properties may "surface".,-In cells of lower organisms, recessive
properties may become dominant by mitotic recombination and gene conversion.
These two mechanisms (not yet confirmed to occur in man) can be quantitavely
studied in yeast. It has been suggested that bio-assay with yeasts be included
in any battery of tests for carcinogenicity.
TESTS USING DROSOPHILA
Drosophila (fruit fly) is a complex organism used often for mutagenic
studies. It is composed of specialized tissue and organs and reproduces by
sexual means only.
The mutagenic studies using Drosophila involve the detection of sex-linked
lethals (combination of chromosomes that result in death for the offspring). The
sex-linked lethal characteristic can be recessive or dominant.
G-21
-------
To detect dominant lethal mutations, male flies are treated with a chemical
and mated with untreated females. If the chemical induces a dominant lethal
mutation, the eggs that inherit a dominant lethal chromosome will not hatch.
The ratio of unhatched eggs from such matings as compared to controls gives
a measure of the frequency of mutations. To detect recessive trait mutations,
special female tester strains with bar-shaped, apricot color eyes are allowed
to mate with males that have been exposed to the chemical being tested. After
females of the first generation are crossed with males of the first generation,
a statistical study of the sex and type of eyes in the second generations
Indicates whether or not the chemical caused mutation.
There are distinct advantages to using Drosophila in screening chemicals for
carcinogenic properties. In contrast with other test systems where only one class
of genetic damage can be studied, special strains of Drosophlla permit the
simultaneous study of a variety of genetic changes. Also, Drosophila has capacity
for metabolic activation (i.e.., procarcinogen is converted to an active form).
USE OF MAMMALIAN CELLS
Mammalian cells compared to bacteria are more difficult to grow in tissue
culture, and their mutation is more complex to interpret. To allow ;the use of
mammalian cells in carcinogen testing, strains of cells that are azaguanine
resistant (Azgr) or azaguanine sensitive (Azgs) have been developed from Chinese [
hamsters. The reversibility induced by mutations allows their use as a test of
mutagenicity. .
Azg
Mutant
•; > s
Mutant
(grow in azaguanine) (do not grow in azaguanine)
For the test, Azgs cells are treated with the chemical to be tested for a
given period of time. The cells are then washed to remove all traces of the
chemical and recultured in fresh medium. When azaguanine is then added, only the
cells that have changed from Azgs to Azg will grow, giving an indication
of the mutagenicity of the chemical.
Hybrid cells from Chinese hamster cells and human cells are being developed.
In these hybrid cells, most of the human chromosomes are lost, but hybrid cells with
even one human chromosome are expected to be very valuable in the study of
carcinogenesis.
G-22
-------
APPENDIX G
A SELECTED BIBLIOGRAPHY
Arcos, J. C., and M. F. Argus. Molecular Geometry and Carcinogenic
Activity of Aromatic Compounds in Advances in Cancer Research,
Volume II. Academic Press, New York, N. Y. (1968).
Fishbein, L., W. G. Flamm, and H. L. Falk.. Chemical Mutagens: Environ-
mental Effects on Biological Systems. Academic Press, New York,
N. Y. (1970).
Hueper, W. C., and W. D. Conway. Chemical Carcinogenesis and Cancers.
Charles C. Thomas, Publishers, Springfield, Illinois (1964).
Koller, P. C. The Role of Chromosomes in Cancer Biology in Recent
Results in Cancer Research #38; Springer-Verlag, Berlin (1972).
Malt, R. A., ed. Macromolecular Synthesis and Growth. Little Brown
and Company, Boston, Mass. (1967).
Saffioti, U. and J. K. Wagoner. Occupational Carcinogenesis. Annals
of New York Academy of Sciences 271, New York Academy of Sciences,
New York, N. Y. (1976).
Searle, Charles E. Chemical Carcinogens, ACS Monograph 173. American
Chemical Society, Washington, D. C. (1976).
Tso, Paul 0. P., and Di Paolo, A» Joseph, edd. Chemical Carcinogenesis
Volumes A and B, Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, N. Y. (1974)
G-23
-------
APPENDIX H
GLOSSARY
-------
GLOSSARY
aberration (chromosome): An Irregularity of chromosomes that causes a
duplication, deletion, exchange, or other alteration of the genetic
material.
absorption factor: The percentage of an available substance normally
assimilated by a life form through an inhalation or ingestive process
under known conditions; usually expressed as a decimal figure.
acid hydrolysis: Dissociation of molecules into ions in the presence of
acids.
acid mine drainage: Drainage of water carrying dissolved substances that
cause lowering of pH to 2-4.5; not only are the dissolved compounds
potential pollutants, but the lowered pH induces increased solubility
of heavy metals within the stream. .
acne: Dermatitis caused by inflammation of sweat glands and hair follicles.
acute exposure: A single exposure of short-term duration.
acute toxic effect: A reaction to exposure of short-term duration which
results in immediate effects that last for a short duration with little
tissue reaction. .
adipose: Fatty; pertaining to fat-storing connective tissue in animals.
adjusted ordering number: See dosage adjusted ordering number.
aerobic: Description of biological or chemical processes that can occur only
in the presence of oxygen.
H-3
Preceding page blank
-------
aerosol: Any of-several types of dispersions of solid or liquid particles
of microscopic size in a gaseous medium.
agglomerate: To gather into a mass, or cluster.
albuminuria: The presence of blood albumin in urine.
alky! (group): A structural unit of organic molecules comprised of C^ ,
(examples are methyl, ethyl, propyl, etc.)
allergin: An agent that induces allergy.
allotrope: An alternative physical form of a substance (esp. an element)
in the same phase (e.g..crystals and amorphous powder).
alum: As a general term, any of various double salts isomorphous to
potassium aluminum sulfate.
Ambient Level Goals: Levels of contaminants in air, water or land which will
not adversely affect human health or the ecology* continuous exposure
assumed.
anaerobic: Description of biological or chemical processes that can occur
only in the absence of oxygen.
anemia: A deficiency of oxygen transport ability of blood.
anesthetic: Any substance or action that results in loss of neurosensation.
anion: Any negatively charged ion.
antagonism: An interaction of two or more substances such that the usual
action of any one of them on living cells or tissue is altered.
H-4
-------
antioxidant: An agent that inhibits oxidation.
application factor: Usually, the ratio of a safe concentration of a substance
to its lethal concentration; other ratios may also be defined and called
application factors.
aromatic (compound): Usually an organic compound containing an aromatic
homocyclic or heterocyclic ring.
asphyxiation: A condition in which the useable oxygen supply is limited due
to the presence of another chemical.
autooxidation: An oxidation reaction that occurs spontaneously in the presence
of air.
background concentration level: The normally occurring concentration level
of a substance in a given environment and medium (see "natural
background"). .
bacteria: One cell plants with no chlorophyl that multiply by cell division.
BAT: See best available technology.
benthic (organism): Of or occurlng in the depths or at the bottom of a body
of water.
best available technology (BAT):, That set of plant processes judged to perform
best among those functionally and economically viable.
best practicable technology (BPT): The set of end-of-process industrial
controls judged to perform best in the context of maximum results weighed
against feasible cost..
H-5
-------
biochemical oxygen demand (BOD): The oxygen required to meet the metabolic
needs of aerobic microorganisms in water rich in organic matter; most
often used to measure the amount of organic matter in wasteviater.
biodegradable: Having the ability to breakdown or decompose rapidly under
normal environmental conditions and processes.
biological half-life: The amount of time required for half the amount of a
substance in or introduced into a living system to be eliminated by
natural processes.
BOD: See biochemical oxygen demand.
botryococcus: A bacterium.
BPT: See best practicable technology.
camphor: Generally, any of several compounds similar to the fragrant derivative
of the camphor tree, C^H^O, with its characteristic odor.
carbonaceous: Of, relating to, composed of, or rich in carbon.
carcinogen(ic): An agent which is capable of producing cancer in a tissue
upon exposure.
carcinoma: A malignant, cancerous tumor involving skin or interior protective
tissue (epithelial tissue).
catalyst: An agent that initiates and/or modifies a chemical reaction; esp.
its rate, yet itself remains unchanged at the completion of the reaction.
cell: The elementary living unit of all organisms.
H-6
-------
chemical half-life: The time required for decomposition or removal of one
half the mass of a substance from a medium; mechanisms of removal
include both chemical reactions and physical influences.
chemical oxygen demand (COD): The oxygen equivalent of any organic matter
subject to oxidation by a strong chemical oxidant; used as a measure-
ment of organic pollution in wastewater.
chlorination: The reaction of a chemical with chlorine or the addition of
chlorine or chlorine-bearing compounds to water supplies for the purpose
of disinfection.
chronic exposure: Prolonged or repeated exposure over a long-term duration.
chronic toxic effect: A reaction to exposure which results in prolonged
effects characterized by pathological tissue changes for which little
or ineffective repair is possible, or which continue to worsen.
co-carcinogen: An agent, not itself a carcinogen, which enhances the action
of a given carcinogen when present in an administered"mixture with that
carcinogen.
COD: See chemical oxygen demand.
colloid: A substance in suspension that cannot pass through a semi-permeable
membrane, whose particles are too small for resolution with an Ordinary
light microscope, which will not precipitate, but will detract a beam of
light.
conjunctivitis: Inflammation of the membrane lining the eyelid.
corneal: Of or relating to the cornea, the transparent protective surface
covering the front part of the eye.
H-7
-------
cumulative (or bio-accumulative): A toxicant having a biological half-life
greater than 30 days, thus tending to allow accumulation, especially
withtn a functioning life system.
cyanosis: A bluish or purplish discoloration resulting from oxygen deficiency.
I
Daphnia (magna and sp.): Species of water flea used in evaluating toxicity
of water-borne contaminants.
declination: A turning or bending, especially downward.
decomposition (microbial): Chemical breakdown caused by microbial metabolic
processes.
degradation: A decrease in chemical complexity, decomposition.
depressant: An agent that reduces .bodily functional activity, especially
the central nervous system.
dermatitis: Inflammation of the skin,
detoxify: To remove a poison or relieve its effect.
dilution factor: The ratio of the concentration of a pollutant in an
emission or effluent to the concentration of the pollutant resulting
in the ambient medium of the vicinity after dispersion of the pollutant.
dissolved oxygen (DO): The concentration of dissolved oxygen in water,
usually expressed in parts per million or percentage of saturation.
dissolved solids: Solids present in solution.
h-u
-------
(dosage-)adjusted ordering number: An indicator of relative carcinogenic
hazard potential; the EPA/NIOSH ordering number divided by the lowest
dose (in mg/kg) reported to result in an oncogenic response in a
test subject.
Drosophila: Any of several insects known as fruit flies; conmonly used in
genetic research and in bioassays for mutagens (and carcinogens).
dusts: Solid particles generated by physical processes (handling, crushing,
grinding, impact, detonation, decrepitation) involving organic or
inorganic materials; usually flocculate only under electrostatic forces;
do not diffuse in air, and .will settle under the influence of gravity.
ecology: The science of the intricate web of relationships and interactions
between living organisms and their living and nonliving surroundings.
edema: A swelling, caused in animals by an accumulation of serous fluid
in connective tissue or in a serous cavity.
effluent: The waste discharge, especially water, from a point source into
the surrounding media.
electrophilic: Having an affinity for, or attraction to, electrons.
Elimination of Discharge Goals: Emission level goals which seek to limit
pollutant concentrations in emissions or effluents to the natural back-
ground levels.
Emission Level Goals: Desired levels of contaminants in emissions or effluents
from a point source.
enzyme: A protein that acts in a highly specific manner as a catalyst in a
biochemical reaction.
H-9
-------
EOD: See elimination of discharge
EPA/NI05.H ordering number: An arbitrarily derived four-digit number designed
to order in terms of their relative hazard potential the substances
appearing in the NIOSH Suspected Carcinogens List based on information
included in the List; considers species of animals responding and route
of administration used in whole animal bioassay of chemical carcinogens.
EPCAC (expressed in wg/m3): EPC-a1r> Carcinogen1c1ty • The estimated
permissible concentration of a chemical substance 1n air based on
.,the potential carcinogenicity of the substance. This concentration
represents a "minimal risk" level, rather than a "no-effect" level.
EPCAC1 (expressed in vg/m): The estimated permissible concentration
(minimal risk concentration) of a chemical substance in air based'
on the TLV established for the chemical recognizing its potential
carcinogenicity. EPCAC1 * 1Q3 * TLV (mg/m3)/420.
EPC-AC2 (expressed in yg/m ): The estimated permissible concentration
(minimal risk concentration) of a chemical substance 1n air based
on the carcinogenic potential of the substance as Indicated by its
adjusted ordering number. EPCAC2 = 10 /(6 * adj. ord. number).
EPCAE (expressed in yg/m3): EPCa1r eco-|ogy- The estimated permissible
concentration of a chemical substance 1n air based on potential
effects of the chemical substance on the ecology, especially
vegetation. EPCAE = 100 x lowest 24 hour concentration or equivalent
reported to result in an effect 1n sensitive plant species (mg/m ).
EPCAH (expressed 1n ug/m3): EPCa1r nea-|tn- Tne estimated permissible
concentration of a chemical substance 1n air based on potential
effects of the substance on human health.
EPCAH, (expressed in pg/m ): The estimated permissible concentration of a
chemical substance in air based on a model utilizing TLV's (other
than those recognizing cardnogencity) established by the ACGIH.
EPCAH1 = 103 x TLV (mg/m3)/420.
H-TO
-------
•PC.Mi r (expressed in ppm) : Same as EPC^ expressed 1n ppm.
;PCAHla = TLV
(expressed in \ig/m ): The estimated permissible concentration of
a chemical substance in air based on the LD^g for the chemical and
utilizing the relationship between LD50's and TLV's described by
Handy and Schindler. EPCftH2 = 0.107 x LD5Q (mg/kg).
(expressed in .yg/m ): The estimated permissible concentration of
• ••'"•.
a chemical substance in air based on the LD5Q for the chemical and "
considering accumulation and safe body burden. A 30 day biological
half-life is assumed. EPCAH3 = 0.081 x LD5Q (mg/kg).
o
EPCAHS (exPressed 1n ^9/m ): The estimated permissible concentration of
a chemical substance corresponding to the most stringent existing
Federal regulation prescribing an air concentration for the chemical
based on human health considerations.
EPCAT (expressed in ug/m3): EPCa1r> teratogen1city Same as EPCAC2
except that adjusted ordering number is based on teratogenic potential
. o
EPCAT = 10 /(& x adj. ord. number).
EPCLC^expressed in yg/g): EPCland> Carc1nogenic1ty. The estimated
«.,•'..•
permissible concentration of a chemical substance in land based on
potential carcinogenic effects resulting from exposure to water
contaminated through leaching of the chemical substance from soil.
It is assumed that two liters of water are capable of leaching the
chemical substance from one kg of soil. EPC|_C= 0.002 x EPCwc(ug/*-).
EPCL£ (expressed in ug/g): EPCland> ecology' The est1mated Permissible
concentration for a chemical substance in land based on potential
ecological effects resulting from exposure to water contaminated
through leaching of the chemical substance from soil. It is assumed
that two liters of water are capable of leaching the chemical
substance from one kg of "soil. EPC,c,= . 0.-.002 *. .lowest
H-ll
-------
EPCLH (expressed in pg/g): EPClgmd neayth- The estimated permissible
concentration of a chemical substance in land based on potential
human health effects other than genotoxic effects resulting from
exposure to water contaminated through leaching of the chemical
substance from soil. It is assumed that two liters of water are
capable of leaching the chemical substance from one kg of soil.
EPCLH = 0.002 x lowest EPCWH(yg/£).
EPCLT (expressed in ug/g): EPC]and> teratogenicity. Same as EPCLC
except based on EPCWT- EPCu = 0-002 x EPCWT-
EPCW(; (expressed in ug/lf: ^atsr, carc^ogenic^ The estimated
permissible concentration (minimal risk concentration) of a chemical
substance in water based on the EPC/«C for the substance. It is
assumed that a minimal risk dosage results from 24-hour exposure to
air containing the EPCn,, concentration and that the same dosage is
therefore permissible in the volume of drinking water consumed in
24 hours. EPCWC = 15 x EPCAC (yg/m3).
EPCWE (expressed in wg/i): EPCwater> eco1ogy- The estimated permissible
concentration of a chemical substance 1n water based on potential
effects of the chemical on ecology, i.e., aquatic life.
EPCWE1 (expressed in vg/a): The estimated permissible concentration of
a chemical substance in water based on the lowest reported LC^Q or
TLm for sensitive aquatic species and assuming an application factor
of 0.05. EPCWE1 = 50 x lowest reported 96-hour TLm or LC5Q (mg/Ji or ppm),
(expressed in ug/fc): The estimated permissible concentration of a
chemical substance in water based on the lowest concentration of the
chemical reported to cause tainting in fish flesh.
= lowest level causing fish tainting (yg/Ji).
H-12
-------
EPCWE3 (exPressed in wg/a): The estimated permissible concentration of
a chemical substance in water based on the lower value derived from
either of two models: (1) the product of the application factor
(as recommended in existing or proposed Federal water criteria)
times the lowest reported 96 hour TLm or LCgg for a sensitive
aquatic species. EPCWE3 = application factor x lowest-TLm (yg/a);
or, (2) the product of the hazard level (as recommended in existing
or proposed Federal water criteria established for protection of
aquatic life) times an arbitrary factor of 0.2,
EPCWE3 = hazard level (yg/Ji) * Q.2.
(expressed In yg/fc): The estimated permissible concentration of
a chemical substance in water based on the maximum allowable con-
centration of the substance in aquatic life and the biological
accumulation factor;
EPC - fa*- allowable cone, (yg/kg)
WE4 ~ Concentration factor
(expressed in yg/fc): The estimated permissible concentration of a
chemical substance corresponding to the most stringent existing or
proposed Federal water criteria established for the protection of
aquatic life or to prevent injury to plants.
EPCWH (expressed in yg/s,): EPCwater heaitn- The estimated permissible
concentration of a chemical substance in water based on potential
effects of the substance on human health.
EPCWH-| (expressed in yg/fc): The estimated permissible concentration of
a chemical substance in water derived from the assumption that a
maximum daily safe dosage results from 24^hour exposure to air con-
'taining the EPCAH of the chemical (assuming 100 percent absorption)
and that the same dosage is therefore permissible in the volume of
drinking water consumed in 24 hours.
EPCWH1 = 15 x lowest EPCAH(yg/m3).
H-13
-------
(expressed in vg/i}: The extimated permissible concentration of
a chemical substance in water based on considerations of the safe
maximum body concentration and the biological half-life of the
substance. EPCWH2 =13.8 xJLV (mg/m3) or if TLV unavailable
EPCWH2 = 0.4 x LD5Q (mg/kg).
EPC1JL1C (expressed in vq/t): The estimated permissible concentration of
Wn.>
a chemical substance corresponding to the most stringent existing
or proposed Federal regulation or criteria prescribing a water
concentration for the chemical based on human health considerations.
EPCWT (expressed 1n.-yg/i): EPCwater§ teratogenicity Same as EPCWC
except based on the EPCAr EPCWT = 15 x EPCAT(vg/m3).
epidemiology: The study of the incidence, distribution, and control of
disease in a population.
epinasty: The abnormal bending of a plant part caused by excessive growth.
of one surface.
Estimated Permissible Concentration (EPC): The estimated level of a substance
for continuous exposure that will not result in toxic effects to humans
or to the ecology.
estuaries: Partially enclosed [by land] bodies of water subjected to tidal
flux located at the interface between land and ocean; they are a mixture
of both ocean and fresh waters, e.g. the lower courses of rivers with
ocean outfalls, and coastal sounds.
eutrophlcation: The natural aging process of a relatively contained body of
water, in which aquatic life forms progress through several stages to
densities that deplete the supply of dissolved oxygen, eventually leading
to vegetable forms that fill the containing land form; the process is
greatly enhanced by the introduction of foreign pollutant substances
(especially phosphorus and nitrogen) that nurture aquatic growth.
H-14
-------
Mbrosis: A condition marked by an increase of interstitial fibrous tissue.
Floe: A mass formed by the aggregation of fine suspended particles.
Hoc density: The apparent density of a flocculent mass; generally a very
low value in comparison to the density of the specific constituents of
the mass.
fugitive emission: An undesirable, uncontrolled non-point source emission
or effluent.
fumes: Solid particles generated by condensation from the gaseous state,
generally after volatilization from melted substances and often acconv-
panied by a chemical reaction; will flocculate or occassionally coalesce
[Note: Popular usage sometimes includes any type of contaminant.]
fusel oil:. Ah acrid, oily liquid occurring in insufficiently distilled
alcoholic liquors, consisting chiefly of amyl alcohol; used as a
source of alcohols and as a solvent.
gas bubble disease: A physical reaction in fish exposed to abnormal
concentrations or pressures of gases in water, characterized by the
formation of gas bubbles both on the organism and within its system
•*
and leading to death by asphixiation induced by blockage of the
circulatory system by gas emboli.
genes: Units of chromosomes that determine and mediate heredity.
genotoxlns: Chemical substances that affect genes. Used to refer to those
agents reported to be oncogenlc, teratogenic, or mutagenic.
gestation: ;: Period of embryonic development within a mammalian uterus.
H-15
-------
halogenation: A chemical reaction involving the addition or substitution
of halogen anions (F~, Cl~, Br, I") on a compound.
hectare.: A metric unit of area equal to 10,000 square meters or 2.471
acres.
hematuria: The presence of blood or blood cells in urine.
hemoglobin: An Iron (II) porphyrin compound which binds oxygen; found in
mammalian red blood cells.
hemolysis: Disintegration of red blood cells.
hemolysin: An agent that causes the disintegration of red blood cells.
hemorrhagic nephritis: An acute inflammation of the kidney with resultant
uncontrolled heavy bleeding.
hepatoma: A tumor, usually malignant, of the liver.
homolog: Any of several similarities of structure, ranging from membership
in the same group of the periodic table to a regular progression within
a chemical series (e.g. of added CH« groups).
hydrogenation: A form of chemical reduction in which hydrogen reacts with
a chemical substance.
hydrology: The science of water; deals with the properties, distribution,
and circulation of water on and beneath the earth's surface and in the
atmosphere. - .
hydrolyze: Chemical decomposition involving splitting a bond and addition
of the elements of water.
H-16
-------
lygroscopic: Attracting and retaining water.
lypersensitivity: Abnormally susceptible, to an antigen, drug or other
agent.
lypothermia: Subnormal body temperature.
innocuous: Harmless; without adverse effect.
in situ: In natural or original position.
intraperitoneal: Within the peritoneal cavity, or through the peritoneum;
i.e., within the cavity containing the abdominal viscera.
intravenous: Within or into a blood vein.
in vacuo: In a vacuum.
in vivo: In life; in the living organism.
ion: A free electron or other charged particle, formed by the addition or
subtraction of electrons.
-8
ionic radius: The measurement in Angstrom units (1 Angstrom =10 cm) of the
radius of a charged atom when, considered as a spherical body.
isomer: A compound, or ion with specific atoms numbering the same as the
atoms in another compound or ion, but with a different structural
arrangement or charge.
isotope: Alternate form of an element caused by difference in the number of
neutrons; isotopes have the same atomic number (number of protons) but
different atomic weights.
H-17
-------
lacrimation: The secretion of tears, especially in excessive amounts.
land dispersion: The diffusion or scattering of pollutants or source emissions
(especially solid wastes) on land or the diffusion of substances within
soil from higher concentrations to lesser concentrations.
LC,Q: The lowest concentration of a substance in air or water, reported to
cause death in a human or animal. (The Lo may or may not be subscripted.)
LCgQ: The calculated concentration of a substance in either air or water (as
separate figures) which will cause the death of 50 percent of an experimental
animal population under controlled conditions and time exposure', most
often 96 hours for aquatic species. (The 50 may or may not be subscripted.)
LD.0: The lowest recorded dose of a substance reported to cause death in
humans or animals exposed for any duration by any route other than
inhalation. (The Lo may or may not be subscripted.)
LDgg: The lethal dose to 50 percent of a population; the calculated dose of
a'chemical substance which is.expected to cause the death of 50 percent of
an entire population of an experimental animal species as determined from
exposure to the substance by any route other than inhalation. (The 50 may
or may not be subscripted.)
leach: To wash or to drain by percolation; to dissolve minerals by percolating
solutions.
leachate: The solution resulting from leaching.
leachate runoff: The loss of solid waste pollutants from land by solution
or suspension in a water flow that causes physical removal.
leukemia: A disease in mammals characterized by an abnormal increase in the
number of leukocytes in the tissue and/or blood.
H-18
-------
leukopenia: An abnormal deficiency of leukocytes in the blood.
Level I chemical analysis: Chemical analysis of effluents designed to determine
concentration levels of general categories of pollutants. Used for broad
qualitative screening.
Level II chemical analysis: Chemical analysis of effluents designed to deter-
mine concentration levels of specific pollutants.
lipid: General term applied to tissue extracts that are soluble in a mixture
of chloroform and methanol, including oils, fats, and waxes of animal
or vegetable origin; important polar lipids include glycerides, long
chain fatty acids, sterols, and certain vitamins.
m-isomer: See meta isomer.
••«* '
magnification (biological): The ability to accumulate amounts of substances
in concentrations greater than those found in the nutritive environment,
especially among the higher carnivores of a food chain.
MATE: See Minimum Acute Toxicity Effluent
MATEAC (expressed in yg/m3): MATEair> carcinogenicity The estimated
concentration of a contaminant in air which will not result in
carcinogenic effects in exposed humans, provided exposure is
of limited duration; applicable to emission streams to the atmos-
phere.
MATEA£.j (expressed in wg/m ): The MATE.,, based on a model that equates
the MATE.- for a substance with its TLV or NIOSH recommendation
(for workroom air concentration) which takes into consideration the
potential carcinogenicity of the substance.
MATEAC1 = 103 x TLV or NIOSH recommendation (pg/m3).
MATEftC2 (expressed in ug/m ): The MATEftc based on a model incorporating
the adjusted ordering number that reflects carcinogenic-potential.
MATEAC2 = 7 * 10*/adj, ord. number.
H-19
-------
MATEAE (expressed in ug/m3): MATEair ecoiogy- The estimated concentration
of a contaminant in air which will not adversely affect the ecology
(especially vegetation) provided exposure is of limited duration;
applicable to emission streams to the atmosphere MATE.r = lowest
concentration (corrected to 24 -hour exposure reported to produce
effects in vegetation (in ug/m ).
MATEAH (expressed in ug/m3): MATEair neaitn- The estimated concentration
of a contaminant in air which will not result in adverse effects to
human health provided exposure is of limited duration; applicable to
emission streams to the atmosphere.
»
MATEAH1 (expressed in ug/m ): The MATEAH based on a model that equates
either the TLV or the NIOSH recommendation for workroom air concen-
tration for a chemical substance with its MATEAH ( for substances other
than recognized carcinogens).
MATEAR1 = 103 x TLV or NIOSH recommendations (mg/m3)
(expressed in ppm): Same as MATE.,,.-] expressed in ppm.
(exPressed In. ug/m ): The MATE,,,, derived from a model which
utilizes the LD5Q, oral, rat (or most closely related value) and
incorporates the relationship between TLV,0 and LD5Q described by
Handy and Schindler; the MATE 1s equivalent to 100 times the TLVL().
MATEAH2 = 45 x LD50(mg/kg). .
MATEAH3 (expressed in ug/m ): The MATEAH based on a model which equates
0,1 x LC50, LCLo, or TCLo with MATEA|r
MATEAH3 = 100 x LCLo, or TC'L (mg/m3).
MATEAH$ (expressed in wg/m): MATEair$ healt^ standard. The MATEAH
which reflects the emission concentration for a specific substance
as prescribed by an existing Federal regulation which considers
human exposure to the emission. MATEAHS = emission level established
in Federal regulation (ug/m ).
H-20
-------
MATEAT (expressed 1n wg/m3): MATEa1rf teratogen1c1ty The estimated
concentration of a contaminant in air which will not result in
teratogenic effects in exposed humans provided the exposure is
of limited duration; applicable to emission streams to the atmosphere.
The concentration is derived from a model incorporating the adjusted
ordering number that reflects teratogenic potential.
MATEftT = 7 x 10 /adj. ord. number.
MATELE (expressed in pg/g): MATE^d ecoloqy' The estimated concentration
of a contaminant in solid waste (to be disposed as land or Into water
or land) which will not adversely affect the ecology as a result of
direct or indirect exposure of limited duration.
MATELE1 (expressed in ug/g): The MATELH derived from a leachate model.
It is assumed: (1) that a contaminant in one kg of solid waste
may be leached by two liters of water; and (2) that the resulting
concentration in the water should not exceed the
• MATEL£1 - 0.002 x MATEW£ (wg/a).
MATELH (expressed in. ug/g): MATE-j^ nealth- Tne estimated concentration
of a contaminant in solid waste (whether disposed as land or into
water or land) which will not adversely affect human health as a
result of direct or indirect exposure of limited duration.
« • '
MATELH-j (expressed in ug/g): The MATELH derived from a leachate model.
It is assumed (1) that a contaminant in one kg of solid waste may
be leached by two liters of water; and (2) that the resulting con-
centration in the water should not exceed the MATEy^.
MATELH1 = 0.002 x MATEWH (ug/*).
HATEW£ (expressed in vg/i): MATEwater> eco1ogy- The estimated concen-
tration of a contaminant in water which will not adversely affect
the ecology (aquatic life) provided exposure is of limited duration;
applicable to effluent streams terminating in surface waters.
11-21
-------
MATEWE-i -(expressed in ug/'i): The MATEWE based on a model which equates 0.1
the LC5Q or TLm (96 hours test duration, if available) for the most
sensitive species with
MATEWE1 = 100 x LC5Q or TLm (mg/i)
MATEWES (expressed in Pg/i): MATEwate^ ecology> standard- The
derived from a model relating existing Federal water criteria
(established to protect aquatic life) to MATEWE.
MATEWES = 5 * most stringent criteria for water (based on aquatic
life effects (ug/fc).
MATEWH (expressed in yg/n): MATEwater neaitn. The estimated con-
centration of a contaminant in water which will not adversely
affect human health provided exposure is of limited duration;
applicable to effluent streams terminating in surface waters.
MATEWH1 (expressed in pg/fc): The MATEWH based on a model relating MATEWH
and MATE^H- The model equates the NATE..,, to the concentration
resulting if the entire contaminant loading from 30 m of air con-
taining the MATEAH concentration is present in 2 liters of water.
MATEWH1 = 15 x MATEAH(pg/m3).
MATEWHS (expressed in ,,g/f.): MATEwaterj ^^ standard- The MATEWH de-
rived from a model relating existing Federal drinking water standards
or criteria to MATE.,,,: ' •
MATEWH£ e"S x 1owest standards on criteria for water (based on public
health effects) dig/".).
MEG: See Multimedia Environmental Goals
H-22
-------
metabolite: A product of, or a substance essential to metabolism; often the
product of the breakdown of a more complicated substance as part of the
metabolism of a living system.
meta isomer: An isomer of a specific organic compound whose molecule includes
a benzene ring where substitution has occurred at the 1,3 positions of
the ring structure.
methemoglobin: A hemoglobin derivative found in normal blood in small amounts;
an oxidized form containing ferric rather than ferrous iron, and thus
unable to engage in reversible reactions with molecular oxygen.
methemoglobinemia: The abnormal conversion of unusual amounts of hemoglobin
into methemoglobin in the blood, or the resulting presence of abnormal
amounts of methemoglobin in the blood.
methemoglobinuria: The presence of methemoglobin in urine.
methylation: To introduce a methyl group; induction of methyl substitution.
Minimum Acute Toxicity Effluents (MATE's): The concentration levels of con-
taminants in air, water, or solid waste .effluents that will not evoke-
significant harmful responses ,in exposed humans or the ecology, provided
the exposure is of limited duration (less than 8 hours per day).
miscible: Capable of mixing in any ratio without separation of two phases.
mist: Suspended liquid droplets in air generated by condensation from gaseous
to liquid state or by physical dispersion (by splashing, foaming, atom-
izing, etc.). .
mucous membrane: A protective membrane rich in mucous glands which lines
body passages and cavities that communicate directly or indirectly with
the exterior (e.g. the nasal cav.ity).
H-23
-------
multimedia.: Air, water, and'Tand as recipients of environmental pollutants, or
gaseous, liquid, or solid waste pollutants when used in the context of
pollution control levels.
Multimedia Environmental Goals (MEG's): Levels of significant contaminants
or degradents (in ambient air, water, or land or in emissions or effluents
conveyed to the ambient media) that are judged to be (1) appropriate for
preventing certain negative effects in the surrounding populations or
ecosystems, or (2) representative of the control limits achievable
through technology.
mutagenic: Resulting in a permanent change in hereditary material fnvolving
a physical change in chromosome relations, a fundamental change in the
arrangement of genes, or an alteration in the makeup of DNA.
narcosis: A state of stupor, unconsciousness, or arrested activity.
natural background: The normal and usual environment, especially its
normally occurring condition; in the present context, the normal level
of a substance in a particular environment.
necrosis: Localized death of living tissue.
neoplasm (neoplastic): A tumor, whether benign, potentially malignant, or
malignant.
neurological: Relating to the nervous system.
NIOSH: National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health .
nonpersistent toxicant: A pollutant with a biological half-life of less than
four days.
H-24
-------
NSPS: New Source Performance Standards.
nucleophilic: Having an affinity for atomic nuclei, hence electron-donating.
nutrient solution: A water solution of minerals and their salts necessary for
plant growth used in lieu of soil with the plants supported by mechanical
means.
o-isomer: See ortho isomer.
odor detection level/odor recognition level/odor threshold level: Those levels
which relate the concentration of a substance at which a panel of persons
in an experiment become aware of the substance's presence.
oncogenic: Producing tumors.
oncology: The study of tumors.
organic: Relating to carbon compounds in which hydrogen is attached to the
carbon (the hydrogen may be. substituted by other moieties such as halogens).
Organometal: An organic compound in which a metal or metalloid is bonded
directly to carbon.
ortho isomer: An isomer of a specific organic compound whose molecule includes
a benzene ring where substitution has occurred at the 1,2 positions of
the ring structure.
oxidation: The changing of a compound by increasing the proportion of the
electronegative part, or the changing of an element or ion by removing
one or more electrons, resulting .in.an increased positive valence.
oxygen transport ability: The capability of red blood cells to transport
oxygen.
H-25
-------
p-isomer: See para.J.somer.
para isomer: An isomer of a specific organic compound whose molecule includes
a benzene ring where substitution has occurred at the 1,4 positions of
the ring structure.
parti cu.lates: Minute, separate solid particles of variable composition
suspended in air; types include aerosols, dusts, fumes, mists, and
smoke.
Particulate Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons (PPAH): The occurrence of
polycyclic organics in association with particulate matter.
peritoneal cavity (peritoneum): The abdominal cavity, as defined by its
protective lining, the peritoneum.
phage: Viruses which invade and destroy bacteria and similar organisms.
pharyngitis: Inflammation of the pharynx.
photochemical activity: The action of radiant energy upon chemical substances,
inducing chemical change.
photochemical reaction kinetics: The rate of a photochemical reaction.
photolysis: Chemical decomposition by the action of radiant energy.
photooxidation: Oxidation as a result of the influence of radiant energy.
photosensitive: Sensitive or sensitized to the effect of radiant energy.
phytoplankton: Passively floating minute plant life in a body of water.
phytotoxicity: Toxicity to plant life.
H-26
-------
pneumoconiosis (pneumonitis): A chronic lung disease caused by physical
irritation.
polar(ity): Referring to a molecule having unequal charge distribution.
polycyclic (compounds): Compounds whose molecular structure includes two or
more fused rings.
polymer: A chemical compound with repeating structural units resulting from
the combination of the repeating molecules.
PPAH: See Particulate Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons
precursor: A substance from which another substance is formed.
promoter: A substance that increases the biological activity of another
substance.
protein: A macromolecule formed by a sequence of amino acids involving
peptide bonds (-CO-NH-) in which the carbonyl part (-CO-) comes from
the carboxylic group of one of the amino acids and the imino group
-NH- from the amino group of another amino acid.
protoplasm: The organized colloidal complex of organic and inorganic sub-
stances that constitutes all living parts of cells.
psychosis: A fundamental metal derangement characterized by defective or
lost contact with reality.
pulmonary: Relating to the lungs.
pyrolysis: Decomposition of organic substances by heat,
H-27
-------
rem: Abbreviation of "roentgen equivalent man"; the calculated dose
(equivalent) derived from dosage in rads (en^ j*
and other modifying factors such as the relative biological damage
produced by the radiation and the distribution of radiation.
renal: Of or relating to the kidneys.
rural: Geographic areas usually devoid of a concentrated human population
and its influences, e.g. areas more than 200 miles from urban centers.
sarcoma: A malignant cancerous tumor involving bone, connective tissue,
or striated muscle.
secondary pollutant associations: Those reactions and interactions among
substances emitted in mixtures after they enter the receiving medium.
silicosis: A lung disease resulting from inhalation of silica dusts, marked
by massive fibrosis and shortness of breath.
simple asphyxiant: A compound which does not produce physiologic effects
except when it is present to the extent of limiting available oxygen
concentration.
.somatic cell division: Reproduction or regenerative cellular division (mitosis)
in body tissue other than gametes.
stack dispersion: The diffusion or scattering of pollutants or source emissions
into the air (literally, from smoke stacks).
stack flow: The rate at which source effluents are released into the air
(from smoke stacks).
STP: Standard Temperature and Pressure, i.e., 0°C, 1 atmosphere.
1-28
-------
;ubcutaneous: Under the skin.
iublethal: A harmful effect that does not result in death.
iublime: To pass or cause to pass directly from solid state to vapor state.
surfactant:
-------
Threshold Limit Value (TLV): Levels of contaminants considered safe for work-
room atmosphere, as. established by the American Conference of Governmental
Industrial Hygtenists (ACGIH). Ten hours per day or 40 hours per week
exposure -is assumed.
TLm, TLgQt Tolerance Limit median (often used interchangably with aquatic
LCgg): the concentration of a substance in water which will cause the
death of 50 percent of an experimental aquatic animal population under
controlled conditions and time of exposure (most often 96 hours).
TLV: See Threshold Limit Value. '
TLV. : A value (introduced by Handy and Schindler) relating TLV's to LDcn's
described by the equation: (TLV)lQW = 4.5 x 10"4 (LD.5g)
TLV^: The threshold limit value for a 'simple asphyxiant generated by the
MEG's methodology.
TOC: See Total' Organic Carbon.
Total. Organic-Carbon (TOC): A test method for water; expresses the total
amount of organic carbon.
toxic encephalopathy: Brain disease involving alterations of brain structure
induced'by toxic effects.
toxocity: The ability of a chemical molecule or compound to produce injury
once it reaches a susceptible site in or on the body.
toxicology: The study of the actions, detections, and treatment of poison
and poisonings.
H-30
-------
trachea: The main trunk of the system of tubes by which air passes to and
from the lungs in vertebrates.
tracheitis: Inflammation of the trachea.
tumor: A growth arising from pre-existing tissue without normal or obvious
cause, independent of normal cellular growth, having no positive physio-
logical function.
ubiquitous: Existing or encountered everwhere at the same time.
urban: Within the limits or influences of areas of dense human population,
including cities, their suburbs, and nearby towns (within 75 miles) or
•areas within the direct air flow of influenced areas.
vapors: The gaseous form of substances that are liquid or solid under
standard conditions;.can be returned to normal state by either increasing
.pressure or decreasing temperature; will diffuse.
vapor pressure: The pressure exerted by a vapor that is in equilibrium
with its solid or liquid form.
vasoconstriction: A narrowing of the lumen (cavity radius) of a blood vessel.
viscosity: The resistance of liquids, semisolids, and gases to movement.
viruses: Submicroscopic entities capable of being introduced into specific
living cells and of reproducing inside such cells.
water dispersion: The diffusion or scattering of pollutants or source emissions
into or through water from higher concentrations to lesser concentrations.
H-31
-------
Wiswesser Line-Formula Notation (WLN): A notation which is unique and unambiguous
for each organic chemical compound, in which symbols are arranged accord-
ing to affixed procedure into a word-like sequence that describes
exactly the composition and structure of the compound; provides an
important tool for indexing.
WLN: See Wiswesser Line-Formula Notation
worst case: A term applied to pollution situations in which all negative
parameters affecting an emission or its reception are maximized.'
Zero Threshold Pollutant: A term commonly used to denote those compounds
for which a threshold has not been established; especially referring to
genotoxins.
H-32
------- |